home cinema dvd/cd control center · 2013-05-21 · resume spk. khz mhz tuned stereo auto muting...

LVT0875-005A[UG]

MASTER VOLUME

DVD/SUPER VCD/VCD/CDINPUT ATT. REC MODE

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL

COMPACT

SUPER VIDEO

SETTING ADJUST MEMORY

RX-DV3 HOME CINEMA DVD/CD CONTROL CENTER

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

CONTROL

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97

VFP10/0 +10100+ TV RETURN

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( TUNING 9/FF

REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM

DIGEST TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

MUTING TV VOL VOLUME

– SUBWOOFER +

HOME CINEMADVD/CD CONTROL CENTER

SOUND

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

REMOTE CONTROL RM-SRXDV3U

PROGRESSIVE

RX-DV3SL

INSTRUCTIONS

HOME CINEMA DVD/CD CONTROL CENTER

DVD/CD

For Customer Use:Enter below the Model No. and Serial No. which are located either on the rear, bottom or side of the cabinet. Retain this information for future reference.

Model No.

Serial No.

RX-DV3SL[UG]cover_2.pm5 02.8.19, 11:56 AM1

G-1

Warnings, Cautions and Others

Floor

Wall or obstructions

RX-DV3SL

Front

15 cm

15 cm

CAUTION• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.

(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by anewspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to getout.)

• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lightedcandles, on the apparatus.

• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must beconsidered and local rules or laws governing the disposal ofthese batteries must be followed strictly.

• Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture, drippingor splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, suchas vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.

Caution –– STANDBY/ON button!Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely. The

STANDBY/ON button in any position does not disconnect themains line. The power can be remote controlled.

CAUTIONTo reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:

1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.

Caution: Proper VentilationTo avoid risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from dam-age,locate the apparatus as follows:Top: No obstructions and open spacing.Sides/Front/Back: No obstructions should be placed in the areas

shown by the dimensions below.Bottom: Place on the level surface. Maintain adequate

air path for ventilation by placing on a standwith a height of 15 cm more.

RX-DV3[UG]safety_1.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM1

G-2

1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT2. CAUTION: Visible and invisible laser radiation

when open and interlock failed or defeated.Avoid direct exposure to beam.

3. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There areno user serviceable parts inside the unit; leaveall servicing to qualified service personnel.

IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS /

1 CLASSIFICATION LABEL, PLACED ON EXTERIORSURFACE

REPRODUCTION OF LABELS /

2 WARNING LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE UNIT

En

glis

h

RX-DV3[UG]safety_1.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM2

1

En

glis

h

Table of Contents

Parts Identification ...................................... 2Front Panel ................................................................................. 2Remote Control .......................................................................... 3

Getting Started........................................... 4Before Installation ...................................................................... 4Checking the Supplied Accessories ........................................... 4Adjusting the Voltage Selector ................................................... 4Putting Batteries in the Remote Control .................................... 4Connecting the FM and AM Antennas ....................................... 5Connecting the Speakers ............................................................ 6Connecting Audio/Video Components ....................................... 7

7 About connecting cords ...................................................... 77 Setting the color system ...................................................... 77 TV connection .................................................................... 87 VCR connection ................................................................. 97 DBS tuner connection ......................................................... 97 Cassette deck/CD recorder connection ............................. 107 Digital connection ............................................................. 10

Basic Operations ....................................... 111 Turn On the Power ............................................................... 112 Select the Source to Play ..................................................... 113 Adjust the Volume................................................................ 11Turning Off the Sounds Temporarily ....................................... 12Turning Off the Power with the Sleep Timer ........................... 12Changing the Display Brightness ............................................. 12Changing the Source Name ...................................................... 12Selecting the Analog or Digital Input Mode ............................ 13Changing the Digital Input Mode Manually ............................ 13Attenuating the Input Signal .................................................... 14Changing the Scanning Mode .................................................. 14Activating the Recording Mode ............................................... 14

Basic DVD Player Operations ...................... 151 Open the Disc Tray .............................................................. 152 Load a Disc .......................................................................... 153 Start Playback ...................................................................... 154 Adjust the Volume................................................................ 165 Activate Realistic Sound Field ............................................. 166 Select Surround Mode ......................................................... 167 Stop Playback ...................................................................... 168 Turn Off the Power (into Standby) ...................................... 16

Tuner Operations ....................................... 17Setting the AM Tuner Interval Spacing .................................... 17Tuning into Stations Manually ................................................. 17Using Preset Tuning ................................................................. 17Selecting the FM Reception Mode ........................................... 18

Basic Settings........................................... 19Operation Buttons .................................................................... 19Operating Procedure ................................................................. 19

7 Speaker information—“SUBWFR,” “FRNT SP,”“CNTR SP,” and “REAR SP” ........................................... 20

7 Speaker distance—“FRNT D,” “CNTR D,” and “REAR D” ...................... 20

7 Crossover frequency—“CROSS” ..................................... 217 Low frequency effect attenuator—“LFE” ........................ 217 Dynamic range compression—“D.COMP” ...................... 217 Digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminals—“DGT” ............. 217 Auto surround—“AUTO SR” ........................................... 227 Video output mode—“VOUT” ......................................... 22

Sound Adjustments.................................... 23Operation Buttons .................................................................... 23

Operating Procedure................................................................. 237 Front speaker output balance—“BAL”............................. 247 Tone—“BASS” and “TREBLE” ...................................... 247 Speaker output levels—“SUBWFR,” “CENTER,”

“REAR L,” and “REAR R” .............................................. 247 DAP effect level—“EFFECT” .......................................... 24

Creating Realistic Sound Fields ................... 25Activating Surround Mode ........................................................ 27Selecting Surround Modes ........................................................ 27Adjusting Surround Mode Using Remote Control................... 28

DVD Player Operations .............................. 29Disc Information ....................................................................... 29Using the On-screen Bar .......................................................... 31Basic Operation through the On-screen Bar ............................ 32Changing the Time Indication .................................................. 32Locating a Desired Scene from the Disc Menu ....................... 33Selecting a View Angle—ANGLE ........................................... 34Changing the Languages—SUBTITLE and AUDIO ............... 35Playing from a Specified Position on a Disc ............................ 37

7 Locating a desired chapter—Chapter Search ................... 377 Locating a desired position—Time Search ....................... 377 Locating a desired scene—DIGEST................................. 38

Special Picture Playback .......................................................... 397 Frame-by-frame playback................................................. 397 Showing continuous still pictures—STROBE .................. 397 Playing back in slow-motion ............................................ 397 Zooming in—ZOOM ........................................................ 397 Changing the VFP setting—VFP ...................................... 40

Program Playback and Random Playback ............................... 41Repeat Playback ....................................................................... 42

MP3 Disc Playback .................................... 43Basic Operations ...................................................................... 43Operations through the MP3 CONTROL Screen .................... 44Repeat Playback ....................................................................... 44

JPEG Disc Playback ................................... 45Slide-show Playback ................................................................ 45Operations through the JPEG CONTROL Screen ................... 46Repeat Playback ....................................................................... 46

Choice Menu Operations............................. 47Operation Buttons .................................................................... 47Configuration of Choice Menu ................................................ 47Operating Procedure................................................................. 48

7 LANGUAGE menu .......................................................... 497 PICTURE menu ................................................................ 497 AUDIO menu .................................................................... 50

• Language code list ......................................................... 507 SPK. SETTING menu ...................................................... 517 OTHERS menu ................................................................. 52

Restricting Playback by Parental Lock .................................... 537 Setting Parental Lock ........................................................ 537 Changing the setting of Parental Lock ............................. 547 Releasing Parental Lock temporarily ................................ 54

• Country/Area codes list for Parental Lock ..................... 55Glossary for DVD Player............................. 56AV COMPU LINK Remote Control System .... 57Operating JVC’s Audio/Video Components........ 59

Operating Audio Components .................................................. 59Operating Video Components .................................................. 60

Operating Other Manufacturers’ Equipment ..... 61Changing the Preset Signal Codes ........................................... 61

Maintenance ............................................. 64Troubleshooting ......................................... 65Specifications............................................ 68

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM1

2

En

glis

h

Parts Identification

Front Panel

See pages in the parentheses for details.

1 STANDBY/ON button and STANDBY lamp (11)2 Disc tray and illumination lamp (15)3 DVD player operation buttons

0 (open/close), 4 (reverse skip), ¢ (forward skip),7 (stop), 3 (play), 8 (pause)

4 Source selecting buttons (11, 13)• DVD, DBS, VCR, TV, TAPE/CDR, FM/AM

5 SOURCE NAME button (12)6 MASTER VOLUME control (11, 16)7 INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL button (13)

INPUT ATT. (attenuator) button (14)

8 SURROUND ON/OFF button (16, 27)9 SURROUND MODE button (16, 27)

REC MODE button (14)p Display

• For details, see “Display” below.q SETTING button (19 – 22)w ADJUST button (23, 24)e MEMORY button (17)r CONTROL 5/∞/2/3 buttons (17 – 24)t (phones) jack (11)y Remote sensor

Display

MASTER VOLUME

DVD/SUPER VCD/VCD/CDINPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL

COMPACT

SUPER VIDEO



ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

CONTROL

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

1 2 3 6

7 p w e r t yq

REC MODE

8 9

4 5

AUTO SURROUND

1 2 3 4 5

ANALOG DIGITAL AUTO PRO LOGIC DSP PROGRAM REPEAT RANDOM1A-B PROGRESSIVE INPUT ATT

LS RSS

LFE

L C R

SUBWFRVOLUME

RESUME SPK.

kHzMHz

TUNED STEREO AUTO MUTING SLEEP

6 7 98 - = ~ ! @0

DIGITAL

1 Input mode indicators (13)• ANALOG, DIGITAL AUTO

2 Surround mode indicators (25, 26)• PRO LOGIC , DSP

3 Play mode indicators (41, 42, 44, 46)• PROGRAM, REPEAT 1A-B, RANDOM

4 PROGRESSIVE indicator (14)5 INPUT ATT indicator (14)6 Sound signal indicators (13)

• DIGITAL (Dolby Digital), (DTS Digital Surround)7 Signal and speaker indicators (27)

• L, C, R, SUBWFR (Subwoofer), LFE (Low Frequency Effect), LS,S, RS

8 Surround indicators (27)• AUTO SURROUND, SURROUND

9 RESUME indicator (16)0 SPK. (speaker) indicator (11)- Main display= Tuner mode indicators (17, 18)

• TUNED, STEREO, AUTO MUTING~ SLEEP indicator (12)! Frequency unit indicators

• MHz (for FM station), kHz (for AM station)@ VOLUME indication

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM2

3

En

glis

h

Parts Identification

Remote Control

See pages in the parentheses for details.

1 STANDBY/ON buttons (11, 60 – 63)• DBS, VCR, TV, AUDIO

2 Source selecting buttons (11, 13, 59 – 63)• TV, TAPE, CDR, FM/AM, DBS, VCR, DVD

3 TV/VIDEO button (15, 60, 61)4 REPEAT button (42, 44, 46)5 SLEEP button (12)6 SOUND button (24, 27, 28)7 ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT button (13)8 AUDIO button (35, 36)9 SUBTITLE button (35)p DIMMER button (12)q ANGLE button (34)w ZOOM button (39)e MUTING button (12)r DIGEST button (38)t CHOICE button (47, 48)y ON SCREEN button (31, 32, 34 – 38, 41, 42)u Multi operation buttons

• 4, 3, ¢, 7, 8, REW, FF• TUNING 9 and ( buttons (17)• FM MODE button (18)• STROBE button (39)• TV/DBS CH (channel) + and – buttons (60, 61)

i Number buttons• For selecting preset channels (18)• For adjusting sound (24, 28, 59)• For operating audio/video components (59 – 63)• SURR (surround) ON/OFF button (16, 27)• SURR (surround) MODE button (16, 27)• VFP button (40)• TV RETURN button (60, 61)• PROGRESSIVE button (14)

o TV VOL (volume) + and – buttons (60, 61); VOLUME + and – buttons (11, 16)a Menu operation buttons

• TOP MENU button (33)• MENU button (33)• RETURN button (33)• ENTER button• Cursor 5/∞/3/2 buttons

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97



VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +


SOUND

PROGRESSIVE

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

1

2

3

4

6

8

9

p

q

w

e

r

t

y

u

i

o

;

a

5

7

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM3

4

En

glis

h

Getting Started

Putting Batteries in the Remote Control

Before using the remote control, put two supplied batteries first.• When using the remote control, aim the remote control directly at

the remote sensor on the unit.

1 On the back of the remote control, remove thebattery cover.

2 Insert batteries. Make sure to match the polarity:(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).

3 Replace the cover.

If the range or effectiveness of the remote control decreases, replacethe batteries. Use two R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F) type dry-cell batteries.

CAUTION:

Follow these precautions to avoid leaking or cracking cells:• Place batteries in the remote control so they match the polarity:

(+) to (+) and (–) to (–).• Use the correct type of batteries. Batteries that look similar may

differ in voltage.• Always replace both batteries at the same time.• Do not expose batteries to heat or flame.

Before Installation

General Precautions• DO NOT insert any metal object into the unit.• DO NOT disassemble the unit or remove screws, covers, or

cabinet.• DO NOT expose the unit to rain or moisture.

Locations• Install the unit in a location that is level and protected from

moisture.• The temperature around the unit must be between 5˚C and 35˚C.• Make sure there is good ventilation around the unit. Poor

ventilation could cause overheating and damage the unit.

Handling the unit• DO NOT touch the power cord with wet hands.• DO NOT pull on the power cord to unplug it. When unplugging

the cord, always grasp the plug so as not to damage the cord.• Keep the power cord away from the connecting cords and the

antenna. The power cord may cause noise or screen interference. Itis recommended to use a coaxial cable for antenna connection,since it is well-shielded against interference.

• When a power failure occurs, or when you unplug the power cord,the preset settings such as preset FM or AM channels and soundadjustments may be erased in a few days.

Checking the Supplied Accessories

Check to be sure you have all of the following supplied accessories.The number in the parentheses indicates the quantity of the piecessupplied.

• Remote Control (1)

• Batteries (2)

• AM Loop Antenna (1)

• FM Antenna (1)

• Composite Video Cord (1)

• AC Plug Adaptor (1)

If anything is missing, contact your dealer immediately.

Adjusting the Voltage Selector

Before connections, always do the following first if necessary.

Select the correct voltage in VOLTAGE SELECTOR on the rear byusing a screw driver.Check to be sure if the voltage mark is set to the voltage for the areawhere you use this unit.

Voltage mark

VOLTAGESELECTOR110V

127V

230-240V

220VVOLTAGE

SELECTOR110V

127V

230-240V

220V

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM4

5

En

glis

h

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

VOLTAGESELECTOR REAR

SPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN

DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUT ANTENNA

TV TAPE / CDR DBS VCR

AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

CAUTION:SPEAKERIMPEDANCE8 16

RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT110V

127V

230-240V

220V

FM 75

COAXIAL

ANTENNA

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIALAM EXT

B

FM 75

COAXIAL

1 2 31

2

Getting Started

Connecting the FM and AM Antennas

AM loop antenna(supplied)

If AM reception is poor,connect an outdoorsingle vinyl-covered wire(not supplied).

FM antenna (supplied)

If FM reception is poor, connectoutdoor FM antenna (not supplied).

Snap the tabs on the loop intothe slots of the base toassemble the AM loop antenna.

Rear panel of the unit

AM antenna connectionConnect the AM loop antenna supplied to the AM LOOPterminals.

1 Remove the insulation if the AM loop antennawire is covered with vinyl.

2 Press and hold the clamp of the terminal (1),then insert the wire (2).

3 Release the clamp.

Turn the loop until you have the best reception.• If the reception is poor, connect an outdoor single vinyl-

covered wire (not supplied) to the AM EXT terminal. Keep theAM loop antenna connected.

FM antenna connectionConnect the FM antenna supplied to the FM 75 Ω COAXIALterminal as temporary measure.Extend the supplied FM antenna horizontally.• If the reception is poor, connect an outdoor FM antenna (not

supplied). Before attaching a 75 Ω antenna with a coaxial typeconnector (IEC or DIN 45325), disconnect the supplied FMantenna.

Note:

• Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any otherterminals, connecting cords and power cord. This could cause poorreception.

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM5

6

En

glis

h

Connecting the Speakers

After connecting the front, center and rear speakers, and/or asubwoofer, set the speaker setting information properly to obtain thebest possible Surround effect. For details, see page 20.

CAUTIONS:

• Use speakers with the SPEAKER IMPEDANCE indicated by thespeaker terminals (8 – 16 Ω).

• DO NOT connect more than one speaker to one speaker terminal.

Connecting the front, center, and rear speakers

For each speaker, connect the (+) and (–) terminals on the rear panelto the (+) and (–) terminals marked on the speakers respectively.

1 Cut, twist and remove the insulation at the end ofeach speaker cord (not supplied).

2 Press and hold the clamp of the speaker terminal(1), then insert the speaker cord (2).

3 Release the clamp.

12

1 2 3

Connecting the subwoofer speakerBy connecting a subwoofer, you can enhance the bass or reproducethe original LFE signals recorded in the digital software.

Connect the input jack of a powered subwoofer to the SUB-WOOFER OUT jack on the rear panel, using a cable with RCA pinplugs (not supplied).• Refer also to the manual supplied with your subwoofer.

Note:

• You can place a subwoofer wherever you like since bass sound isnon-directional. Normally place it in front of you.

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

CENTERSPEAKER


RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFTSUB-WOOFEROUT

To left front speaker

To center speaker

To right frontspeaker

To left rearspeaker

To right rearspeaker

SUB-WOOFEROUT

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

CENTERSPEAKER


RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT

Powered subwoofer(example)

Speaker Layout Diagram

Center speaker

Left rearspeaker

Right rearspeaker

Left frontspeaker

Right frontspeaker

Subwoofer

To obtain the best possible sound from this system, place all thespeakers except the subwoofer at the same distance from thelistening position with each speaker’s front faced toward thelistener.Then, change the subwoofer and speaker settings to fit yourlistening conditions (see page 20).

Getting Started

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM6

7

En

glis

h

Getting Started

Connecting Audio/Video Components

Turn off all the components and the unit before connection.

TV connection

About connecting cords

A

B

C

Composite video cord (supplied)

S-video cord (not supplied)

Component video cord (not supplied)

• You can use composite video cord ( A ) and/or S-video cord( B ) for connecting DBS tuner and VCR to this unit.

• You can use component video cord ( C ) in addition to A andB for connecting your TV to this unit.

• By using B or C , you can get a better picture quality—in theorder: A < B < C .

• To view the picture from DBS tuner or VCR on your TV, connectyour TV to this unit using the same type of cord for connectingDBS tuner or VCR to this unit.

• To view the picture from the built-in DVD player, connect the TVto this unit using A , B , and/or C , then register the videooutput mode correctly (see “Video output mode” on page 22).

• To enjoy the progressive video picture, connect the TVcompatible with the progressive video input using C , thenchange the scanning mode correctly (see “Changing theScanning Mode” on page 14).You can enjoy the progressive scanning mode only whenthe color system of your TV is NTSC (see page 8).

For video connections

The S-video cords and the component video cord are not supplied with this unit.Use the cords supplied with the other components or purchase them at your dealer.

For audio connections

Connect the external components to this unit with the audio cords.Use the cord supplied with the other components or purchase them at your dealer.

• When the unit is shipped from the factory, the DIGITAL INterminals are set for use with the following components:– DIGITAL 1 (coaxial): For DBS tuner– DIGITAL 2 (optical): For TV

• If you connect CDR, change the digital input (DIGITAL IN)terminal setting (see “Digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminals” onpage 21) and the source name (see “Changing the SourceName” on page 12) correctly.

• Select the digital input mode correctly (see “Selecting theAnalog or Digital Input Mode” on page 13).

Audio cord (not supplied)

Optical digital cord (not supplied)

Digital coaxial cord (not supplied)A

B

C

Yellow

Green

Blue

Red

White

Red

Setting the color systemThis unit is compatible with both the PAL system and the NTSCsystem. To match the color system of your TV, you can change thecolor system of this unit by switching the VIDEO OUT SELECT onthe rear.Set the color system of this unit while the unit isturned off.• Before you play back a disc, make sure that the

color system of the disc matches your TV.

VIDEO OUT SELECTPAL NTSC

Notes:

• If you change the VIDEO OUT SELECT setting while the unit isturned on, the setting will not take effect until you turn on the unitagain.

• When you use a multi color system TV, you can change the colorsystem of this unit automatically by selecting “MULTI” options asthe monitor type in the PICTURE menu (see page 49). In this case,the setting of this unit is changed to match the color system of theloaded disc regardless the VIDEO OUT SELECT setting.

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM7

8

En

glis

h

Turn off all the components and the unit before connection.

Getting Started

Illustrations of the input/output terminals are typicalexamples. When you connect other components, refer also totheir manuals since the terminal names actually printed ontheir rear vary among the components.

TV connectionVideo connections

DO NOT connect a TV through a VCR or a TV with a built-inVCR; Otherwise, the picture may be distorted.

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

DIGITAL OPTICAL OUT

B

C

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

DIGITAL IN


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT

Audio connections

Before connecting anoptical digital cord,unplug the protectiveplug.

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

YPBPR

A

B

C

DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUTY PB PR

S-VIDEO VIDEO

VIDEO IN

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

COMPONENT VIDEO IN


Green

Blue

Red

Green

Red

Blue

Red

White White

Red

You can change thecolor system of thisunit.

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM8

9

En

glis

h

Getting Started

VCR connection

Turn off the TV and the unit before connection.

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

CTV TAPE / CDR DBS VCR

AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

S-VIDEO VIDEO

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

B

OUT

VIDEO

OUT

S-VIDEO

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT

A

Illustrations of the input/output terminals are typical examples. When youconnect other components, refer also to their manuals since the terminalnames actually printed on their rear vary among the components.

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

B

B

S-VIDEO VIDEO

VIDEO

OUTINOUTIN

S-VIDEO

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

A


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT IN

C

C

DBS tuner connection

DBS tuner

Red Red

VCR

RedRed

White White

WhiteWhite

Red Red

White White

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM9

10

En

glis

h

Cassette deck/CD recorder connection

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

INOUT

C

C

Digital connection

Before connecting an opticaldigital cord, unplug theprotective plug.

Now, you can plug the power cord of the unit into the AC outlet.

CAUTIONS:

• Do not touch the power cord with wet hands.• Do not pull on the power cord to unplug the cord. When unplugging

the cord, always grasp the plug so as not to damage the cord.

Notes:

• Keep the power cord away from the connecting cords and theantenna cables. The power cord may cause noise or screeninterference.

• The preset settings such as preset channels and sound adjustmentmay be erased in a few days in the following cases:– When you unplug the power cord.– When a power failure occurs.

Cassette deck

CD recorder

DBS tuner

CD recorder

Getting Started

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

DIGITAL IN


/ CDR DBS VCR

AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

ININ(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

DIGITAL IN

A

B

DIGITALOUT

DIGITALIN

DIGITALOUT

B

PCM/STREAM

DIGITAL OUT

CD recorder

White

Red

White

Red

Red

White

Red

White

EN01_10RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM10

11

En

glis

h

1 Turn On the Power

Press STANDBY/ON on the front panel or STANDBY/ON AUDIO on the remote control.

The STANDBY lamp goes off and the illumination lamp lights up.The current source name appears on the display.• If the built-in DVD player is the current source, “READING”

appears while the unit is detecting the type of the loaded disc(see page 29).– Playback starts automatically when you load some DVD

VIDEO.– “NO DISC” appears on the display when no disc is loaded.

To turn off the power (into standby)Press STANDBY/ON on the front panel or

STANDBY/ON AUDIO on the remote control again.The illumination lamp goes off and theSTANDBY lamp lights up.

Note:

• A small amount of the power is consumed even in standby mode.To turn the power off completely, unplug the AC power cord.

2 Select the Source to Play

Press one of the source selecting buttons.

DVD : Select the built-in DVD player.DBS* : Select the DBS tuner.VCR : Select the VCR.TV* : Select the TV tuner.TAPE/CDR* : Select the cassette deck or the CD recorder (front

panel ONLY).TAPE : Select the cassette deck (remote control ONLY**).CDR* : Select the CD recorder (remote control ONLY**).FM/AM : Select an FM or AM broadcast.

Notes:

* Register the digital input terminal setting (see “Digital input(DIGITAL IN) terminals” on page 21) and digital input mode settingcorrectly (see “Selecting the Analog or Digital Input Mode” on page13). Source name and “DIGITAL” will be shown on the display whenyou select the source.

**When the source name is not assigned correctly, these buttonscannot work (see “Changing the Source Name” on page 12).

STANDBY

STANDBY/ONVCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

On the front panel From the remote control

3 Adjust the Volume

On the front panel:To increase the volume,turn MASTER VOLUME clockwise.To decrease the volume,turn MASTER VOLUME counterclockwise.

From the remote control:To increase the volume,press and hold VOLUME +.To decrease the volume,press and hold VOLUME –.

CAUTION:

Always set the volume to the minimum before starting any sources. Ifthe volume is set at a high level, the sudden blast of sound energycan permanently damage your hearing and/or ruin your speakers.

Notes:

• The volume level can be adjusted within the range of “0” (minimum)to “50” (maximum).

• When DVD is selected as the source with your TV turned on, thevolume level indication appears on the TV.

Listening with headphonesConnect a pair of headphones to the (phones) jack on thefront panel. This cancels the Surround mode currentlyselected, deactivates speakers, and activates theHEADPHONE mode.The SPK. indicator goes off from the display.• Disconnecting a pair of headphones from the (phones) jack

cancels the HEADPHONE mode and activates speakers.

HEADPHONE modeWhen using the headphones, the following signals are outputregardless of your speaker setting:— For 2-channel sources, the front left and right channel signals

are output directly from the left and right headphones.— For multichannel sources, the front left and right, center and

rear channel signals are down-mixed and then output from theheadphones without missing bass element.You can enjoy multichannel sound source using theheadphones.

CAUTION:

Be sure to turn down the volume:• Before connecting or putting on headphones, as high volume can

damage both the headphones and your hearing.• Before removing headphones, as high volume may output from the

speakers.

MASTER VOLUME

+

–VOLUME

Basic Operations

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

On the front panel

From the remote control

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

EN11-14RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM11

12

En

glis

h

Turning Off the Sounds Temporarily

Press MUTING to mute the sound.“MUTING” appears on the display and the volume turns off (theVOLUME indication goes off).• When DVD is selected as the source with your TV turned on,

“VOLUME –” appears on the TV.

To restore the soundPress MUTING again.• Pressing VOLUME + or – on the remote control (or turn

MASTER VOLUME on the front panel) also restores the sound.

Turning Off the Powerwith the Sleep Timer

Press SLEEP repeatedly.The SLEEP indicator lights up on the display.• Each time you press the button, the shut-off time changes as

follows:

When the shut-off time comesThe unit is turned off automatically.

To check or change the remaining time until the shut-off timePress SLEEP once.The remaining time (in minutes) until the shut-off time appears.• To change the shut-off time, press SLEEP repeatedly.

To cancel the Sleep TimerPress SLEEP repeatedly until “SLEEP 0” appears on the display.(The SLEEP indicator goes off.)• Turning off the unit also cancels the Sleep Timer.

Note:

• If Sleep Timer and Auto Standby (see page 52) are used at a time,one with the early shut-off time will turn off the unit.

Changing the Display Brightness

Press DIMMER to dim the display.• Each time you press the button, the display and

illumination lamp dim and brighten alternately.

Changing the Source Name

When you connect an CD recorder to the TAPE/CDR jacks on therear panel, change the source name which will be shown on thedisplay.

Ex. : When changing the source name from “TAPE” to “CDR”

1 Press TAPE/CDR (SOURCE NAME) to select asthe source.

2 Press and hold SOURCE NAME (TAPE/CDR)until “ASSGN. CDR” appears on the display.

To change the source name to “TAPE”Press and hold SOURCE NAME (TAPE/CDR) until “ASSGN.TAPE” appears on the display in step 2.

Note:

• Without changing the source name, you can still use the connectedcomponents. However, there may be some inconveniences:– The unexpected source name will appear on the display when

you press TAPE/CDR (SOURCE NAME) on the front panel.– The CDR or TAPE button on the remote control cannot work for

selecting the source.– You cannot use the digital input (see page 10) for the CD

recorder.

DIMMER

From the remote control ONLYFrom the remote control ONLY

MUTING

SLEEP

From the remote control ONLY

DIGITAL AUTO

SPK.L R

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMESPK. SLEEP

10 20 30 60

120 901500 (off)

L R

SLEEP indicator

On the front panel ONLY

TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

Basic Operations

ANALOG

VOLUME

ASSGN. TAPE ASSGN. CDR

L R

EN11-14RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM12

13

En

glis

h

Selecting the Analog or Digital Input Mode

When you have connected digital source components using both theanalog connection and the digital connection methods (see pages 7 to10), you can select the input mode.• Before selecting the digital input mode, register the digital input

terminal setting correctly (see “Digital input (DIGITAL IN)terminals” on page 21).

1 Press one of the source selecting buttons (DBS,TV, or CDR) for which you want to change theinput mode.

Note:

• You cannot change the input mode when selecting DVD as thesource. Digital input is always used for the built-in DVD player.

2 Press INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL (INPUT ATT.)on the front panel or ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUTon the remote control.

The current input mode appears on the display.• Each time you press the button, the input mode alternates

between the analog input (“ANALOG”*) and the digital input(“DGTL AUTO”).

* “ANALOG” is the initial setting except for the built-in DVDplayer.

DGTL AUTO : Select this for the digital input mode.The DIGITAL AUTO indicator lights up.The unit automatically detects the incomingsignal format, then the sound signal indicatorfor the detected signal— DIGITAL or lights up; otherwise, no sound signal indicatorslight up.

ANALOG : Select this for the analog input mode.The ANALOG indicator lights up.

Basic Operations

Changing the Digital Input Mode Manually

If the following symptoms occur while Dolby Digital or DTSDigital Surround software is played back, you can change the digitalinput mode:• Sound does not come out at the beginning of playback.• Noise comes out while searching for or skipping chapters or

tracks.

Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select “DGTL D.D.”or “DGTL DTS” while “DGTL AUTO” still remainson the display.• Each time you press the button, the digital input mode changes as

follows:

DGTL AUTO : Normally select this.The DIGITAL AUTO indicator lights up.The unit automatically detects the incomingsignal format, then the sound signal indicatorfor the detected signal lights up.

DGTL D.D. : Select this for playing back software encodedwith Dolby Digital.The DIGITAL indicator lights up*.

DGTL DTS : Select this for playing back software encodedwith DTS Digital Surround.The indicator lights up*.

* These indicators flash when no signal or the signal without theproper format is played back.

When DVD is selected as the source, you can alsochange the digital input mode by pressingANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT repeatedly on the remotecontrol.

Notes:

• When “DGTL AUTO” cannot recognize the incoming signals, nosound signal indicators light up on the display.

• When you turn off the unit or select another source, “DGTL DTS”and “DGTL D.D.” are canceled.The digital input mode is automatically reset to “DGTL AUTO.”

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

On the front panel


On the front panelCONTROL

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

DGTL AUTO DGTL D.D.

DGTL DTS

L R

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT


INPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

ANALOG DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMESPK.

DGTL AUTO ANALOG

L R

ANALOG/DIGITAL AUTO indicator

EN11-14RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM13

14

En

glis

h

Attenuating the Input Signal

When the input level of the analog source is too high, the soundswill be distorted. If this happens, you need to attenuate the inputsignal level to prevent the sound distortion.• You have to make this adjustment for each analog source.

Press and hold INPUT ATT. (INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL) until the INPUT ATT indicator lights upon the display.• Each time you press and hold the button, the Input Attenuator

turns on (“ATT ON”) or off (“ATT NORMAL”*).

* “ATT NORMAL” is the initial setting.

ATT NORMAL : Normally select this. The analog sound is notattenuated.

ATT ON : Select this when the analog sound isdistorted.

Notes:

• Some progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs are not fullycompatible with this system. When a DVD VIDEO is played back inthe progressive scanning mode on those TVs, the unnatural picturemay be in a result. In such a case, change the scanning mode to“INTERLACE.” To check the compatibility of your TV, contact yourdealer. All JVC progressive TVs and High-Definition TVs are fullycompatible with this system respectively.

• When you select “PROGRESSIVE” as the scanning mode, thepicture does not come out correctly through composite video andS-video jacks.

* 480p and 480i indicate the number of scanning lines and scanningformat of an image signal.– 480p indicates 480 scanning lines with progressive format.– 480i indicates 480 scanning lines with interlaced format.

Activating the Recording Mode

When you play back the multichannel sources, Recording modeenables you to record the sounds without missing surround elementsby down-mixing the center and rear channel signals into the frontchannel signals.• When the multichannel software is played back with Recording

mode activated, the sounds are down-mixed and come out throughthe front speakers only.

Press and hold REC MODE (SURROUND MODE)until “RECMODE ON” appears on the display.• Each time you press and hold the button, Recording mode is

activated (“RECMODE ON”) or deactivated (“RECMODEOFF”*) alternately.

* “RECMODE OFF” is the initial setting.

RECMODE OFF : Normally select this. The down-mixing iscanceled.

RECMODE ON : Select this for recording the down-mixedsounds.

When recording with VCR:You can record the picture on your video tape without the volumelevel indication when Recording mode is activated.• When you do not want to record the on-screen guide icons, see

page 52.• The choice menu and on-screen bar are always recorded when

they appear on the TV.

CAUTION:

When the front speakers are small, the output sound may be distortedby Recording mode. In this case, decrease the volume until the sounddistortion diminishes.

Notes:

• When you turn off the unit or select another source, Recordingmode is canceled (“RECMODE OFF”).

• Sound adjustments (see pages 23 and 24) and Surround modes(see pages 25 to 28) do not affect the recording.

• The following buttons do not work while Recording mode isactivated (“RECMODE ON”):– SETTING and ADJUST on the front panel.– SURROUND ON/OFF and SURROUND MODE on the front

panel.– Number buttons for adjusting sound on the remote control.

Basic Operations

INPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITALOn the front panel ONLY

ANALOG INPUT ATT

VOLUME

ATT NORMAL ATT ON

L R

INPUT ATT indicator

Changing the Scanning Mode

This unit supports the progressive scanning system (480p*) as wellas the conventional interlaced scanning system (480i*).If your TV has component video jacks and supports the progressivevideo input, you can enjoy a high quality picture from the built-inDVD player.• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your TV.• You cannot change the scanning mode when “PAL” is selected

as the color system of this unit. See pages 7 and 8.• You can select the progressive mode according to the original

picture type (film or video source). See page 49.• Do not change the scanning mode to “PROGRESSIVE” in the

following cases:– When your TV does not support the progressive video input.– When you do not connect your TV to the unit using component

video cord.

Press and hold PROGRESSIVE for more than 3seconds when DVD is selected as the source.The current scanning mode appears on the display for a while.• Each time you press and hold the button, the scanning mode

changes “INTERLACE”* and “PROGRESSIVE” alternately.

* “INTERLACE” is the initial setting.

INTERLACE : Select this for conventional TV.

PROGRESSIVE : Select this if your TV with componentjacks supports the progressive video input.The PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up.

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE


PROGRESSIVE

VFPTV RETURN


EN11-14RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM14

15

En

glis

h

By pressing the following buttons, you can pause, advance, or reverseplayback, and locate the beginning of the title, chapter, or track.

To stop playback temporarilyPress 8.• Pressing 3 starts playback again.

To move back the playback position by 10 seconds(for DVD VIDEO only)Press 3 during DVD VIDEO playback.The unit moves the playback position about 10 seconds before thecurrent position, then resumes playback.

To advance or reverse playback quicklyPress and hold ¢ or 4.While you are pressing and holding ¢ (or 4), the unit advances(or reverses: for DVD VIDEO and audio CD) playback 5 times asfast as the normal speed. When you press and hold ¢ (or 4)further, the playback speed changes up to 20 times as fast as thenormal speed.• Releasing the button resumes the normal playback.

To locate the beginning of the chapter or trackPress ¢ or 4.Press ¢ (or 4) to locate the beginning of the next (current orprevious) chapter or track.

To locate the chapter or track using the number buttonsPress the number buttons (1–10, +10) to select the number of thedesired chapter or track.

Ex. : To select 3, press 3.To select 11, press +10, then 1.To select 20, press +10, then 10.

Basic DVD Player Operations

For details about DVD player operations, see pages 29 to42.• You can also play back MP3 and JPEG files. See pages 43

to 46.

REW/( TUNING 9/FF

FM MODE STROBE

– TV/DBS CH +

About indication on the display while playing back a discWhile you are playing back a disc, the playback informationappears on the display as follows:

Ex. : When DVD VIDEO is loaded

Ex. : When audio CD is loaded

Track number Elapsed playing time

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR


2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE – SUBWOOFER +

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITALAUTO SURROUND

SPK.

LFE

LS RS

L C R

SUBWFR

Chapter number Elapsed playing time

On the front panel


• To change the color system of this unit, see page 7.

• When using remote control, press DVD to change theremote control operation mode to the DVD playeroperation.

1 Open the Disc Tray

Before turning on the unit, turn on your TV and select the correctvideo input (see the manual supplied with your TV).• When you use a JVC’s TV, you can turn on your TV by pressing

STANDBY/ON TV on the remote control and select thevideo input by pressing TV/VIDEO. (If your TV is not a JVC’s,see “Operating Other Manufacturers’ Equipment” on page 61.)

• For changing the OSD messages—the information on the TV—into the desired language, see pages 47 and 49.

Press 0.The unit is turned on and the disc tray opens.The STANDBY lamp goes off and the illumination lamp lights up.• When a disc is already loaded, pressing 3 turns on the unit and

starts playing back the loaded disc.

2 Load a Disc

Place a disc correctly with its label side up.



TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TV

VCR

DBS

DVD

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

INPUT ATT.

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

D I G I T A L

SURROUND

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

CORRECT

INCORRECT

3 Start Playback

Press 3.The disc tray closes and the unit starts playing back the loaded disc.• You can also close the disc tray by pressing 0 on the front panel.

TUNING


EN15-18RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM15

16

En

glis

h


4 Adjust the Volume

For details, see “Basic Operations” on page 11.

5 Activate Realistic Sound Field

You can activate Surround mode for creating realistic sound fields.• You can activate Surround mode automatically when the digital

multichannel source (Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surroundsoftware) or 2-channel matrix source (Dolby Surround software) isplayed back—Auto Surround (see page 22).

When you activate or deactivate Surround mode manually, do thefollowing procedures:

On the front panel:Press SURROUND ON/OFF.

From the remote control:1) Press SOUND.

2) Press SURR ON/OFF.

• Each time you press SURROUND ON/OFF on the front panel orSURR ON/OFF on the remote control, Surround mode is activatedand deactivated alternately.

6 Select Surround Mode

When the PRO LOGIC II or DSP indicator is lit, you can selectvarious Surround modes (see page 27).

Press SURROUND MODE (REC MODE) on thefront panel or SURR MODE on the remote control.• When you enjoy digital multichannel source such as Dolby Digital

or DTS Digital Surround software, you cannot change Surroundmode. When you enjoy Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround 2-channel including 2-channel matrix source such as Dolby Surroundsoftware, you can select Surround mode from between PROLOGIC II MOVIE and PRO LOGIC II MUSIC (see page 27).

7 Stop Playback

Press 7.Playback stops.The unit memorizes the point where you stop playback and theRESUME indicator lights up on the display (except when an audioCD is loaded).

While the RESUME indicator is lit on the display, you can startplayback from the memorized point by pressing 3—Resume play.

About Resume playThis unit can memorize the point when you operate the followingprocedures:• Pressing 7 during playback—Pressing 3 starts Resume play• Changing the source—Pressing DVD or 3 starts Resume play• Turning off the unit (including Sleep Timer)

—Pressing 3 starts Resume play

Once you start Resume play, the RESUME indicator goes off(the unit clears the memorized point).

The unit also clears the memorized point when you operate thefollowing procedures:• Starting Resume play• Pressing 7 (while the RESUME indicator is lit on the display)• Selecting a track by pressing ¢ or 4 for video CD and

super VCD when playback stops• Selecting program or random playback• Pressing TOP MENU• Ejecting the loaded disc• Turning on the unit by pressing STANDBY/ON on the

front panel or STANDBY/ON AUDIO on the remotecontrol.

You can cancel Resume play (see “OTHERS menu” on page 52).

To remove the loaded discPress 0.The disc tray opens.

To close the disc trayPress 0 again.

8 Turn Off the Power (into Standby)

Press STANDBY/ON on the front panel or STANDBY/ON AUDIO on the remote control.

The unit is turned off and the STANDBY lamp lights up on the frontpanel.• If you press the button while the disc tray is open, the disc tray

closes automatically, then the unit is turned off.• A small amount of power is consumed even in standby mode. To

turn off the power completely, unplug the AC power cord.


FM MODE


MASTER VOLUME

+

–VOLUME

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

SOUND

7SURR ON/OFF


ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

10/0SURR MODE

STANDBY


STANDBY/ON


EN15-18RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM16

17

En

glis

h

Tuner Operations

Setting the AM Tuner Interval Spacing

Some countries space AM stations 9 kHz apart, and other countriesuse 10 kHz spacing.• 9 kHz interval spacing is the initial setting.

On the front panel ONLY:

1 Turn off the unit.• Be sure that the unit is plugged into a wall outlet.

2 Change the interval spacing.To set the AM tuner to the 10 kHz spacing:Hold down CONTROL 3 and press STANDBY/ON.“10k STEP” appears on the display for a while.

To set the AM tuner to the 9 kHz spacing:Hold down CONTROL 2 and press STANDBY/ON.“9k STEP” appears on the display for a while.

The unit is turned on with the interval spacing changed.

From the remote control:

1 Press FM/AM.

2 Press repeatedly or hold TUNING 9 or ( until you find thefrequency you want.

• Pressing (or holding) TUNING 9 increases the frequencies.• Pressing (or holding) TUNING ( decreases the frequencies.

Notes:

• When you hold and release CONTROL 3 (or TUNING 9 on theremote control) or CONTROL 2 (or TUNING ( on the remotecontrol), the frequency keeps changing until a certain station istuned in.

• When a station of sufficient signal strength is tuned in, the TUNEDindicator lights up on the display.

• When an FM stereo program is received, the STEREO indicatoralso lights up.

Using Preset Tuning

Once a station is assigned to a channel number, the station can bequickly tuned. You can preset up to 30 FM and 15 AM stations.

7 To store the preset stationsBefore you start, remember...There is a time limit in doing the following steps.If the setting is canceled before you finish, start from step 2 again.

On the front panel ONLY:

1 Tune into the station you want to preset (see“Tuning into Stations Manually”).• If you want to store the FM reception mode for this station,

select the FM reception mode you want. See “Selecting theFM Reception Mode” on page 18.

2 Press MEMORY.The channel number position starts flashing on thedisplay for about 5 seconds.

3 Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to selecta channel number while the channelnumber position is flashing.

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz

TUNED STEREO AUTO MUTINGL R

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


MEMORY

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


CONTROL

Ex. : When selecting the FM band

STANDBY/ON

STANDBY/ON

Tuning into Stations Manually

On the front panel:

1 Press FM/AM to select the band.The last received station of the selected band istuned in.The CONTROL buttons now work for tuneroperations.• Each time you press the button, the band alternates between

FM and AM.

2 Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5)repeatedly until “< TUNING >”appears on the display.

3 While “< TUNING >” still remainson the display, press repeatedly orhold CONTROL 3 (or 2) until youfind the frequency you want.

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 3 increases the frequencies.• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 2 decreases the frequencies.

FM/AM

E

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK. AUTO MUTINGL R

CONTROL


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz

AUTO MUTINGL R

CONTROL

CONTROL

EN15-18RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM17

18

En

glis

h

Selecting the FM Reception Mode

When an FM stereo broadcast is hard to receive or noisy, you canchange the FM reception mode while receiving an FM broadcast.• You can store the FM reception mode for each preset station.

Before you start, remember...There is a time limit in doing the following steps.If the setting is canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

On the front panel:

1 While listening to an FM station,press CONTROL ∞ (or 5)repeatedly until “< FM MODE >”appears on the display.

2 While “< FM MODE >” still remainson the display, press CONTROL 3(or 2) to select “MONO.”• Each time you press the button, the FM

reception mode alternates between “AUTOMUTING”* and “MONO.”

* “AUTO MUTING” is the initial setting. If you have alreadychanged the setting, “MONO” will be shown.

AUTO MUTING : Normally select this.When a program is broadcasted in stereo,you will hear stereo sound; when inmonaural, you will hear monaural sounds.This mode is also useful to suppress staticnoise between stations. The AUTOMUTING indicator lights up on the display.

MONO : Select this to improve the reception (butstereo effect will be lost).In this mode, you will hear noise whiletuning into the stations. The AUTOMUTING indicator goes off from thedisplay. (The STEREO indicator also goesoff.)

CONTROL

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


Tuner Operations

To restore the stereo effectRepeat step 1, then select “AUTO MUTING” in step 2.


1 Press FM/AM to select an FM station.Number buttons now work for tuner operations.

2 Press FM MODE.• Each time you press the button, the FM reception mode

alternates between “AUTO MUTING” and “MONO.”

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


AUTO MUTING MONO

4 Press MEMORY again while the selectedchannel number is flashing on thedisplay.The station is assigned to the selected channelnumber.• The selected channel number stops flashing and then the

frequency starts flashing.

5 Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to select anotherfrequency you want to store while the frequency isflashing on the display.

6 Repeat steps 2 to 5 until you store all thestations you want.

To erase a stored preset stationStoring a new station on a used channel number erases thepreviously stored one.

MEMORY

7 To tune in a preset stationOn the front panel:

1 Press FM/AM to select the band.The last received station of the selected band istuned in.The CONTROL buttons now work for tuner operations.

2 Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5)repeatedly until “< PRESET >”appears on the display.

3 While “< PRESET >” still remainson the display, press CONTROL 3(or 2) to select a preset channelnumber you want.

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 3 increases the presetchannel numbers.

• Pressing (or holding) CONTROL 2 decreases the presetchannel numbers.


1 Press FM/AM.The last received station of the selected band is tuned in.The number buttons now work for tuner operations.

2 Press the number buttons to select a preset channel number.• For channel number 5, press 5.• For channel number 15, press +10 then 5.• For channel number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

FM/AM

E

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz

AUTO MUTINGL R


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK. TUNED STEREO AUTO MUTINGL R

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


EN15-18RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM18

19

En

glis

h

Some of the following settings are required after connecting and positioning your speakers, while others will make operations easier.You can set the items by using the SETTING button and CONTROL 5/∞/2/3 buttons on the front panel.

Setting items:

• Speaker information for front, center, rear speakers, and subwoofer* • Speaker distance for front, center, and rear speakers*• Crossover frequency* • Low frequency effect attenuator* • Dynamic range compression*• Digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminals • Auto surround • Video output mode

Note:

* You can also set these items using the Choice menu (see pages 47 to 52).

Basic Settings

Operation Buttons

To do the basic settings for this unit, use the buttons on the frontpanel.

• When no operation is done for about 5 seconds, the indications onthe display will disappear.

* Pressing SETTING repeatedly also changes the indication.

Configuration of the indications on the display

Operating Procedure

Ex. : When setting the digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminals.

Before you start, remember...There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting iscanceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1 Press SETTING.The CONTROL buttons now work for basic settings.The setting item selected previously appears on thedisplay.

2 Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5)repeatedly until “DGT (Digital)”(with the current setting)* appearson the display.

* “1DBS 2TV” is the initial setting. If you have already changedthe setting, another combination will be shown.

3 Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to selectthe appropriate digital terminalsetting.• Each time you press the button, the indication

changes as follows:

SETTING

CONTROL


Button

SETTING

CONTROL 5/∞

CONTROL 3/2

To do

Display the setting indications on thedisplay*.

Select an item on the display.Each time you press the button, theindication changes as illustrated below.

Adjust the selected item.

SETTING

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CONTROL

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

DGT1DBS 2TV DGT1DBS2CDR

DGT1TV 2DBS

DGT1CDR2DBS DGT1CDR 2TV

DGT1TV 2CDR

L R

(back to the beginning)

SPK.

SUBWFR(Subwoofer)

FRNT SP(Front speaker)

CNTR SP(Center speaker)

REAR SP(Rear speaker)

FRNT D(Front distance)

CNTR D(Center distance)

REAR D(Rear distance)

CROSS(Crossover)

LFE(Low frequency effect)

D.COMP(Dynamic range compression)

DGT(Digital)

AUTO SR(Auto surround)

VOUT(Video out)

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM19

20

En

glis

h

7 Speaker information—“SUBWFR (subwoofer),”“FRNT SP (front speaker),” “CNTR SP (centerspeaker),” and “REAR SP (rear speaker)”To obtain the best possible effect from the Surround modes (seepages 25 to 28), register the following information after allconnections are completed.

¶ For subwoofer:

Select one of the following settings:

YES : Select this when a subwoofer is connected.

NO : Select this when no subwoofer is used.

Notes:

• “NO” is the initial setting.• If you have selected “NO” for the subwoofer, you can only select

“LARGE” for the front speakers.

¶ For front speakers, center speaker, and rear speakers:

Select one of the following settings for each speaker:

LRG (large) : Select this when the speaker size is relativelylarge.

SML (small) : Select this when the speaker size is relativelysmall.

NO : Select this when you have not connected aspeaker. (Not selectable for the front speakers)

Notes:

• “LRG (large)” is the initial setting for the front speakers, “SML(small)” for the center and rear speakers.

• Keep the following comment in mind as reference whenadjusting the settings.– If the size of the cone speaker unit built in your speaker is

greater than 12 cm, select “LRG (large),” and if it is smallerthan 12 cm, select “SML (small).”

• If you have selected “SML (small)” for the front speakers, youcannot select “LRG (large)” for the center and rear speakers.

7 Speaker distance—“FRNT D (front distance),”“CNTR D (center distance),” and “REAR D(rear distance)”

The distance from your listening point to the speakers is anotherimportant element to obtain the best possible surround sound ofthe Surround modes.You need to set the distance from your listening point to thespeakers. By referring to the speaker distance setting, this unitautomatically sets the delay time of the sound through eachspeaker so that sounds through all the speakers can reach you atthe same time.

Set the distance from the listening point within the range of0.3 m to 9.0 m, in 0.3 m interval.

Notes:

• “3.0m” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, another setting will be shown.

• If you have selected “NO” for the center and rear speakerssetting, you cannot set the speaker distance for the center andrear speakers.

Basic Settings

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

Ex. : In this case,set “FRNT D” to “3.3m,”set “CNTR D” to “3.0m” andset “REAR D” to “2.7m.”

2.4 m

2.7 m

3.0 m

3.3 m

Left frontspeaker

Right frontspeaker

Right rearspeaker

Subwoofer

Left rearspeaker

Center speaker

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM20

21

En

glis

h

Basic Settings

7 Crossover frequency—“CROSS (crossover)”

Small speakers cannot reproduce the bass sounds efficiently. Ifyou use a small speaker in any position, this unit automaticallyreallocates the bass sound elements assigned to the smallspeaker to the large speakers.To use this function properly, set the crossover frequency levelaccording to the size of the small speaker connected.• If you have selected “LRG (large)” for all speakers, this

function will not take effect.


80Hz : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unitbuilt in the speaker is about 12 cm.




200Hz : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unitbuilt in the speaker is less than 5 cm.

Notes:

• “100Hz” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, another frequency will be shown.

• Crossover frequency is not valid for the HEADPHONE mode.

7 Low frequency effect attenuator—“LFE”

If the bass sound is distorted while playing back softwareencoded with Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround, set theLFE level to eliminate distortion.• This function takes effect only when the LFE signals come in.


0dB : Normally select this.

–10dB : Select this when the bass sound is distorted.

Note:

• “0dB” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, “–10dB” will be shown.

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL L R

SUBWFR

C

LS RS

7 Dynamic range compression—“D.COMP”

You can compress the dynamic range (difference betweenmaximum sound and minimum sound) of the reproduced sound.This is useful when enjoying surround sound at night.• This function takes effect only when playing back a source

encoded with Dolby Digital.


OFF : Select this when you want to enjoy surround with itsfull dynamic range. (No effect applied.)

MID : Select this when you want to reduce the dynamic rangea little.

MAX : Select this when you want to apply the compressioneffect fully. (Useful at night.)

Note:

• “MID” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, another setting will be shown.

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

7 Digital input (DIGITAL IN) terminals—“DGT”

When you use the digital input terminals, register whatcomponents are connected to which terminals (DIGITAL IN 1/DIGITAL IN 2). So, the correct source name will appear whenyou select the digital source.

Set the appropriate digital terminal setting.• Each time you press CONTROL 3 or 2, the display changes

as follows:

1 DBS 2 TV “ 1 DBS 2 CDR “ 1 TV 2 DBS “1 TV 2 CDR “ 1 CDR 2 DBS “ 1 CDR 2 TV “(back to the beginning)

Notes:

• “1DBS 2TV” is the initial setting. If you have already changedthe setting, another combination will be shown.

• If you want to connect a CD recorder to the digital inputterminal, change the source name to “CDR” from “TAPE.”For details, see “Changing the Source Name” on page 12.

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM21

22

En

glis

h

7 Auto surround—“AUTO SR”

Surround mode is automatically activated when the digitalmultichannel source such as Dolby Digital or DTS DigitalSurround software or 2-channel matrix source such as DolbySurround is played back.You can enjoy Surround mode simply by selecting the source(with digital input selected for that source)—Auto Surround.


ON : The AUTO SURROUND indicator always lights upon the display.• If multichannel signals come in, an appropriateSurround mode will be turned on.

•If Dolby Digital 2-channel or DTS 2-channelincluding surround signals come in, “PL IIMOVIE” will be selected.

• If Dolby Digital 2-channel or DTS 2-channelsignals without surround signals come in,“STEREO” will be selected.

•If the other signals come in, nothing will change.

OFF : Select this to deactivate Auto Surround.

7 Video output mode—“VOUT”

After connecting your TV to the unit, register the type of theconnected output terminal—VIDEO, S-VIDEO, orDVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUT.Without setting this, AV COMPU LINK does not workappropriately when DVD is selected as the source (see“AV COMPU LINK Remote Control System” on pages 57 and58).

Set the output terminal appropriately.

VIDEO : Select this when you connect your TV to VIDEOjack by using a composite video cord.

S : Select this when you connect your TV to S-VIDEOjack by using an S-video cord.

COMPNT : Select this when you connect your TV to DVDCOMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks by usingcomponent video cord.

Note:

• “VIDEO” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, another setting will be shown.

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL RSPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

AUTO SURROUNDL R

Notes:

• “ON” is the initial setting. If you have already changed thesetting, “OFF” will be shown.

• This function does not take effect in the following cases:– While playing an analog source.– While selecting “DGTL D.D.” or “DGTL DTS” as the fixed

digital input mode (see page 13).• If you press SURROUND ON/OFF (SURR ON/OFF on the

remote control) with Auto Surround activated, Auto Surroundwill be canceled temporarily for the currently selected source.Auto Surround setting will be restored in the following cases:– When you turn off and on the unit,– When you change the source,– When you change the analog/digital input, and– When you reset “AUTO SR” to “ON” again.

Basic Settings

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM22

23

En

glis

h

The following settings are required after connecting and positioning your speakers.You can adjust the items by using the ADJUST button and CONTROL 5/∞/2/3 buttons on the front panel.

Adjustment items:

• Front speaker output balance* • Tone* • Speaker output levels*• DAP effect level

Notes:

• The setting contents of adjustment items are memorized for each source.* You can also set these items using the Choice menu (see pages 47 to 52).

Sound Adjustments

Operation Buttons

To do the basic settings for this unit, use the buttons on the frontpanel.

• When no operation is done for about 5 seconds, the indicationson the display will disappear.

* You can also make sound adjustment except for front speakersoutput balance from the remote control.

** Pressing ADJUST repeatedly also changes the indication.

Configuration of the indications on the display

On the front panel ONLY*

Button

ADJUST

CONTROL 5/∞

CONTROL 3/2

To do

Display the adjustment indications onthe display**.

Select an item on the display.Each time you press the button, theindication changes as illustrated below.

Adjust the selected item.

Operating Procedure

Ex. : When setting the front speaker output balance.

Before you start, remember...There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting iscanceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.

1 Press ADJUST.The CONTROL buttons now work for soundadjustments. The setting item selected previouslyappears on the display.

2 Press CONTROL ∞ (or 5)repeatedly until “BAL (Balance)”(with the current setting)* appearson the display.

* “CENTER” is the initial setting. If you have already changedthe setting, another setting will be shown.

3 Press CONTROL 3 (or 2) to adjustthe front speaker balance.• Each time you press the button, the indication

changes as follows:

ADJUST

CONTROL

BAL(Balance)

BASS

TREBLE

SUBWFR(Subwoofer) CENTER

REAR L(Rear left)

REAR R(Rear right)

EFFECT #

#

#

##

#

# These indications appear only when the corresponding speakersinformation for each speaker is set to other than “NO.”

## “EFFECT” appears only when one of DAP modes (see pages 25to 28) is activated.

ADJUST

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CENTERR –21 L –21

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM23

24

En

glis

h

7 Front speaker output balance—“BAL (balance)”

If the sounds you hear from the front right and left speakers areunequal, you can adjust the speaker output balance.

Adjust the output balance appropriately from the listeningpoint within the range of R (Right) –21 to CENTER (0) orCENTER (0) to L (Left) –21.

Note:

• “CENTER” is the initial setting. If you have already changedthe setting, another setting will be shown.

7 Tone—“BASS” and “TREBLE”

You can adjust the bass and treble sounds as you like.

Adjust the tone within the range of –10 to +10 in 2 stepsintervals.

Note:

• “0” is the initial setting. If you have already changed the setting,another setting will be shown.

7 Speaker output levels—“SUBWFR(subwoofer),” “CENTER,” “REAR L (left),”and “REAR R (right)”

You can adjust the speaker output levels if you have set thespeaker information appropriately.• You can adjust the output level for center and/or rear speakers

only when one of proper Surround modes is activated (seepage 27).

Adjust the speaker output level within the range of –10 to+10 in 1 step interval.

Note:


7 DAP effect level—“EFFECT”

While one of DAP modes is activated (the DSP indicator lightsup on the display), you can adjust the effect level.For details about DAP modes, see pages 25 to 28.

Adjust the effect level within the range of 1 to 5.

Note:


Sound Adjustments

The following can be stored for each source:• Analog/digital input mode (see page 13)• Input attenuator mode (see page 14)• Front speaker output balance (see above or page 50)• Speaker output level (see above or page 51)• Tone adjustment (see above or page 50)• DAP effect level (see above)• Surround mode selection (see page 27)

Note:

• If the source is FM or AM, you can assign a different setting foreach band.

About auto memoryThis unit memorizes the settings for each source:• when you turn off the power (see page 11),• when you change the source (see page 11),• when you change the source name (see page 12), and• when you change the analog/digital input mode (see page 13).When you change the source, the memorized settings for thenewly selected source are automatically recalled.

Adjusting sound from the remote control

1 Press SOUND.Number buttons now work for sound adjustments.

2 Adjust the level as follows:To adjust subwoofer, press SUBWOOFER + or –.To adjust center speaker, press CENTER + or –.To adjust left rear speaker, press REAR•L + or –.To adjust right rear speaker, press REAR•R + or –.To adjust the effect level (for DAP mode), press EFFECT.

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

ANALOG DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

LS RS

EN19-24RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM24

25

En

glis

h

**Manufactured underlicense from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. USPAT. No. 5,451,942 and other world-wide patents issued andpending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are trademarks ofDigital Theater Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996 Digital TheaterSystems, Inc. All rights reserved.

* Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “ProLogic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of DolbyLaboratories.

Creating Realistic Sound Fields

You can use the following Surround modes to reproduce a realisticsound field: Dolby Surround

• Dolby Pro Logic II• Dolby Digital

DTS Digital Surround DAP (Digital Acoustic Processor) modes All Channel Stereo

Dolby Surround

Dolby Pro Logic II*Dolby Pro Logic II has newly developed multichannel playbackformat to decode into 5.1-channel from all 2-channel sources—stereo source and Dolby Digital encoded source.Matrix-based encoding/decoding method for Dolby Pro Logic IImakes no limitation for the cutoff frequency of the rear treble andenables stereo rear sound compared to conventional Dolby ProLogic.

Dolby Pro Logic II enables to reproduce spacious sound fromoriginal sound without adding any new sounds and tonal colorations.Dolby Pro Logic II has two modes—Movie mode and Music mode:

Pro Logic II Movie (PL II MOVIE)—suitable for reproduction ofDolby Surround encoded sources bearing the mark DOLBY SURROUND

and stereo television sources. You can enjoy sound field very closeto the one created with discrete 5.1-channel sounds.Pro Logic II Music (PL II MUSIC)—suitable for reproduction ofany 2-channel stereo music sources. You can enjoy wide and deepsound by using this mode.

• When Dolby Pro Logic II is activated, the PRO LOGIC IIindicator lights up on the display.

Dolby Digital*Used to reproduce multichannel sound tracks of the softwareencoded with Dolby Digital ( D I G I T A L ).• To enjoy the software encoded with Dolby Digital, connect the

source component using the digital terminal on the rear of thisunit. (See page 10.)

Dolby Digital 5.1-channel encoding method (so-called discretemultichannel digital audio format) records and digitally compressesthe left front channel, right front channel, center channel, left rearchannel, right rear channel, and LFE channel signals.Since each channel is completely independent from the otherchannel signals to avoid interference, you can obtain much bettersound quality with much stereo and surround effects.

Note:

• Dolby Digital or DTS software can be roughly grouped into twocategories—multichannel (up to 5.1-channel) and 2-channel software. Toenjoy surround sounds while playing Dolby Digital 2-channel orDTS software, you can use Dolby Pro Logic II.

DTS Digital Surround**

Used to reproduce multichannel sound tracks of the softwareencoded with DTS Digital Surround ( ).• To enjoy the software encoded with DTS Digital Surround,

connect the source component using the digital terminal on therear of this unit. (See page 10.)

DTS Digital Surround is another discrete multichannel digitalaudio format available on CD, LD, and DVD software.Compared to Dolby Digital, audio compression ratio is relativelylow. This fact allows DTS Digital Surround format to add breadthand depth to the reproduced sounds. As a result, DTS DigitalSurround features natural, solid and clear sound.

DAP (Digital Acoustic Processor) modesDAP modes have been designed to create important acousticsurround elements.

The sound heard in a live club, dance club, hall or pavilion consistsof direct sound and indirect sound—early reflections and reflectionsfrom behind. Direct sounds reach the listener directly without anyreflection. On the other hand, indirect sounds are delayed by thedistances of the ceiling and walls (see the diagram on the next page).These indirect sounds are important elements of the acousticsurround effects. The DAP mode can reproduce a realistic soundfield by adding these indirect sounds.

DAP modes can be used when the front and rear speakers areconnected to this unit (without respect to the center speakerconnection: no sound comes out of the center speaker even if it isconnected).

Typical Multichannel (5.1-channel) reproduction

SubwooferLeft frontspeaker

Right rearspeaker

Left rearspeaker

Centerspeaker

Right frontspeaker

MASTER VOLUME


INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITALCOMPACT

SUPER VIDEO

D I G I T A L

S U R R O U N D


RX-DV3 HOME THEATER DVD/CD RECEIVER

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

CONTROL

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

EN25-28RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM25

26

En

glis

h

The following DAP modes are provided for this unit:

LIVE CLUB : Gives the feeling of a live music club with a lowceiling.

DANCE CLUB : Gives a throbbing bass beat.

HALL : Gives clear vocal and the feeling of a concerthall.

PAVILION : Gives the spacious feeling of a pavilion with ahigh ceiling.

These DAP modes can be used to add the acoustic surround effectswhile reproducing 2-channel stereo software, either analog or LinearPCM digital signal, and can give you a real “being there” feeling.• When one of the DAP modes is selected, the DSP indicator lights

up on the display.

Early reflections

Direct sounds

Reflections from behind

Creating sound field

All Channel StereoThis mode can reproduce a larger stereo sound field using all theconnected (and activated) speakers.

All Channel Stereo can be used when the front and rearspeakers are connected to this receiver without respect to thecenter speaker connection.If the center speaker is connected and activated, the same phases ofthe front left and right signals are mixed and output through thecenter speaker.

All Channel Stereo can be used while reproducing 2-channel stereosoftware, either analog or Linear PCM digital signal.• When All Channel Stereo is selected, the DSP indicator lights up

on the display.

Sound reproduced from normal stereo

: Possible : ImpossibleAvailable Surround modes for each input signal

Sound reproduced from All Channel Stereo

All Channel Stereo reproduction


ModesSTEREO

DOLBY DTS PL II PL II LIVE DANCEHALL PAVILION

ALL CHSignals DIGITAL SURROUND MOVIE MUSIC CLUB CLUB ST.

Dolby Digital (Multichannel)

Dolby Digital (2-channel)

Dolby Surround (matrix 2-ch)

DTS DigitalSurround

(Multichannel)

DTS DigitalSurround

(2-channel)

Linear PCM

Analog

EN25-28RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM26

27

En

glis

h


Activating Surround Mode

When Auto Surround is set to “OFF” or 2-channel source other thanDolby Surround software is played back, activate Surround modemanually.Make sure that you have set the speakers information correctly(see page 20 or 51).• If only front speakers are connected, you cannot activate any

Surround mode.

On the front panel:

Press SURROUND ON/OFF.The SURROUND indicator lights up on the display(when Auto Surround is set to “OFF”).• Each time you press the button, Surround mode is

activated or deactivated alternately.



2 Press SURR ON/OFF.The SURROUND indicator lights up on thedisplay (when Auto Surround is set to “OFF”).• Each time you press the button, Surround mode

is activated or deactivated alternately.

About SURROUND indicators• When Auto Surround is set to

“ON,” the AUTO SURROUNDindicator always lights up on thedisplay.

• When you activate Surroundmode manually with AutoSurround set to “OFF,” theSURROUND indicator lights upon the display.

Selecting Surround Modes

When 2-channel source is played back with Surround modeactivated, you can select another Surround mode.Available Surround modes will vary depending on the number of theconnected speakers and the playback sound.Make sure that you have set the speaker information correctly(see page 20 or 51).• If rear speakers are not connected, you cannot use DAP modes

and the All Channel Stereo.

On the front panel:

Press SURROUND MODE.• Each time you press the button, Surround mode

is changed as illustrated below:



2 Press SURR MODE.• Each time you press the button, Surround mode is

changed as illustrated below:

When 5 or 4 (except center speaker) speakers are connected:

When 3 (except rear speakers) speakers are connected orDolby Digital including matrix source is played back:

Signal and speaker indicators on the display

The following signal indicators light up —:L, R : • When digital input is selected: Light up when

the signals corresponding to each channel comein.

• When analog input is selected: Always lightup.

C, LS, RS : Light up when the signals corresponding to eachchannel come in.

S : Lights up when the monaural rear channel signalor Dolby Surround encoded signal comes in.

LFE : Lights up when the LFE channel signal comesin.

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

SURROUNDPRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR

PL II MOVIE PL II MUSIC

LIVE CLUB

HALL PAVILION

ALL CH ST.

DANCE CLUB


ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

SOUND

10/0SURR MODE

SOUND

7SURR ON/OFF

DIGITAL AUTOAUTO SURROUND

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR

DIGITAL AUTOSURROUND

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR

The speaker indicators light up as follows:• The subwoofer speaker indicator ( ) lights up when

“SUBWFR” is set to “YES” (see page 20) or “USE” (seepage 51).

• The other speaker indicators light up only when thecorresponding speaker is activated, and also when requiredfor the current playback.

Signal indicators Speaker indicators

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

SURROUNDPRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR


EN25-28RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM27

28

En

glis

h


2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

Relation between Surround modes and adjustable items

Adjusting Surround ModeUsing Remote Control

When playing back the source with Surround mode, you can adjustthe speaker output levels for Surround modes.Once you have adjusted the Surround modes, the adjustment ismemorized for each source.• You can also adjust Surround modes using the Choice menu (see

pages 47 to 52) or buttons on the front panel (see page 24).• When using test tone, you can adjust the speaker output levels

without playback sounds.

1 Select and play back software you like.

2 Activate and select Surround mode.• When 2-channel source is played back, you can select

Surround modes.

3 Adjust the sound.

1) Press SOUND.Number buttons now work for the sound adjustment.

2) Adjust the speaker output levels as follows:To adjust center speaker, press CENTER +/–.*To adjust left rear speaker, press REAR•L +/–.To adjust right rear speaker, press REAR•R +/–.To adjust subwoofer, press SUBWOOFER +/–.To adjust the effect level, press EFFECT.**

The name for the item currently adjusted appears on thedisplay. For details, see the illustrations of “Speaker outputlevels” on page 24.

Notes:

• You can adjust the speaker output levels for theactivated speakers ONLY (the speaker indicators arelit on the display).

* You cannot adjust the output levels of center speakerwhen one of DAP modes is activated.

**You can adjust the effect level only when one of DAPmodes is activated.

• Before operating the DVD player using remotecontrol, press DVD to change the remote controloperation mode to DVD.

For using test tone

1) Press SOUND.2) Press TEST.

The playback sound stops during playback.“TEST L” starts flashing on the display and a test tone comesout of the speakers in the following order:

3) Adjust the speaker output level as follows:To adjust center speaker, press CENTER +/–.To adjust left rear speaker, press REAR•L +/–.To adjust right rear speaker, press REAR•R +/–.

Notes:

• You cannot adjust the speaker output levels if you have set thespeaker information to “NO.”

• No test tone comes out of the speaker when its speakerinformation is set to “NO.”

• When you press EFFECT or SUBWOOFER +/–, the test tonestops.

4) Press TEST to stop the test tone.The test tone stops.• When no operation is done, the test tone stops automatically

in about 1 minute.

(Left front speaker)

(Left rear speaker) (Right rear speaker)

(Center speaker) (Right front speaker)

TEST CENTER REAR•L REAR•R SUBWOOFER EFFECT

Dolby Digital

DTS Digital Surround

Dolby Pro Logic II

DAP

All Channel Stereo

Note:

• You cannot adjust the speakers which are not used by the selected Surround mode.

ItemMode

: Possible : Impossible

EN25-28RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM28

29

En

glis

h

DVD Player Operations

Disc Information

7 Playable Disc TypesThis unit has been designed to play back the following discs:DVD VIDEO, Video CD (VCD), Super Video CD (SVCD), audio CD, CD-R, and CD-RW.• This unit can also play back MP3 and JPEG files recorded on CD-R and CD-RW. For details about MP3, see “MP3 Disc Playback” on

pages 43 and 44 and about JPEG, see “JPEG Disc Playback” on pages 45 and 46.• This instruction refers to Video CD as VCD, Super Video CD as SVCD, and audio CD as CD.

Disc Type

Mark (Logo)

• The following discs cannot be played back:DVD AUDIO, DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD-RW, CD-ROM, CD-I (CD-I Ready), Photo CD, etc.Playing back these discs will generate noise and damage the speakers.

• On some DVD VIDEO, VCD, or SVCD, their actual operations may be different from what is explained in this manual. This is due to thedisc programing and disc structure, but not a malfunction of this unit.

• You can play back DVD-R recorded with the DVD VIDEO format, but some may not be played back because of the disc characteristics orrecording conditions.

Discs you can play:

DVD VIDEO VCD SVCD CD CD-R CD-RW

COMPACT

DIGITAL AUDIO

Notes on CD-R and CD-RW• User-edited CD-R (Recordable) and CD-RW (ReWritable) can

be played back only if they are already “finalized.”• The unit can play back CD-R or CD-RW recorded on a

personal computer if they have been recorded in the audio CDformat.The unit can also play back CD-R or CD-RW if MP3 files orJPEG files are recorded on them.However, they may not be played back because of their disccharacteristics, recording conditions, or damage or stain onthem. Especially, the configuration and characteristics of anMP3 disc or a JPEG disc is determined by the writing(encoding) software and hardware used for recording.Therefore, due to the software and hardware used, thefollowing symptoms may occur:– Some discs may not be played back.– Some tracks on an MP3 disc are skipped and may not be

played back normally.– Some files on a JPEG disc may be played back distortedly.

• Before playing back CD-R or CD-RW, read their instructionsor cautions carefully.

• CD-RW may require a longer readout time. It is caused by thefact that the reflectance of CD-RW is lower than for regularaudio CD.

Note on Region Code

DVD players and DVD VIDEO have their own Region Codenumbers. This unit can play back DVD VIDEO recorded with thecolor system of NTSC/PAL whose Region Code numbers include“2.”

If a DVD VIDEO with the wrong Region Code numbers isloaded, “REGION CODE ERROR!” appears on the TV andplayback cannot start.

IMPORTANT : Before playing a disc, make sure of thefollowing...• Check the connection with the TV.• Turn on the TV and select the correct input mode on the TV to

view the pictures or on-screen indications on the TV screen.• For disc playback, you can change the initial setting to your

preference. (See pages 47 to 55.)

If “ ” appears on the TV screen when you press a button,the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do, ordata required for that operation is not recorded on the disc.

NOTICE : In some cases, without showing “ ”, operationswill not be accepted.

To change the color system of this unit, see page 7.

Ex. :

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM29

30

En

glis

h

7 Disc structureDVD VIDEO consists of “titles,” and each title may be divided intosome “chapters” (see Example 1).For example, if DVD VIDEO contains some movies, each moviemay have its own title number and it may be further divided intosome chapters. In DVD VIDEO Karaoke, each song may have itsown title number, but it may not be further divided into chapters.

VCD, SVCD, and CD consist of “tracks” (see Example 2).In general, each track has its own track number. (On some discs,each track may also be divided by Indexes. This unit is notcompatible with Index function.)

Example 1: DVD VIDEO

Example 2 : VCD/SVCD/CD

7 Playback Control function (PBC)The Playback Control function allows you to enjoy menu-drivenoperation.

Menu-driven playbackA selection menu is displayed when you start playing VCD andSVCD with the Playback Control feature. The selection menu showsa list of numbers for selection. Some discs may show movingpictures or a divided screen.You can interact with the screen using a menu display to select andplay an entry.See the example illustration on the right about basic feature ofmenu-driven playback (for details about the operation through themenu, see also page 33).

Note:

• While operating VCD or SVCD using the menu, some of thefunctions such as repeat play may not work.


EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM30

31

En

glis

h

This section explains advanced operations of the built-in DVD player using the remote control. For MP3 playback, see pages 43 and 44, andfor JPEG playback, see pages 45 and 46.Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the remote control operation mode.• See also “Basic DVD Player Operations” on pages 15 and 16.• AUDIO

CDSUPER

VCDVIDEO

CDDVDVIDEO show which types of disc are available for the operation.

• Turn on your TV and select the correct input mode on the TV.

If “ ” appears on the TV when you press a button, the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do, or data required forthat operation is not recorded on the disc.

Contents of the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu


4 Operation icons (on the pull-down menu)

Indications Meanings Available discs

TIME

Select this to change thetime indication.See page 32.

OFFSelect this to repeatplayback. See page 42.

Select this for time search.See page 37.

CHAP.Select this for chaptersearch. See page 37.

1/3Select this to change theaudio language or channel.See pages 35 and 36.

1/3Select this to changesubtitle language.See page 35.

1/3Select this to change theview angle. See page 34.

PROG.Select this for the programplay. See page 41.

RND.Select this for the randomplay. See page 41.

Using the On-screen Bar

You can check the information of a disc while the disc is loaded anduse some functions through the on-screen bar.

& Whenever a disc is loaded

Press ON SCREEN.• Each time you press the button, the on-screen bar changes as

shown to the right:

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN

8.5MbpsDVD-VIDEO TITLE 14 TOTAL 1:25:58CHAP 23


8.5Mbps TITLE 14 TOTAL 1:25:58CHAP 23

OFF 1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

DVD-VIDEO

Ex. : When a DVD VIDEO is played

(with the pull-down menu)

The on-screen bar disappears.


All discs



DVD-VIDEO

2 3

4

1

Ex.: When a DVD VIDEO is played

1 Disc type2 Playback information

Indications Meanings Available discs

Mbps shows the currenttransfer rate (Megabitsper second).

TITLE 14 shows the current title.

CHAP 23shows the currentchapter.

TRACK 14shows the currenttrack.

TOTAL 1:25:58shows the elapsedplaying time.

3 Playback conditions for all types of disc

Indications Meanings

Playback

/ Fast forward/Fast reverse

/ Forward/reverse slow-motion

Pause

Stop

All discs

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM31

32

En

glis

h

Basic Operation through the On-screenBar

Ex. : When selecting the repeat mode for DVD VIDEO

& During playback or whilestopped

1 Press ON SCREEN twice.The on-screen bar with pull-down menu appears on the TV.

2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move to

OFF on the pull-down menu.

3 Press ENTER.The pop-up window appears under the pull-down menu.

4 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) to select the desired optionin the pop-up window.• Each time you press the button, the options change.

5 Press ENTER.The setting changes and the pop-up window goes off.

To turn off the on-screen barPress ON SCREEN.

Note:

• See the pages for the detail of each function.

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN




CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN

Changing the Time Indication

You can change the time information in the on-screen bar and thedisplay window on the center unit.


1 Press ON SCREEN twice.The on-screen bar appears on the TV.

2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) to move to TIME .

3 Press ENTER.• Each time you press the button, the time indication changes as

follows:

TOTAL ] T. (total) REM ] TIME ] REM ](back to the beginning)

TOTAL : Elapsed time of the discT. REM : Remaining time of the discTIME : Elapsed playing time of the current chapter/trackREM : Remaining time of the current chapter/track


Notes:

• The time indication in the on-screen bar changes as follows:

EX. :

TOTAL 1:25:58 ] T.REM 0:45:41 ] TIME 0:25:58 ]

REM 0:18:14 ] (back to the beginning)

The indication on the display also changes.

• While playing VCD, SVCD, or CD, the indication of the hour digitdoes not appear.



8.5MbpsDVD-VIDEO TITLE 14 TOTAL1:25:58CHAP 23

1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF


1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

TITLE


TITLE 1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM32

33

En

glis

h

Locating a Desired Scene fromthe Disc Menu

Using the disc menu, you can start playing a title, chapter, or trackyou specify.If the on-screen bar is shown on the TV, press ON SCREENrepeatedly to turn off the on-screen bar.

7 From the DVD menuDVD VIDEO generally have their own menus which show the disccontents. These menus contain various items such as titles ofmovies, names of songs, or artist information, and display them onthe TV screen. You can locate a desired scene by using these menus.

& When DVD VIDEO isloaded

1 Press TOP MENU or MENU.The DVD menu appears on the TV. (The menu usually appearson the TV automatically after loading DVD VIDEO.)

Ex. :

DVD VIDEO normally has a “title” menu when it contains morethan one title. In this case, press TOP MENU to show the titlemenu.Some DVD VIDEO may also have a different menu which isshown by pressing the MENU button.See the instructions of each DVD VIDEO for its particularmenu.

2 Use cursor 5/∞/3/2 to select a desired item,then press ENTER.The unit starts playback of the selected item.• With some discs, you can also select items by entering the

corresponding number using number buttons.

7 From the VCD/SVCD menu with PBCVCD or SVCD recorded with PBC has its own menus such as a listof the tracks. (After loading such a disc, “PBC” appears on thedisplay.) You can locate the specific track by using the menu (seealso page 30).• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the

remote control operation mode.

& When the menu appears onthe TV during playbackwith PBC

Press number buttons (1–10, +10) to select thenumber of the desired item.The unit starts playback from the selected item.

Ex. : To select 3, press 3.To select 11, press +10, then 1.

Ex. :

To return to the menuPress RETURN.

When “NEXT” or “PREVIOUS” is shown on the TV screen:To go to the next page, press ¢.To return to the previous page, press 4.

To play back PBC-compatible VCD/SVCD without PBCStart playback by pressing the number buttons while playback isstopped.The elapsed playing time appears on the display instead of “PBC.”

To restore PBCPress TOP MENU or MENU.“PBC” appears again on the display.


CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN

About indication on the display while playing back a VCD/SVCDWhile you are playing back a VCD/SVCD recorded with PBC, playback information appears on the display as follows:

Ex. : When VCD is played back using PBC Ex. : When VCD is played back without using PBC

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

Track number Elapsed playing time

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

Track number

1 2 3

VFP

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+ TV RETURN


REPEAT SLEEP FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

1 2 3

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM33

34

En

glis

h

Selecting a View Angle—ANGLE

While playing back DVD VIDEO containing multi-view angles, youcan enjoy the same scene in different angles.The icon appears at the beginning of playback when the currentscene has multi-view angles.

7 Selecting a view angle

& During playback

1 Press ANGLE.The following pop-up window appears on the TV.Ex. : The first view angle is selected out of 3 view angles

recorded.

2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select the desiredview angle.• Each time you press the button, the angle of the scene

changes.Ex.: 1/3 ] 2/3 ] 3/3 ] (back to the beginning)

The pop-up window goes off if no operation is done for about5 seconds.

Using the on-screen bar:

1 Press ON SCREEN repeatedly until the on-screenbar with pull-down menu appears on the TV.

2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move to in the pull-down menu, then press

ENTER.The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.Ex. : The first view angle is selected out of 3 view angles

recorded.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thedesired view angle.• Each time you press the button, the angle of the scene

changes.

4 Press ENTER.The pop-up window goes off.


7 Showing all view angles on the TV

& During playback

1 Press and hold ANGLE for a few seconds.Up to 9 pictures of the different camera angles recorded on adisc appear on the TV screen.Ex. : When 3 view angles are recorded.

2 Press cursor 5/∞/3/2 repeatedly to move tothe desired view.

3 Press ENTER.The angle list goes off, and playback starts at the selected viewangle.

Notes:

• While the angle list is shown on the TV, you cannot listen to thesound.

• If “ ” appears on the TV, the current scene does not containmulti-view angles.

Angle list

Selected picture

+

–

+

–

100+ TV RETURN

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

DIMMER


PROGRESSIVE

+

–

+

–


SUBTITLE

ANGLE

ZOOM

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

PROGRESSIVE

1

1

1/3

1/3

1

1/3

2

2/3

3

3/3



1


EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM34

35

En

glis

h


Changing the Languages—SUBTITLE andAUDIO

While playing back DVD VIDEO or SVCD containing subtitles indifferent languages, you can select the subtitle language to bedisplayed on the TV.The icon appears at the beginning of playback when the currentscene has plural subtitles.

When DVD VIDEO contains audio languages (soundtrack), you canselect the language (soundtrack) to listen to.The icon appears at the beginning of playback when the currentscene has plural audio languages.• You can also select the audio channel(s) of VCD or SVCD.

7 Selecting the subtitle language

& During playback

1 Press SUBTITLE.The following pop-up window appears on the TV.Ex. : “ENGLISH” is selected among 3 subtitle languages

recorded.

2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select the desiredsubtitle language.• Each time you press the button, the subtitle language changes.





ENTER.The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.Ex. : “ENGLISH” is selected among 3 subtitle languages

recorded.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thedesired subtitle language.• Each time you press the button, the subtitle language changes.



Notes:

• For DVD VIDEO: Some subtitle languages are abbreviated in thepop-up window. See “Language code list” on page 50.

• For SVCD: SVCD can contain up to four subtitles. PressingSUBTITLE changes the subtitles regardless of whether thesubtitles are recorded or not. (Subtitles will not change if no subtitleis recorded.)

• If “ ” appears on the TV, the current scene does not containplural subtitles.

7 Selecting the audio language

& During playback

1 Press AUDIO.The following pop-up window appears on the TV.Ex. : “ENGLISH” is selected among 3 audio languages

recorded.

2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desiredaudio language.• Each time you press the button, the audio language changes.





ENTER.The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.Ex. : “ENGLISH” is selected among 3 audio languages

recorded.

+ +

5 64

8 97


AUDIO

SUBTITLE

ANGLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

1/3 1/3

5 64

8 97


/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE



ENGLISH8.5MbpsDVD-VIDEO TITLE 14 TOTAL 1:25:58CHAP 23


ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

1/3 1/3

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM35

36

En

glis

h

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thedesired audio language.• Each time you press the button, the audio language changes.



Notes:

• Some audio languages are abbreviated in the pop-up window. See“Language code list” on page 50.

• If “ ” appears on the TV, the current scene does not containplural audio languages.

7 Selecting the audio channelWhen playing back some Karaoke VCDs or SVCDs, you can enjoyKaraoke by selecting the audio channel to play.

& During playback

1 Press AUDIO.The following pop-up window appears on the TV.Ex. : “ST” (stereo) is selected.

2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desiredaudio channel.• Each time you press the button, the audio channel changes.

For VCD :Ex. :

ST ] L ] R ] (back to the beginning)

ST : To listen to normal stereo playback.L : To listen to the L (left) audio channel.R : To listen to the R (right) audio channel.

For SVCD :Ex. :

ST 1 ] ST 2 ] L 1 ] R 1 ] L 2 ] R 2 ](back to the beginning)

ST 1/ST 2 : To listen to normal stereo playback of ST 1 orST 2 channel.

L 1/L 2 : To listen to the L (left) 1 or 2 audio channel.R 1/R 2 : To listen to the R (right) 1 or 2 audio channel.





ENTER.The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.Ex. : “ST” (stereo) is selected.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thedesired audio channel(s).• Each time you press the button, the audio channels change.



+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE


VCD TRACK 4 TIME 25:58

OFFTIME ST

ST

RND.PROG.

ST

ST

ST ST

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM36

37

En

glis

h

Playing from a Specified Position on a Disc

You can start playing a title, chapter, or track you specify.You can also play a disc from the specified time.

7 Locating a desired chapter—Chapter SearchWhen playing back DVD VIDEO, you can search for the chapternumber to be played.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& During playback


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move toCHAP. in the pull-down menu, then press

ENTER.The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.

3 Press the number buttons (0–9) to enter thedesired chapter number.Ex. : To select chapter number 8, press 8.

To select chapter number 10, press 1 then 0.To select chapter number 37, press 3 then 7.

• To correct a misentryRepeat step 3 until the desired number appears in the pop-upwindow.

4 Press ENTER.The unit starts playback from the selected chapter.


Notes:

• The 10/0 button works only as “0” in this function.• The +10 button is not used in this function.• You can select up to the 99th chapter.


7 Locating a desired position—Time SearchYou can start playing at your desired position by specifying theelapsed playing time from the beginning of the current title up to“9:59:59” (for DVD VIDEO), or from the beginning of the disc upto “99:59” (for VCD/SVCD/CD).• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& For DVD VIDEO:During playback

For VCD/SVCD:While stopped or duringplayback without PBC

For CD:While stopped or duringplayback


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move to in the pull-down menu, then press ENTER.

The following pop-up window appears under the pull-downmenu.

3 Use the number buttons (0–9) to enter the time.Ex. : To play back from a point of 1 (hours): 02 (minutes): 49

(seconds) from the beginning

• To correct a misentryPress cursor 2 repeatedly until the wrong number is erased,then press the number buttons to enter the correct number.

4 Press ENTER.The unit starts playback from the specified time.

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE



TIME _ : _ _ : _ _

Press 1

Press 0

Press 2

Press 4

Press 9



CHAPTER _

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM37

38

En

glis

h

2 Press cursor 5/∞/3/2 to move to the desiredscene.• If there are more than 9 scenes, the digest screen will have

more than one page.

To show other pages of the digest screen

To display the previous page, select the left top scene,then press cursor 2.

To display the next page, select the right bottom scene,then press cursor 3.

ORPress ¢ to display the next page.Press 4 to display the previous page.

3 Press ENTER.The unit starts playback from the selected scene.

Note:

• For some discs, it may take some time before all the scenes appearon the TV screen.


Notes:

• The 10/0 button works only as “0” in this function.• The +10 button is not used in this function.• You can specify the time in hours/minutes/seconds for DVD VIDEO,

and in minutes/seconds for VCD/SVCD/CD.

7 Locating a desired scene—DIGESTThe unit can display the opening scenes of each title or chapter onDVD VIDEO or each track of VCD/SVCD.You can select a desired title, chapter, or track from the openingscenes shown on the TV screen.

& For DVD VIDEO:While stopped or duringplayback

For VCD/SVCD:While stopped or duringplayback without PBC

1 Press DIGEST.Up to 9 opening scenes are displayed.

• While DVD VIDEO is stopped :The opening scenes of each title appear on the TV screen.

• During DVD VIDEO playback :The opening scenes of each chapter in the current title appearon the TV screen.

• When VCD or SVCD is loaded :The opening scenes of each track appear on the TV screen.


– –

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ZOOM


RETURN


Selected scene

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM38

39

En

glis

h


Special Picture Playback

This unit provides special picture playback functions includingframe-by-frame, strobe, slow-motion, and zoom.

7 Frame-by-frame playback• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& During playback

Press 8 (STROBE) repeatedly.• Each time you press the button, the still picture advances to the

next frame.

To return to normal playbackPress 3.

Note:

• You can also perform the above operation using 8 on the front panel.

7 Showing continuous still pictures—STROBE• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& During playback

1 Press STROBE (8) at the point you want to viewas continuous pictures.Playback pauses.

2 Press and hold STROBE (8) for a few seconds.The same 9 frames (still pictures) appear on the TV screen.You can advance the frames one by one in the following step.

3 Press STROBE (8) once.The picture in the middle on the top row shows an advancedframe from the one on the left.

• Pressing the button repeatedly advances the frames one by one.• Pressing 3 instead of STROBE (8) advances each frame at

normal playback speed with a time delay over the all 9 frames.(The sound is muted.)

To return to the normal screenPress and hold STROBE (8) for a few seconds.

Notes:

• If you press and hold STROBE (8) for a few seconds duringplayback, 9 still pictures also appear but they advance in normalplayback speed with a time delay. (The sound is muted.)

• You can also perform the above operation using 8 on the front panel.

7 Playing back in slow-motion• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& During playback

1 Press 8 (STROBE) at the point where you wantto start playback in slow-motion.Playback pauses.

2 Press and hold ¢ or 4.To play back in forward slow-motion, press and hold ¢.To play back in reverse slow-motion (for DVD VIDEO only),press and hold 4.• Each time you press and hold the button, the playback speed

changes as follows:Forward:

1/32 ] 1/16 ] 1/8 ] 1/4] 1/2

Reverse (for DVD VIDEO only):

1/32 ] 1/16 ] 1/8 ] 1/4] 1/2

To pause slow-motion playbackPress 8 (STROBE).

To return to normal playbackPress 3.

Note:

• You cannot listen to the sound during slow-motion playback.

7 Zooming in—ZOOM

& During playback or whilepaused

Press ZOOM.• Each time you press the button, the magnification changes as

follows:

x 2 ] x 4 ] x 8 ] x 16 ] x 32 ] x 64 ] x 128 ] x 256 ] x 512 ] x 1024

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

Advanced frame

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

2 31

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

+

–

+

–

ANGLE

ZOOM


DIMMER


ZOOM x4

Ex. : When x4 zoom is selected

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:21 PM39

40

En

glis

h

To move the zoomed-in positionPress cursor 5/∞/3/2.

To return to normal playbackPress ENTER.

Note:

• While being zoomed in, the picture may look coarse.

7 Changing the VFP setting—VFPThe VFP (Video Fine Processor) function enables you toadjust the picture based on the picture tone, or personal preference.• There is a time limit in doing the following steps. If the setting is

canceled before you finish, start from step 1 again.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& During playback

1 Press VFP.The current VFP setting screen appears on the TV.

2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to select theVFP mode.• Each time you press the button, the VFP mode changes as

follows.

NORMAL “ CINEMA “ USER1 “ USER2 “ (back to the beginning)

NORMAL : Normally select this.CINEMA : Suitable for a movie source.USER1 and USER2 : You can adjust parameters that affect

the appearance of picture and store thesettings (see the right).

To turn off the VFP setting screenPress VFP.

To adjust the appearance of the pictureWhen selecting “USER1” or “USER2,” you can adjust theappearance of picture.

1 Press VFP, then press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedlyto select “USER1” or “USER2.”

2 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select aparameter you want to adjust.Adjust gradually to show preferable appearance by confirmingthe picture.

GAMMA : Controls the brightness of neutral tintswhile maintaining the brightness of darkand bright portions (–4 to +4).

BRIGHTNESS : Controls the brightness of the screen(–16 to +16).

CONTRAST : Controls the contrast of the screen(–16 to +16).

SATURATION : Controls the color depth of the screen(–16 to +16).

TINT : Controls the tint of the screen(–16 to +16).

SHARPNESS : Controls the sharpness of the screen(+0 to +3).

Y DELAY : Controls the color gap of the screen(–2 to +2).

3 Press ENTER.The VFP setting screen disappears and the following pop-upwindow appears on the TV.

4 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to change thesetting, then press ENTER.The current VFP setting screen appears again.

5 Repeat steps 2 to 4 to adjust other parameters.

To turn off the VFP setting screenPress VFP.

To activate your settingPress VFP, then press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to select“USER1” or “USER2.”

Note:

• The VFP setting screen disappears if no operations are done formore than about 10 seconds.


ZOOM x4

Ex. : When “GAMMA” is selected

+0

USER1

GAMMA

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

SATURATION

TINT

SHARPNESS

Y DELAY

+0

+0

+0

+0

+3

+0

+0GAMMA

+0GAMMA

+

–

+

–


SUBTITLE

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

PROGRESSIVE

+0

NORMAL

GAMMA

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

SATURATION

TINT

SHARPNESS

Y DELAY

+0

+0

+0

+0

+3

+0

Ex. : When “NORMAL” is selected

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM40

41

En

glis

h

Program Playback and Random Playback

You can play tracks on VCD, SVCD or CD in the desired order or inthe random order.• You cannot use Resume play for the program or random playback.

7 Playing back in the desired orderYou can play up to 99 tracks in the desired order.• You may program the same tracks more than once.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


& While stopped


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move toPROG. in the on-screen bar, then press ENTER.

The program screen appears on the TV and the PROGRAMindicator lights up on the display.• 10 steps appear at a time on the program screen.

3 Press the number buttons (1–10, +10) to enter atrack number you want to program.Ex. : To select the track number 3, press 3.

To select the track number 14, press +10 then 4.To select the track number 40, press +10, +10, +10 then 10.

• When you enter a track number that does not exist on theloaded disc, your entry is ignored.

• The total program time is shown at the top of the programscreen on the display.

4 Repeat step 3 to program the next steps.• Each time you enter a track number in the step at the bottom

of the program screen, the next steps appear.

To erase a stepPress cursor 5 (or ∞) to move to the desired step, then press 7.• To program the next steps again, press cursor ∞ repeatedly to

move to the blank step, then repeat step 3.

5 Press 3.Playback starts in the programed order.

To stop the program playbackPress 7.• When VCD or SVCD is played back, the program screen appears

again.• To edit your program, repeat steps 3 and 4.

To cancel the program playback modeClear the program you made as follows:1 Press 7 to stop playback.2 Press ON SCREEN to turn on the on-screen bar.3 Press 7.

• You can also clear the program by ejecting the disc or turning offthe unit.


Note:

• When all the programed tracks have been played, the programplayback stops.

7 Playing back tracks in random order

& While stopped


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move toRND. in the on-screen bar, then press ENTER.

The RANDOM indicator lights up on the display and playbackstarts in random order.

To stop the random playbackPress 7.The random playback is canceled.• When all tracks have been played once, the random playback is

also canceled.

Notes:

• The same track will not be played more than once during therandom playback.

• During the random playback, you can skip back to the beginning ofthe current track by pressing 4, but cannot skip back to the tracksthat have been played.

• During the random playback, pressing ENTER with RND. selectedin the on-screen bar cancels the random playback and continuesplayback in the normal order.


PROGRAMNo.123456789

10

Total Program Time 00:00:00

PROGRAMNo.123456789

10

3


CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

2 31

5 64

8 97


TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM41

42

En

glis

h

Repeat Playback

You can repeat playback of the current title or chapter (for DVDVIDEO) or track (for VCD/SVCD/CD).You can also repeat playback of a desired portion.

7 Repeating a current title, chapter, or alltracks

& For DVD VIDEO:During playback

For VCD/SVCD:During playback or whilestopped without PBC

For CD:During playback or whilestopped


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move to in the on-screen bar, then press ENTER.

The following pop-up window appears under the on-screen bar.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select therepeat mode, then press ENTER.• Each time you press cursor ∞ (or 5), the repeat mode changes

as follows:For DVD VIDEO:

CHAPTER “ TITLE “ A-B “ OFF “(back to the beginning)

For VCD/SVCD/CD:

TRACK “ ALL “ A-B “ OFF “(back to the beginning)

CHAPTER : Repeats the current chapter (the REPEAT 1indicator lights up on the display)

TRACK : Repeats the current track (the REPEAT 1indicator lights up on the display)

TITLE : Repeats the current title (the REPEATindicator lights up on the display)

ALL : Repeats all the tracks on the disc or of theprogram (the REPEAT indicator lights up onthe display)

A-B : Repeats a desired portion (see the rightcolumn)

OFF : Select this to cancel the repeat mode

• You can directly change the repeat mode (exceptA-B) for the current chapter, title, track, or disc bypressing REPEAT on the remote control.


2 31

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

Notes:

• If you select “ALL” during random playback, the all tracks of the discare played repeatedly in random order.

• “A-B” cannot be selected during the program and random playbackor while a disc is not played back.


To cancel the repeat playbackSelect “OFF” in step 3, then press ENTER.

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN


1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF

REPEAT

7 Repeating a desired partYou can repeat playback of a desired portion by specifying thebeginning (point A) and the ending (point B).

& During playback


2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to move to in the on-screen bar, then press ENTER.

The following pop-up window appears under the on-screen bar.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select “A-B.”

4 Press ENTER at the beginning of the portion youwant to repeat (point A).The following display appears in the on-screen bar.The REPEAT A indicator also lights up on the display.

5 Press ENTER at the end of the portion you wantto repeat (point B).A-B repeat playback starts. The selected part of the disc(between point A and B) is played repeatedly.During repeat A-B playback, the REPEAT A-B indicator lightsup on the display.


To cancel the A-B repeat playbackSelect “OFF” in step 3, then press ENTER.

Note:

• While playing back DVD VIDEO, A-B repeat playback is possibleonly within the same title.


1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF


A - 1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

DVD-VIDEO

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

Point A Point B

EN29-42RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM42

43

En

glis

h

MP3 Disc Playback

This unit can play back MP3 files on a CD-R or CD-RW. We call such a disc “MP3 disc” in this instruction.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the remote control operation mode for the MP3 disc operations.• Turn on your TV and select the correct input mode on the TV.

If “ ” appears on the TV when you press a button, the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do.

What is MP3?MP3 is an abbreviation of Motion Picture Experts Group 1 (orMPEG-1) Audio Layer 3. MP3 is simply a file format with a datacompression. By using MP3 format, one CD-R or CD-RW cancontain about 10 times as many songs as a regular CD can.

Disc structureOn an MP3 disc, each song (material) is recorded as a file. Filesare usually grouped into a folder. Folders can also include otherfolders, creating hierarchical folder layers.This unit simplifies the hierarchical construction of a disc andmanages files and folders by “tracks” and “groups.”

This unit can recognize up to 150 tracks per group and up to 99groups per disc (up to 14,850 tracks in total). Since the unitignores the tracks whose numbers are exceeding 150 and thegroups whose numbers are exceeding 99, they cannot be playedback.• If there are any type of files other than MP3 files in a folder,

those files are also counted in the total file number.

Notes:

• MP3 discs (either CD-R or CD-RW) require a longer readout timethan normal discs. (It depends on the complexity of the folder/fileconfiguration.)

• When making an MP3 disc, select ISO 9660 Level 1 or Level 2as the disc format.

• This unit supports “multi-session” discs (up to 5 sessions).• This unit cannot play “packet write” discs.• This unit can play MP3 files only with the following file

extensions: “.MP3,” “.Mp3,” “.mP3,” and “.mp3.”• ID3* tags cannot be shown on the display.

* An MP3 file can contain file information called “ID3 Tag” whereits album name, performer, track title, etc. are recorded. Thereare two versions—ID3v1 (ID3 Tag version 1) and ID3v2 (ID3Tag version 2).

• It is recommended that you make each MP3 file at sampling rateof 44.1 kHz and at bit rate of 128 kbps. The unit cannot play backthe files made at bit rate of under 64 kbps.

• If both MP3 files and JPEG files are recorded on a disc, set theMP3/JPEG setting in the PICTURE menu to “MP3.”(See page 50.)

• Some MP3 discs may not be played back because of their disccharacteristics or recording conditions.

Basic Operations

You can also use the buttons on the front panel if they have thesimilar names as those on the remote control.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


7 Starting playback

Load an MP3 disc, then press 3.The unit starts playback. The MP3 CONTROL screen appears onthe TV (see page 44).

When all tracks in a group have been played, the unit plays tracks inthe next group.

7 Stopping playback temporarily

Press 8.

To start playback againPress 3.

7 Selecting groups or tracksTo skip groups forwardPress cursor 3.

To skip groups backwardPress cursor 2.

To skip tracks forwardPress ¢ or cursor ∞ as many times as required.

To skip to the beginning of the current trackPress 4 once.

To skip tracks backwardPress 4 or cursor 5 as many times as required.

7 Stopping playback completely

Press 7.

Group 2Group 1

Group 3 Group 4 Group 5Track 1 Track 2

Up to 99 groups

Up to 150 tracks

Notes:

• The following functions are not available to MP3 disc playback:Program playback, random playback, fast-forward/reverse playback,on-screen bar, and choice menus

• Some tracks on an MP3 disc are skipped and may not be playedback normally.

2 31

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

Current track number

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

AUTO SURROUNDL R

SUBWFR

Current group number Elapsed playing time(minutes:seconds) of the currenttrack during playback

EN43-46RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM43

44

En

glis

h

Operations through the MP3 CONTROLScreen

You can search for and play the desired groups and tracks throughthe MP3 CONTROL screen shown on TV.

7 MP3 CONTROL screen

7 Operations• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


To select or skip groups during playbackTo select the next groups (or skip groups forward)Press cursor 3 repeatedly.

To select the previous groups (or skip groups backward)Press cursor 2 repeatedly.

To select or skip tracks during playbackTo select the next tracks (or skip tracks forward)Press cursor ∞ repeatedly.

To select the previous tracks (or skip tracks backward)Press cursor 5 repeatedly.

To start playback by specifying a track numberPress the number buttons (1 – 10, +10) to enter the track number.Ex. : To select the track number 3, press 3.

To select the track number 14, press +10 then 4.To select the track number 24, press +10, +10, then 4.To select the track number 110, press +10 ten times, then 10.

The entered number appears in the track number indication, thenplayback starts from the specified track.

Repeat Playback

You can repeat playback of the current track, group, or all the trackson the loaded disc.


From the remote control ONLY:

Press REPEAT.The repeat indication appears on the MP3 CONTROL screen andthe REPEAT indicator lights up on the display.• Each time you press the button, the repeat mode changes as

follows:

REPEAT TRACK “ REPEAT GROUP “ REPEAT ALL“ the indication goes off “ (back to the beginning)

REPEAT TRACK : Repeats the current trackREPEAT GROUP : Repeats the current groupREPEAT ALL : Repeats all the tracks on the disc

To cancel repeat modePress REPEAT repeatedly until the repeat indication goes off fromthe MP3 CONTROL screen (the REPEAT indicator also goes offfrom the display).

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

Current group number/Total group number

Currentgroup

Elapsed playing timeof the current track

Current track

Current track number/Total track number in the current group(Total track number on the loaded disc)

MP3 CONTROLGroup : 02 / 03

Time : 00:00:14Track : 05 / 14 (Total 41)

BlueRedGreen

CloudyFairFogHailIndian summerRainShowerSnowThunderTyphoonWindWinter sky

Notes:

• Some group and track names may not be displayed correctlybecause of their recording conditions.

• The order of groups and tracks on an MP3 disc may be displayeddifferently from the order displayed on your personal computer.

• Up to 12 groups and tracks are displayed on the TV at a time.Pressing cursor 5/∞/3/2 repeatedly shows the hidden groups andtracks one by one.

P3 Disc Playback

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

EN43-46RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM44

45

En

glis

h

This unit can play back JPEG files on a CD-R or CD-RW. We call such a disc “JPEG disc” in this instruction.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the remote control operation mode for the JPEG disc operations.• Turn on your TV and select the correct input mode on the TV.

If “ ” appears on the TV when you press a button, the disc cannot accept an operation you have tried to do.

JPEG Disc Playback

What is JPEG?A still-picture data compression system proposed by the JointPhotographic Expert Group, which features little distortion inimage quality in spite of its high compression ratio.

Disc structureOn a JPEG disc, each still picture (material) is recorded as a file.Files are usually grouped into a folder. Folders can also includeother folders, creating hierarchical folder layers.This unit simplifies the hierarchical construction of a disc andmanages folders by “groups.”

This unit can recognize up to 150 files per group, and up to 99groups per disc (up to 14,850 files in total). Since the unit ignoresthe files whose numbers are exceeding 150 and the groups whosenumbers are exceeding 99, they cannot be played back.• If there are any type files other than JPEG files in a folder, those

files are also counted in the total file number.

Notes:

• JPEG discs (either CD-R or CD-RW) require a longer readouttime than normal discs. (It depends on the complexity of thefolder/file configuration.)

• When making a JPEG disc, select ISO 9660 Level 1 or Level 2as the disc format.

• This unit supports “multi-session” discs (up to 5 sessions).• This unit cannot play “packet write” discs.• The unit can play JPEG files only with the following file

extensions: “.jpg,” “.jpeg,” “.JPG,” “.JPEG” and any uppercase andlowercase combinations (such as “.Jpg”).

• It is recommended you to record a file at 640 x 480 resolution. (Ifa file has been recorded at a resolution of more than 640 x 480,it will take a longer time to be shown.)

• If both JPEG files and MP3 files are recorded on a disc, set theMP3/JPEG setting in the PICTURE menu to “JPEG.”(See page 50.)

• This system can play only baseline JPEG files*. ProgressiveJPEG files* or lossless JPEG files* cannot be played.* – Baseline JPEG format: Used for digital cameras, web, etc.

– Progressive JPEG format: Used for web.– Lossless JPEG format: An old type and rarely used now.

• Some JPEG discs may not be played back because of their disccharacteristics or recording conditions.

Group 2Group 1

Group 3 Group 4 Group 5File 1 File 2

Up to 99 groups

Up to 150 files

Slide-show Playback

You can play back the still pictures one after another automatically—slide-show playback.You can also use the buttons on the front panel if they have thesimilar names as those on the remote control.• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change the


7 Starting slide-show playback

Load a JPEG disc, then press 3.The slide-show playback starts. Each file (still picture) is shown onthe TV for about 3 seconds, then changed to the next file one afteranother.

When all files in a group have been played back, the unit plays backfiles in the next group.

7 Stopping slide-show playback temporarily

Press 8.You can zoom in on the still picture (see page 46).

To start slide-show playback againPress 3.

7 To start the slide-show playback byspecifying a file number

Press the number buttons (1 – 10, +10) to enter the file number.Ex. : To select the file number 3, press 3.

To select the file number 14, press +10 then 4.To select the file number 24, press +10, +10, then 4.To select the file number 110, press +10 ten times, then 10.

The selected file number appears in the file number indication, thenthe slide-show playback starts from the file you have specified.

7 Selecting files or groupsTo skip pictures (files) forwardPress ¢ or cursor ∞ as many times as required.

To skip pictures (files) backwardPress 4 or cursor 5 as many times as required.

7 Stopping slide-show playback completely

Press 7.The JPEG CONTROL screen appears on the TV.• For how to operate through the JPEG CONTROL screen, see

“Operations through the JPEG CONTROL Screen” on page 46.

2 31

5 64

8 97


TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

EN43-46RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM45

46

En

glis

h

7 To select a groupPress cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly.

7 To select a filePress cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly.

7 To show the selected filePress ENTER.• When the still picture has been shown on the TV thoroughly, you

can zoom in or out the still picture (see pages 39 and 40).• If you press 3, the slide-show playback starts from the selected

file.

7 Zooming in on the still picture

Press ZOOM.

To move the zoomed-in positionPress cursor 5/∞/3/2.

To return to normal playbackPress ENTER.See also pages 39 and 40.

7 To return to the JPEG CONTROL screen

Press MENU or 7.

Repeat Playback

You can repeat playback of the current group or all the files on theloaded disc.


From the remote control ONLY:

Press REPEAT.The repeat indication appears on the JPEG CONTROL screen andthe REPEAT indicator lights up on the display.• Each time you press the button, the repeat mode changes as

follows:

REPEAT GROUP “ REPEAT ALL “the indication goes off “ (back to the beginning)

REPEAT GROUP : Repeats the current groupREPEAT ALL : Repeats all the files on the disc

To cancel repeat modePress REPEAT repeatedly until the repeat indication goes off fromthe JPEG CONTROL screen (the REPEAT indicator also goes offfrom the display).

Notes:

• The following functions are not available to the slide-show playback:program playback, random playback, repeat playback, fast-forward/reverse playback, on-screen bar, and choice menus.

• If a black screen continuously appears in the slide-show playback:the file currently played may be non-baseline JPEG file. In thiscase, select a playable file (a baseline JPEG file) again (e.g.,pressing 7 or MENU to open the JPEG CONTROL screen, etc.).Note that it may take a long time to select another file.

• Some files on a JPEG disc may be distored during playback.

Operations through the JPEG CONTROLScreen

You can search for and show the desired groups and files through theJPEG CONTROL screen.

7 JPEG CONTROL screen

Current group number/Total group number

Currentgroup

Current file

Current file number/Total file number in the current group(Total file number on the loaded disc)

JPEG CONTROLGroup : 02 / 03 FILE : 05 / 14 (Total 41)

MountainSeaSky

Anemone fishBonitoButterfly fishDolphinGarden eelManta raySealSwordfishTunaTurtleWhaleWhale shark

Notes:

• You can check the group number and the file number on the displaywindow.

• Some group and file names may not be displayed correctlybecause of the recording condition.

• The order of groups and files on a JPEG disc may be displayeddifferently from the order displayed on your personal computer.

• Up to 12 groups and files are displayed on the TV at a time.Pressing cursor 5/∞/3/2 repeatedly shows the hidden groups andfiles one by one.

• Before using the remote control, press DVD to change theremote control operation mode.

JPEG Disc Playback



– TV/DBS CH +

– –

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN


VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

EN43-46RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM46

47

En

glis

h

Button

CHOICE

5/∞

3/2

ENTER

To do

display the choice menu on the TV.Each time you press the button, thechoice menu is turned on and offalternately.

select an item.

adjust the selected item on the choicemenu.

move to the submenu of the selecteditem or decide the setting.

You can adjust the initial settings through the choice menu on the TV.Before operating the choice menu, select the source you want to adjust by pressing source selecting button.• When selecting FM or AM as the source, you cannot use the choice menu.• When selecting the source other than DVD, FM, and AM, you can use the AUDIO and SPK. SETTING menus. The audio adjustments are

memorized for each source.

Notes:

• You need to turn on your TV and select the correct input mode on the TV.• You can only use the remote control for the choice menu operations.• You can change the language used in the choice menu. See page 49.• You cannot show the choice menu when an MP3 disc or a JPEG disc is loaded.

Choice Menu Operations

Operation Buttons

To do the operations in this choice menu, use the buttons on theremote control.


Configuration of Choice Menu

The choice menu has the following menus:

LANGUAGE menu(see page 49)You can select the initiallanguage for the disc menu,audio, and subtitle. You can alsoselect the language used on theTV screen while operating thisunit.

PICTURE menu (see page 49)You can select the desiredoptions concerning a picture ormonitor screen.

AUDIO menu (see page 50)You can adjust the soundsettings of this unit through thismenu.

SPK. SETTING menu(see page 51)You can adjust the speakersettings. You can also adjust theoutput level of the speakers.

OTHERS menu (see page 52)You can change the settings forsome of the functions.To set Parental Lock, use thismenu.

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE

USE TO SELECT, USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

CENTER

0

0

AUDIO

L/R BALANCE

BASS

TREBLE

LFE ATT.

D. RANGE COMPRESSION

0 dB

MID


SELECT

100Hz

SPK. SETTING

CROSS OVER

LEVEL

SIZE

DISTANCE

RETURN TO INITIAL


SELECT

ON

OTHERS

RESUME

ON SCREEN GUIDE

AUTO STANDBY

ON

OFF

PARENTAL LOCK


SELECT

ENTER

CHOICE

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM47

48

En

glis

h

Operating Procedure

Ex. : When setting the progressive mode.

Before operating the choice menu, press DVD to change thesource to DVD.

1 Press CHOICE.The LANGUAGE menu appears on the TV.

• Each time you press cursor 3 (or 2), the menu changes.

2 Press cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedlyto display PICTURE menu.• Each time you press the button, the menu

changes.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedlyto move to “PROGRESSIVEMODE.”

4 Press ENTER.The pop-up window appears, listing theselectable options.

5 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedlyto select the desired option.

6 Press ENTER to finish the setting.

To set other items on the same choice menuRepeat steps 3 to 6.

To move to another choice menuPress cursor 3 (or 2) repeatedly to select a choice menu you wantto set up.

To return to the normal screenPress CHOICE.

Note:

• Some items in the choice menu consist of submenus for setting upvarious options. Pressing ENTER makes the submenus for theselected item appear on the TV.You can set the items using cursor 5/∞ and ENTER (as explainedin steps 5 and 6 above).

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON

USE TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3AUTOFILMVIDEO

Ex. : When “FILM” is selected.

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

FILM

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3


ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE


SELECT

CHOICE

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT


ENTER

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM48

49

En

glis

h


7 LANGUAGE menu

You can select “MENU LANGUAGE,” “AUDIO LANGUAGE,”and “SUBTITLE” only before playback.

¶ MENU LANGUAGESome discs have multiple languages.

Select one of the languages or language codes from AA to ZU(see “Language code list” on page 50) as the menu language.

¶ AUDIO LANGUAGESome discs have multiple audio languages.

Select one of the languages or language codes from AA to ZU(see “Language code list” on page 50).

¶ SUBTITLESome discs have multiple subtitle languages.

Select one of the languages or language codes from AA to ZU(see “Language code list” on page 50) or “OFF (no subtitle).”

Note:

• When the language you have selected for MENU LANGUAGE,AUDIO LANGUAGE, or SUBTITLE is not recorded on a disc,the original language is used as the initial languageautomatically.

¶ ON SCREEN LANGUAGESelect one of the languages shown on the TV.

7 PICTURE menu

¶ MONITOR TYPEYou can select the monitor type to match your TV when youplay DVD VIDEO recorded in the picture’s width/height ratio of16:9.

For the multi color system TV

When you use a multi color system TV, you can change thecolor system of this unit automatically by selecting “MULTI”options as the monitor type. In this case, the setting of this unitis changed to match the color system of the loaded discregardless the VIDEO OUT SELECT setting.

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE


16:9 NORMAL / 16:9 MULTI NORMAL(Wide television conversion) :

Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is fixedto 16:9 (wide TV). The unit automatically adjusts thescreen width of the output signal correctly whenplaying back a picture whose aspect ratio is 4:3.

16:9 AUTO / 16:9 MULTI AUTO(Wide television conversion) :

Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 16:9(wide TV).

4:3 LB / 4:3 MULTI LB (Letter Box conversion) :Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3(conventional TV). While viewing a wide screenpicture, the black bars appear on the top and thebottom of the screen.

4:3 PS / 4:3 MULTI PS (Pan Scan conversion) :Select this when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3(conventional TV). While viewing a wide screenpicture, the black bars do not appear; however, theleft and right edges of the pictures will not be shownon the screen.

• Even if “4:3 PS” or “4:3 MULTI PS” is selected, the screensize may become “4:3 LB” or “4:3 MULTI LB” with someDVD VIDEO. This depends on how they are recorded.

• When you select “16:9 NORMAL” or “16:9 MULTINORMAL” for a picture whose aspect ratio is 4:3, the pictureslightly changes due to the process for converting the picturewidth.

¶ PROGRESSIVE MODEYou can select the progressive mode according to the picturetype (film or video source). This takes effect only when“PROGRESSIVE” is selected as the scanning mode. (See page14.)Normally, set to “AUTO.”


VIDEO : Suitable for playing back a video source disc.

FILM : Suitable for playing back a film or progressivesource disc.

AUTO : Used to play a disc containing both video and filmsource materials. This unit recognizes the picturetype (film or video source) of the current discaccording to the disc information.• If the playback picture is unclear or noisy, or the

oblique lines of the picture are rough, try to changeto other modes.

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON

MP3 / JPEG MP3

Ex. : 4:3 PSEx. : 16:9 Ex. : 4:3 LB

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM49

50

En

glis

h

¶ SCREEN SAVERYou can activate or deactivate the screen saver function.


ON : The picture on the TV becomes dark when nooperation is done for 5 minutes.

OFF : The screen saver function does not work.

¶ MP3/JPEGIf both MP3 files and JPEG files are recorded on a disc, you canselect which files to play.


MP3 : Select this for playing MP3 files.

JPEG : Select this for playing JPEG files.

¶ BASSAdjust the bass tone level from the front speakers within therange of –10 to +10 in 2 step intervals.

¶ TREBLEAdjust the treble tone level from the front speakers withinthe range of –10 to +10 in 2 step intervals.

¶ LFE ATT.The Low Frequency Effect attenuater diminishes the distortionof the bass sound from the subwoofer while playing back a discwith Dolby Digital or DTS Digital Surround.


–10 dB : Select this to diminish the distortion of the basssound from the subwoofer.

0 dB : Select this to cancel this function.

¶ D. RANGE COMPRESSIONYou can enjoy a powerful sound at night even at a low volumelevel when listening to the sound with Dolby Digital.


MAX : Select this when you want to apply the compressioneffect fully (useful at midnight).

MID : Select this when you want to reduce the dynamicrange a little.

OFF : Select this when you want to enjoy surround with itsfull dynamic range (no effect applied).


7 AUDIO menu

You can also adjust the following items using the front panel orremote control (see pages 19 to 24).

¶ L/R BALANCEAdjust the output balance between the left front speaker andright front speaker within the range of “R–21” to “CENTER”or “CENTER” to “L–21.”

CENTER

0

0

AUDIO

L/R BALANCE

BASS

TREBLE

LFE ATT.


0 dB

MID

KM CambodianKN KannadaKO Korean (KOR)KS KashmiriKU KurdishKY KirghizLA LatinLN LingalaLO LaothianLT LithuanianLV Latvian, LettishMG MalagasyMI MaoriMK MacedonianML MalayalamMN MongolianMO MoldavianMR MarathiMS Malay (MAY)MT MalteseMY BurmeseNA NauruNE NepaliNL DutchNO NorwegianOC Occitan

FA PersianFI FinnishFJ FijiFO FaroeseFY FrisianGA IrishGD Scots GaelicGL GalicianGN GuaraniGU GujaratiHA HausaHI HindiHR CroatianHU HungarianHY ArmenianIA InterlinguaIE InterlingueIK InupiakIN IndonesianIS IcelandicIW HebrewJI YiddishJW JavaneseKA GeorgianKK KazakhKL Greenlandic

AA AfarAB AbkhazianAF AfrikaansAM AmeharicAR ArabicAS AssameseAY AymaraAZ AzerbaijaniBA BashkirBE ByelorussianBG BulgarianBH BihariBI BislamaBN Bengali, BanglaBO TibetanBR BretonCA CatalanCO CorsicanCS CzechCY WelshDA DanishDZ BhutaniEL GreekEO EsperantoET EstonianEU Basque

OM (Afan) OromoOR OriyaPA PanjabiPL PolishPS Pashto, PushtoPT PortugueseQU QuechuaRM Rhaeto-RomanceRN KirundiRO RumanianRU RussianRW KinyarwandaSA SanskritSD SindhiSG SanghoSH Serbo-CroatianSI SinghaleseSK SlovakSL SlovenianSM SamoanSN ShonaSO SomaliSQ AlbanianSR SerbianSS SiswatiST Sesotho

SU SundaneseSV SwedishSW SwahiliTA TamilTE TeluguTG TajikTH ThaiTI TigrinyaTK TurkmenTL TagalogTN SetswanaTO TongaTR TurkishTS TsongaTT TatarTW TwiUK UkrainianUR UrduUZ UzbekVI VietnameseVO VolapukWO WolofXH XhosaYO YorubaZU Zulu

Language code list

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM50

51

En

glis

h


7 SPK. SETTING menu

¶ SIZESelect this to enter the SIZE submenu.

FRONT SPEAKER, CENTER SPEAKER, andREAR SPEAKER

Select one of the following settings for each speaker:

LARGE (LRG) : Select this when the speaker size is relativelylarge.

SMALL (SML) : Select this when the speaker size is relativelysmall.

NONE (NO) : Select this when you have not connected aspeaker. (Not selectable for the frontspeakers)

SUBWOOFER


USE (YES) : Select this when a subwoofer is connected.

NONE (NO) : Select this when no subwoofer is used.

RETURN

Select this to return to SPK. SETTING menu.

Notes:

• Keep the following comment in mind as reference whenadjusting speaker settings.– If the size of the cone speaker unit built in your speaker is

greater than 12 cm, select “LARGE,” and if it is smaller than12 cm, select “SMALL.”

• If you have selected “SMALL” for the front speakers, you cannotselect “LARGE” for the center and rear speakers.

• If you have selected “NONE” for subwoofer, you cannot select“SMALL” for the front speakers.

• You can take advantage of the speaker diagrams on the leftpart of the SPK. SETTING menu to set the speaker.– The speaker diagram for the selected speaker is highlighted.– The size of the speaker diagram is changed according to

your setting.

100Hz

SPK. SETTING

CROSS OVER

LEVEL

SIZE

DISTANCE

RETURN TO INITIAL

¶ LEVELSelect this to enter the LEVEL submenu.

CENTER SPEAKER, LEFT REAR SPEAKER, RIGHTREAR SPEAKER, and SUB WOOFER

Adjust the speaker output level within the range of –10 dB to+10 dB for each speaker in 1 step interval.

TEST TONE

Select this to start or stop test tone.

RETURN


Notes:

• When “NONE” is selected for the center speaker, rear speakersand/or subwoofer on the SIZE menu, “–” appears instead of thecurrent setting. In this case, you cannot adjust the output levelof those speakers.

• You can adjust the output level for center speaker and/or rearspeakers only when one of proper Surround modes areactivated (see page 27).

• When “NONE” is selected for the center and/or rear speakers,the test tone does not come out of those speakers.

¶ DISTANCESelect this to enter the DISTANCE submenu.

FRONT SPEAKER, CENTER SPEAKER, andREAR SPEAKER

For each speaker, set the distance from the listening pointwithin the range of 0.3 m to 9.0 m, in 0.3 m interval.

TEST TONE

Select this to start or stop test tone.

RETURN


Notes:

• When “NONE” is selected for the center speaker and rearspeakers on the SIZE menu, “–” appears instead of the currentsetting.In this case, you cannot adjust the speaker distance of thosespeakers.

• When “NONE” is selected for the center speaker and/or rearspeakers on the SIZE menu, the test tone does not come out ofthose speakers.

0 dB

LEVEL

RETURN

CENTER SPEAKER

LEFT REAR SPEAKER

TEST TONE

RIGHT REAR SPEAKER

0 dB

0 dB

–SUB WOOFER

LARGE

SIZE

FRONT SPEAKER

RETURN

CENTER SPEAKER

REAR SPEAKER

SMALL

SMALL

SUB WOOFER NONE

Speaker diagrams

Subwoofer

Front speakers

Rear speakers

Center speaker

3.0m

DISTANCE

FRONT SPEAKER

RETURN

CENTER SPEAKER

REAR SPEAKER

TEST TONE

3.0m

3.0m

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM51

52

En

glis

h

Setting DVD preferences

¶ CROSS OVERWhen you use a small speaker in any position, this unitautomatically reallocates the bass sound elements assigned tothe small speaker to the large speakers.To use this function properly, set this crossover frequency levelaccording to the size of the smallest speaker connected.• If you have selected “LRG (large)” or “LARGE” for all

speakers, this function will not take effect.


200Hz : Select this frequency when the cone speaker unitbuilt in the speaker is less than 5 cm.





¶ RETURN TO INITIALSelect this to reset all speaker settings to the initial settings.

7 OTHERS menu

¶ RESUMEYou can activate or deactivate the resume play function of thebuilt-in DVD player.


ON : Select this to activate this function.

OFF : Select this to deactivate it.

¶ ON SCREEN GUIDEYou can activate or deactivate the following on-screen guideicons:

For multi-view angles :For plural subtitles :For plural audio languages :For playback status : , , 1/8 , x 5 ,

etc.

The on-screen guide icons appear on the TV at the beginning ofthe playback with this function turned on.

When recording the picture with VCR, set “OFF” to avoidrecording the indications above on your video tape.• The choice menu and on-screen bar can be recorded even

though this function is set to “OFF.”


ON : Select this to activate this function.


• Subtitles (see page 35) and the information for zooming in(see pages 39 and 40) appear on the display even though thissetting is “OFF.”

¶ AUTO STANDBYWhen the playback of the disc on the built-in DVD player endsand no operation is done for more than the selected time, theunit is turned off automatically.• This function takes effect only when DVD is selected as the

source.


60 : Select this to turn off the unit if no operation is donewithin 60 minutes.

30 : Select this to turn off the unit if no operation is donewithin 30 minutes.


• If Sleep Timer (see page 12) and Auto Standby are used at atime, one with the early shut-off time will turn off the unit.

¶ PARENTAL LOCKYou can restrict playback of DVD VIDEO containing violentscenes and those not suitable for your family members.• You can select “PARENTAL LOCK” only before playback.

Select this to enter the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.(See pages 53 and 54.)


ON

OTHERS

RESUME

ON SCREEN GUIDE

AUTO STANDBY

ON

OFF

PARENTAL LOCK

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM52

53

En

glis

h


Restricting Playback by Parental Lock

You can restrict playback of DVD VIDEO containing violent scenesand those not suitable for your family members. Nobody can playsuch a disc unless this function is canceled.• This setting takes effect only for the DVD VIDEO containing the

Parental Lock level information—Level 1 (most restrictive) toLevel 8 (least restrictive).

• You can set the Parental Lock only while playback is stopped.

7 Setting Parental Lock

1 Press CHOICE, then press cursor 3 (or 2) todisplay the OTHERS menu.

2 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to move to“PARENTAL LOCK,” then press ENTER.The PARENTAL LOCK submenu appears on the TV.

3 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to move to“COUNTRY CODE,” then press ENTER.The submenu for setting the country code appears.

4 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thecountry code, then press ENTER.See “Country/Area codes list for Parental Lock” on page 55.

moves to “SET LEVEL.”

5 Press ENTER.The pop-up window for setting level appears.

6 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to select thelevel of restriction, then press ENTER.

moves to “PASSWORD.”• The smaller the value of level is, the more restrictive the

Parental Lock level is.• Select “NONE” to cancel this function.

7 Press the number buttons (0–9) to enter a fourdigit number as your password, then pressENTER.

moves to “EXIT.”

8 Press ENTER.OTHERS menu resumes.

To return to the normal screenPress CHOICE.

Note:

• Remember your password or make a note of it.You need to enter your password to change the setting or releasethe lock. To change the setting, see page 54.


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT54

8

3

NONE

76


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT KY

KN

KZ

KM

KPKRKW

NEW PASSWORD? PRESS 0 9KEY.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

4

_ _ _ _

EXIT

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM53

54

En

glis

h

7 Changing the setting of Parental Lock

1 Press CHOICE, then press cursor 3 (or 2) todisplay the OTHERS menu.

2 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to move to“PARENTAL LOCK,” then press ENTER.The PARENTAL LOCK submenu appears on the TV.• You can only move to “PASSWORD” or to “EXIT” before

you enter your password.

3 Press the number buttons (0–9) to enter yourpassword, then press ENTER.• If you enter a wrong password, “WRONG! RETRY••• PRESS

0~9KEY” appears on the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.You cannot go to next steps before you enter the correctpassword.

4 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to move tothe item you want to change, then press ENTER.

5 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to change thesetting, then press ENTER.

6 Press the number buttons (0–9) to enter yourpassword, then press ENTER.The new setting is stored.

Notes:

• You cannot set the Parental Lock before you set your password.• If you exit from the PARENTAL LOCK submenu before setting your

password in step 6, the new country code and parental level will notbecome effective, and the old country code and parental levelremain effective.

• When you enter wrong passwords more than three times, moves to “EXIT” automatically and cursor ∞ (or 5) does not work.Press ENTER to exit from the PARENTAL LOCK submenu, thenstart from step 1 again.

• If you forget your password, enter “8888.”

7 Releasing Parental Lock temporarilyWhen you set a strict parental level, some discs may not be playedback at all. When you load such a disc and try to play it, thefollowing display appears on the TV. You can release Parental Locktemporarily.

1 Press cursor ∞ (or 5) repeatedly to move to“TEMPORARY RELEASE,” then press ENTER.

moves to “PASSWORD.”• If you do not want to release Parental Lock temporarily, select

“NOT RELEASE” by pressing cursor ∞ (or 5), then pressENTER. To eject the disc, press 0.

2 Press number buttons (0–9) to enter yourpassword, then press ENTER.Playback starts.• If you enter a wrong password, “WRONG! RETRY••• PRESS

0~9KEY” appears on the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.You cannot play the disc before you enter the correctpassword.

Note:

• When you enter wrong passwords more than three times, moves to “NOT RELEASE” automatically and cursor ∞ (or 5) doesnot work. Press 0 to remove the disc.

PASSWORD? PRESS 0 9KEY.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

LEVEL

PASSWORD

4

_ _ _ _

EXIT

PARENTAL LOCK

PASSWORD _ _ _ _

TEMPORARY RELEASE

PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYENTER

SELECT

NOT RELEASE


EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM54

55

En

glis

h

Setting DVD preferencesChoice Menu Operations

Country/Area codes list for Parental LockAD AndorraAE United Arab EmiratesAF AfghanistanAG Antigua and BarbudaAI AnguillaAL AlbaniaAM ArmeniaAN Netherlands AntillesAO AngolaAQ AntarcticaAR ArgentinaAS American SamoaAT AustriaAU AustraliaAW ArubaAZ AzerbaijanBA Bosnia and HerzegovinaBB BarbadosBD BangladeshBE BelgiumBF Burkina FasoBG BulgariaBH BahrainBI BurundiBJ BeninBM BermudaBN Brunei DarussalamBO BoliviaBR BrazilBS BahamasBT BhutanBV Bouvet IslandBW BotswanaBY BelarusBZ BelizeCA CanadaCC Cocos (Keeling) IslandsCF Central African RepublicCG CongoCH SwitzerlandCI Côte d’IvoireCK Cook IslandsCL ChileCM CameroonCN ChinaCO ColombiaCR Costa RicaCU CubaCV Cape VerdeCX Christmas IslandCY CyprusCZ Czech RepublicDE GermanyDJ DjiboutiDK DenmarkDM DominicaDO Dominican RepublicDZ AlgeriaEC EcuadorEE EstoniaEG EgyptEH Western Sahara

ER EritreaES SpainET EthiopiaFI FinlandFJ FijiFK Falkland Islands (Malvinas)FM Micronesia

(Fedelated States of)FO Faroe IslandsFR FranceFX France, MetropolitanGA GabonGB United KingdomGD GrenadaGE GeorgiaGF French GuianaGH GhanaGI GibraltarGL GreenlandGM GambiaGN GuineaGP GuadeloupeGQ Equatorial GuineaGR GreeceGS South Georgia and the

South Sandwich IslandsGT GuatemalaGU GuamGW Guinea-BissauGY GuyanaHK Hong KongHM Heard Island and

McDonald IslandsHN HondurasHR CroatiaHT HaitiHU HungaryID IndonesiaIE IrelandIL IsraelIN IndiaIO British Indian Ocean

TerritoryIQ IraqIR Iran (Islamic Republic of)IS IcelandIT ItalyJM JamaicaJO JordanJP JapanKE KenyaKG KyrgyzstanKH CambodiaKI KiribatiKM ComorosKN Saint Kitts and NevisKP Korea, Democratic

People’s Republic ofKR Korea, Republic ofKW KuwaitKY Cayman IslandsKZ Kazakhstan

LA Lao People’sDemocratic Republic

LB LebanonLC Saint LuciaLI LiechtensteinLK Sri LankaLR LiberiaLS LesothoLT LithuaniaLU LuxembourgLV LatviaLY Libyan Arab JamahiriyaMA MoroccoMC MonacoMD Moldova, Republic ofMG MadagascarMH Marshall IslandsML MaliMM MyanmarMN MongoliaMO MacauMP Northern Mariana IslandsMQ MartiniqueMR MauritaniaMS MontserratMT MaltaMU MauritiusMV MaldivesMW MalawiMX MexicoMY MalaysiaMZ MozambiqueNA NamibiaNC New CaledoniaNE NigerNF Norfolk IslandNG NigeriaNI NicaraguaNL NetherlandsNO NorwayNP NepalNR NauruNU NiueNZ New ZealandOM OmanPA PanamaPE PeruPF French PolynesiaPG Papua New GuineaPH PhilippinesPK PakistanPL PolandPM Saint Pierre and MiquelonPN PitcairnPR Puerto RicoPT PortugalPW PalauPY ParaguayQA QatarRE RéunionRO RomaniaRU Russian Federation

RW RwandaSA Saudi ArabiaSB Solomon IslandsSC SeychellesSD SudanSE SwedenSG SingaporeSH Saint HelenaSI SloveniaSJ Svalbard and Jan MayenSK SlovakiaSL Sierra LeoneSM San MarinoSN SenegalSO SomaliaSR SurinameST Sao Tome and PrincipeSV El SalvadorSY Syrian Arab RepublicSZ SwazilandTC Turks and Caicos IslandsTD ChadTF French Southern TerritoriesTG TogoTH Thailand Code LanguageTJ TajikistanTK TokelauTM TurkmenistanTN TunisiaTO TongaTP East TimorTR TurkeyTT Trinidad and TobagoTV TuvaluTW TaiwanTZ Tanzania, United

Republic ofUA UkraineUG UgandaUM United States Minor

Outlying IslandsUS United StatesUY UruguayUZ UzbekistanVA Vatican City State

(Holy See)VC Saint Vincent and the

GrenadinesVE VenezuelaVG Virgin Islands (British)VI Virgin Islands (U.S.)VN Viet NamVU VanuatuWF Wallis and Futuna IslandsWS SamoaYE YemenYT MayotteYU YugoslaviaZA South AfricaZM ZambiaZR ZaireZW Zimbabwe

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM55

56

En

glis

h

Glossary for DVD Player

Aspect ratioThe ratio of vertical and horizontal sizes of a displayed image. Thehorizontal vs. vertical ratio of conventional TVs is 4:3 and that ofwide-screen TVs is 16:9.

ChapterThe smallest division on DVD VIDEO. It is a division of a title andsimilar to a track for CD or VCD.

Component video signalA video signal system where parts of information necessary forreproducing image signal comprised of the three primary colors oflight are transmitted via separate signal lines. Types of signal, suchas R/G/B, Y/PB/PR, etc., are available.

Composite video signalA video signal comprised of three kinds of signals combined: animage signal made up of luminance and chrominance signals usingthe frequency multiplication technique, burst signal providing thebasis for color reproduction, and synchronization signal.

Disc menuA screen display prepared for allowing selection of images, sounds,subtitles, multi-angle, etc. recorded on DVD VIDEO.

Interlaced scanningIn the conventional video system, a picture is shown on the displaymonitor in two halves. The Interlaced scanning system places linesof the second half of the picture in-between lines of the first half ofthe picture.

JPEGA still-picture data compression system proposed by the JointPhotographic Expert Group, which features little distortion in imagequality in spite of its high compression ratio.

Letter boxA method of displaying wide images like movies in on a 4:3 TVscreen with no part of the image deleted by placing black bands onthe top and bottom of the screen. This name has derived from thescreen form looking literally like a letter box.

Linear PCM (PCM: Pulse Code Modulation)A system for converting analog sound signal to digital signal forlater processing with no data compression used in conversion.

MP3A file format with a sound data compression system. “MP3” is theabbreviation of Motion Picture Experts Group 1 (or MPEG-1) AudioLayer 3. By using MP3 format, one CD-R or CD-RW can containabout 10 times as much data volume as a regular CD can.

Multi-angleBy recording multiple scenes progressing at the same time in asingle title, the user can select view angles. This feature is called themulti-angle function.

MultichannelDVD VIDEO has been designed to have each soundtrack constituteone sound field. Multichannel refers to a structure of sound trackshaving three or more channels.

MultilanguageWhen a title is created to cope with multiple languages, it isgenerally called a multilanguage title.

Parental LockA feature of this system to automatically determine whether or notto reproduce particular DVD VIDEO software by comparing itsparental level (a measure of undesirability of scenes, etc. fromeducational viewpoint) set for the software beforehand with that seton this system by the user; if the software’s level is less restrictivethan the user-set level, it will be reproduced.

Playback control (PBC)Refers to the signal recorded on VCD/SVCD for controllingreproduction. By using menu screens recorded on VCD/SVCD thatsupports PBC, you can enjoy interactive-type software as well assoftware having a search function.

Progressive scanningBy progressive scanning, all the horizontal lines of a picture aredisplayed at one time as a single frame. This system can convert theinterlaced video from DVD VIDEO into progressive format forconnection to a progressive TV. It dramatically increases the verticalresolution.

Region codeA system for allowing discs to be played back only in the regionsdesignated beforehand. All the countries in the world are dividedinto six regions and each region is identified by a specified regioncode (or region number). If the region code of a disc matches that ofa player, the player can play back the disc.

Sampling frequencyFrequency of sampling data when analog data is converted to digitaldata. Sampling frequency numerically represents how many timesthe original analog signal is sampled per second.

SurroundA system for creating three-dimensional sound fields full of realismby arranging multiple speakers around the listener.

Transfer rateThe rate of transferring digital data. Usually the measure is in bit persecond (bps). The DVD system applies a variable transfer ratesystem for high efficiency.

EN47-56RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM56

57

En

glis

h

The AV COMPU LINK remote control system allows you to operate JVC’s video components (TV and VCR) through the unit.

This unit is equipped with the AV COMPU LINK-III, which has added a function to operate JVC’s video components through the videocomponents terminals. To use this remote control system, you need to connect the video components you want to operate, following thediagrams below and the procedures on page 58.• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your video components.

CAUTION:

When connecting the TV with theAV COMPU LINK remote controlsystem, connect the unit to theAV COMPU LINK III orAV COMPU LINK EX terminal.DO NOT connect the unit to theAV COMPU LINK RECEIVER/AMPterminal.

CONNECTIONS 1: AV COMPU LINK Connection

CASE 1 When connecting the source equipment to the unit through the S-video terminals, connect this unit to theTV’s Video Input 1 terminal using S-video cables.

CASE 2 When connecting the source equipment to the unit through the composite video terminals, connect thisunit to the TV’s Video Input 2 terminal (composite video input) using composite video cables.

CASE 3 When setting the video output mode of the built-in DVD player to “component,” connect this unit to theTV’s Video Input 2 terminals (component video input) using component video cables.

To Video Input 1

TVRX-DV3SLS-video cableS-video cable

SourceEquipment

To Video Input 2

Compositevideo cable

Compositevideo cable

TVRX-DV3SLSource

Equipment

To Video Input 2

Componentvideo cable

TVRX-DV3SL

Notes:

• When connecting the unit and a TV with the AV COMPU LINK EX terminal by using a component video cable, you cannot use AutomaticSelection of TV’s Input Mode (see page 58).

• When connecting the VCR only to this unit, connect it directly to the unit using cables with the monaural mini-plugs.

CONNECTIONS 2: Video Cable ConnectionThis unit is equipped with three types of the video terminals—composite video, S-video, and component video, and the signals coming intothis unit through one type of video terminals can output only through the terminal of the same type. So you need to connect the VCR and TVto this unit using one of the following two ways—CASE 1 or 2:• When using the AV COMPU LINK remote control system, set the component video input correctly (see “Video output mode” on

page 22); otherwise, the correct input for this unit will not be selected on the TV.

AV COMPU LINK Remote Control System

AVCOMPU LINK III

AVCOMPU LINK

AVCOMPU LINK EX

AV COMPU LINK-

VCRTV

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM57

58

En

glis

h

1. If you have already plugged your VCR, TV, andthis unit into the AC outlets, unplug their ACpower cords first.

2. Connect your VCR, TV, and this unit following“CONNECTIONS 1” on the previous page, usingthe cables with the monaural mini-plugs (notsupplied).

3. Connect the audio input/output jacks on VCR,TV, and this unit using the audio cords.• See pages 7 to 9.

4. Connect the video input/output jacks on VCR,TV and this unit following “CONNECTIONS 2”on the previous page, using the composite videocord, with S-video plug or with component videoplugs.

5. Plug the AC power cords of the components intothe AC outlets.

6. When turning on the TV for the first time afterthe AV COMPU LINK connection, turn the TVvolume to the minimum using the TV volumecontrol on the TV.

7. Turn on other connected components first, thenturn on this unit.• When turning on the VCR, use the remote control supplied

with this unit–press STANDBY/ON VCR.

The AV COMPU LINK remote control system allows you to use thefive basic functions listed below.

Remote Control of the TV and VCR Using ThisRemote ControlFor details, see page 60 .• Aim the remote control directly at the remote sensor on each

target component.

One-Touch Video PlaySimply by inserting a video cassette without its safety tab into theVCR, you can enjoy the video playback without setting otherswitches manually. The unit automatically turns on and changes thesource to VCR.The TV automatically turns on and changes the input mode to theappropriate position so that you can view the playback picture.When you insert a video cassette with its safety tab, press the play(3) button on the VCR or on the remote control. You can get thesame result.

One-Touch DVD PlaySimply by starting playback on the built-in DVD player, you canenjoy the playback without setting other switches manually.The TV automatically turns on and changes the input mode to theappropriate position so that you can view the playback picture.

Automatic Selection of TV’s Input Mode• When you select TV as the source to play on the unit, the TV

automatically changes the input mode to the TV tuner so that youcan watch TV.

• When you select DVD, VCR, or DBS as the source to play on theunit, the TV automatically changes the input mode to theappropriate position so that you can view the playback picture.

Notes:

• When connecting a TV with the AV COMPU LINK EX terminal tothis unit, you cannot use a component video cable (as CASE 3 onthe previous page).

• When you select TV as the source on the unit, you cannot see themenu on the TV screen since the AV COMPU LINK remote controlsystem automatically changes the TV’s input mode to the TV tuner.If you do not mind stopping listening to the TV sounds, you canthen show the on-screen menu after changing the TV’s input modeto the appropriate position the unit is connected to.

Automatic Power On/OffThe TV and VCR turn on and off along with the unit.

When you turn on the unit;• If the previously selected source is VCR, the TV and VCR will

turn on automatically.• If the previously selected source is TV or DVD, only the TV will

turn on automatically.

When you turn off the unit, the TV and VCR will turn off.

Note:

• If you turn off the unit while recording on the VCR, the VCR will notturn off, but continue recording.


EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM58

59

En

glis

h

Operating JVC’s Audio/Video Components

You can operate JVC’s audio and video components with this unit’s remote control, since control signals for JVC’s components are preset in theremote control.

Operating Audio Components

To operate JVC’s audio components using this remote control• Aim the remote control directly at the remote sensor on the unit.• To operate a source with the remote control, the source must be

selected using the source selecting buttons on the remote control.• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your components.

7 Sound control section (Amplifier)After pressing SOUND, you can perform the following operations:

SURR ON/OFF : Turns on or off the Surround modes—Dolby Digital, DTS Digital Surround, andDolby Pro Logic II.

SURR MODE : Selects the Surround modes.TEST : Turns on or off the test tone output.CENTER + or – : Adjusts the center speaker channel output

level.REAR•L + or – : Adjusts the left rear speaker channel

output level.REAR•R + or – : Adjusts the right rear speaker channel

output level.SUBWOOFER + or – : Adjusts subwoofer channel output level.EFFECT : Selects the effect level.

Note:

• After adjusting sounds, press the source selecting button to operateyour target source by using number buttons; otherwise, numberbuttons cannot be used for operating your target source.

7 CD recorderAfter pressing CDR, you can perform the following operations on a CDplayer and a CD recorder:

3 : Starts playing.4 : Returns to the beginning of the current (or previous)

track.¢ : Skips to the beginning of the next track.7 : Stops playing.8 : Pauses playing. To release it, press 3.1 – 10, +10 : Selects a track number directly.

For track number 5, press 5.For track number 15, press +10, then 5.For track number 20, press +10, then 10.For track number 30, press +10, +10, then 10.

Note:

• When you start recording on the CD recorder, use the buttons onthe CD recorder itself or on the remote control supplied with it.

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

7 TunerYou can always perform the following operations:

FM/AM : Tunes into the last selected FM or AM station.

• Each time you press the button, the band changes between FM andAM alternately.

After pressing FM/AM, you can perform the following operations ona tuner:1 – 10, +10 : Selects a preset channel number directly.

For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 15, press +10, then 5.For channel number 20, press +10, then 10.

TUNING 9 or ( : Tunes into stations.

FM MODE : Changes the FM reception mode.

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM59

60

En

glis

h

Operating Video Components

To operate JVC’s video components using this remote control• You need to connect JVC’s video components through the

AV COMPU LINK-III jacks (see page 57) in addition to theaudio/video connections (see pages 7 to 10).

• Some JVC’s VCRs can accept two types of the control signals—remote codes “A” and “B.” Before using this remote control, makesure that the remote control code of the connected VCR is set tocode “A.”

• To operate the video component(s) using the remote control, aimthe remote control directly at the remote sensor on eachcomponent, not on this unit.

7 TVYou can always perform the following operations:

STANDBY/ON TV : Turns on or off the TV.TV VOL + or – : Adjusts the volume.TV/VIDEO : Sets the input mode (either TV or

VIDEO).

After pressing TV, you can perform the following operations on a TV:TV/DBS CH + or – : Changes the channels.1 – 9, 0, 100+ : Selects the channels.

For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 10, press 1, then 0.For channel number 23, press 2, then 3.For channel number 135, press 100+, 3,then 5.

TV RETURN : Alternates between the previouslyselected channel and the currentchannel.

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

7 VCRYou can always perform the following operations:

STANDBY/ON VCR : Turns on or off the VCR.

After pressing VCR, you can perform the following operations on aVCR:1 – 9, 0 : Selects the TV channels on a VCR.

For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 10, press 1, then 0.For channel number 23, press 2, then 3.

3 : Starts playing.REW : Rewinds a tape.FF : Fast-winds a tape.7 : Stops operations.8 : Pauses playing. To release it, press 3.

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

ANGLE

ZOOM

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE


EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM60

61

En

glis

h

Operating Other Manufacturers’ Equipment

This remote control supplied with the unit can transmit control signals for other manufacturers’ TVs, DBS tuners, and VCRs.By changing the transmittable signals from preset ones to other manufacturers’, you can operate other manufacturers’ components using thisremote control.

Changing the Preset Signal Codes

To operate other manufacturers’ equipment using this remotecontrol• Aim the remote control directly at the remote sensor on each

equipment.• To operate a source with the remote control, the source must be

selected using source selecting buttons on the remote control.• Refer also to the manuals supplied with your equipment.

7 To change the transmittable signals foroperating other manufacturers’ TV

1. Press and holdSTANDBY/ON TV.

2. Press TV.

3. Enter the manufacturer’s codeusing the number buttons (1–9, 0).See the right to find the code.

4. Release STANDBY/ON TV.

You can perform the following operations on the TV:

STANDBY/ON TV : Turns on or off the TV.TV VOL + or – : Adjusts the volume.TV/VIDEO : Sets the input mode (either TV or

VIDEO).

After pressing TV, you can perform the following operations ona TV:

TV/DBS CH + or – : Changes the channels.1 – 9, 0, 100+ : Selects the channels.

For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 10, press 1, then 0.For channel number 23, press 2, then 3.For channel number 135, press 100+,3, then 5.

TV RETURN will function as theENTER button if your equipmentrequires pressing ENTER afterselecting a channel number.

Notes:

• Refer also to the manual supplied with your TV.• All the functions listed on the left may not be assigned to the

buttons for some TVs.• If you cannot change the channels of some TVs by pressing

the number buttons, press TV/DBS CH + or – for changing thechannels.

5. Try to operate your TV by pressingSTANDBY/ON TV.

When your TV turns on or off, you have entered the correctcode.If there are more than one code listed for your brand of TV,try each one until the correct one is entered.

Manufacturer CodesJVC 00*, 02, 13, 14, 47, 74Akai 01, 02Blaupunkt 03, 04Fisher 01, 05Grundig 03, 06, 07Hitachi 08 – 10, 49Iraddio 02Itt/Nokia 11, 12Loewe 06, 15, 16Magnavox 08, 17, 49Mets 50 – 53Mitsubishi 08, 18 – 20Mivar 21Nordmende 22, 23Okano 15Panasonic 24 – 27, 76Philips 15, 17, 28, 75Quelle 52 – 67RCA/PROSC 08, 24, 29 – 31, 48SABA 32, 33, 68 – 70Samsung 06, 08, 16, 34, 35, 49Sanyo 01, 05Schneider 02, 15, 36Sharp 37, 38, 77Sony 39Telefunken 40 – 42, 69Thomson 71, 72Toshiba 37, 43, 44Zenith 45, 46

Manufactures’ codes for TV

Note:

• Manufacturers’ codes are subject to change without notice. Ifthey are changed, this remote control cannot operate theequipment.

*“00” is the initial JVC code.

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM61

62

En

glis

h


Manufactures’ codes for DBS tuner

Manufacturer CodesJVC 56, 57*, 67Amstrad 43 – 49Blaupunkt 30Echostar 50, 51, 67General Instrument 29Goldstar 31Grundig 32, 33Hamlin/Re 01 – 05Hirshmann 48, 52 – 55Instrument 68Itt/Nokia 34Jerrold/G 06 – 14Kathrein 52, 58 – 63NEC 35, 36Oak 15 – 17Orbitech 48Panasonic 18 – 20Philips 37, 38Pioneer 21, 22RCA 65Samsung 39, 40Schwaiger 61, 64Scientiff 23 – 25Siemens 41, 42Sony 66Technisat 48Tocom 26Zenith 27, 28

7 To change the transmittable signals foroperating other manufacturers’ DBS tuner

1. Press and holdSTANDBY/ON DBS.

2. Press DBS.

3. Enter the manufacturer’s codeusing the number buttons (1–9,0).See to the right to find the code.

4. Release STANDBY/ON DBS.

You can turn on and off the DBS tuner:

STANDBY/ON DBS : Turns on or off the DBS tuner.

After pressing DBS, you can perform the following operationson a DBS tuner:

TV/DBS CH + or – : Changes the channels.1 – 9, 0, 100+ : Selects the channels.

For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 10, press 1, then 0.For channel number 23, press 2, then 3.For channel number 135, press 100+, 3,then 5.

TV RETURN will function as theENTER button if your equipmentrequires pressing ENTER after selecting achannel number.

Note:

• Refer also to the manual supplied with your DBS tuner.

5. Try to operate your DBS tuner by pressingSTANDBY/ON DBS.

When your DBS tuner turns on or off, you have entered thecorrect code.If there are more than one code listed for your brand of DBStuner, try each one until the correct one is entered.


Note:


VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM62

63

En

glis

h


7 To change the transmittable signals foroperating other manufacturers’ VCR

1. Press and holdSTANDBY/ON VCR.

2. Press VCR.

3. Enter the manufacturer’s codeusing the number buttons (1–9, 0).See the right to find the code.

4. Release STANDBY/ON VCR.

You can turn on and off the VCR:

STANDBY/ON VCR : Turns on or off the VCR.

After pressing VCR, you can perform the following operationson a VCR:

1 – 9, 0 : Selects the TV channels on a VCR.For channel number 5, press 5.For channel number 10, press 1, then 0.For channel number 23, press 2, then 3.

TV RETURN will function as the ENTER button ifyour equipment requires pressing ENTER afterselecting a channel number.

3 : Starts playing.REW : Rewinds a tape.FF : Fast-winds a tape.7 : Stops operations.8 : Pauses playing. To release it, press 3.

Note:

• Refer also to the manual supplied with your VCR.

Manufactures’ codes for VCR

Manufacturer CodesJVC 00*, 26 – 29, 58Aiwa 01, 02Bell & Howell 03Blaupunkt 04, 05CGM 06, 07Emerson 08, 10 – 12, 64, 65Fisher 03, 14 – 17Funai 01GE 18 – 20Goldstar 07Goodmans 13, 21Grundig 06, 22Hitachi 18, 23 – 25, 66Loewe 07, 21Magnavox 04, 19, 24Mitsubishi 30 – 35NEC 26, 27Nokia 03, 36Nordmende 38Orion 09Panasonic 19, 24, 39, 40Philips 04, 19, 21, 24, 41, 42Phonola 21RCA/PROSC 04, 18, 19, 23, 24, 43 – 45SABA 38, 46Samsung 45, 47, 59, 61 – 63Sanyo 03, 48, 49Sharp 37, 50Siemens 03, 51Sony 52 – 54Telefunken 55, 60Toshiba 43, 44Zenith 56, 57

Note:



5. Try to operate your VCR by pressingSTANDBY/ON VCR.

When your VCR turns on or off, you have entered the correctcode.If there are more than one code listed for your brand ofVCR, try each one until the correct one is entered.

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM63

64

En

glis

h

General NotesIn general, you will have the best performance by keeping your discsand mechanism clean.• Store discs in their cases, and keep them in cabinets or on shelves.

Handling Discs• Remove the disc from its case by holding it at the edge while

pressing the center hole lightly.• Do not touch the shiny surface of the disc, or bend the disc.• Put the disc back in its case after use to prevent warping.

• Be careful not to scratch the surface of the disc when placing itback in its case.

• Avoid exposure to direct sunlight, temperature extremes, andmoisture.

To get the best performance of the system, keep your discs and mechanism clean.

Cleaning DiscsWipe the disc with a soft cloth in a straight line from center to edge.

DO NOT use any solvent—such as conventional recordcleaner, spray, thinner, or benzine—to clean the disc.

Cleaning the Unit• Stains on the unit

Should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the unit is heavily stained,wipe it with a cloth soaked in water-diluted neutral detergent andwrung well, then wipe clean with a dry cloth.

• Since the unit may deteriorate in quality, become damaged or getits paint peeled off, be careful about the following.— DO NOT wipe it with a hard cloth.— DO NOT wipe it strong.— DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine.— DO NOT apply any volatile substances such as insecticides to it.— DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact with

it for a long time.

Maintenance

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM64

65

En

glis

h

Troubleshooting

Use this chart to help you solve daily operational problems. If there is any problem you cannot solve, contact your dealer.

PROBLEM

The power does not come on.

No sound from speakers.

Sound from one speaker only.

“OVERLOAD” starts flashing on the

display.

The STANDBY lamp lights up after

turning on the power, but soon the unit

turns off (into standby mode).

Remote control does not operate as you

intend.

Remote control does not work.

SOLUTION

Plug the power cord into an AC outlet.

Check speaker wiring and reconnect if

necessary.

Connect the cord properly (see pages 7 to

10).

Select the correct source.

Press MUTING to cancel the muting.

Select the correct input mode (analog or

digital).

Check connections.

Adjust the balance properly (see pages 24 or

50).

1. Press STANDBY/ON on the front

panel to turn off the unit.

2. Stop the playback source.

3. Turn on the unit again, and adjust the

volume.

Press STANDBY/ON on the front panel

to turn off the unit, then check the speaker

wiring.

If “OVERLOAD” does not disappear,

unplug the AC power cord, then plug it back

again.

If speaker wiring is not short-circuited,

contact your dealer.

Press STANDBY/ON on the front panel

to turn off the unit. After unplugging the

power cord, consult your dealer.

Press SOUND (see page 24) or a source

selecting button first, then press the buttons

you want to use.

Come closer to the unit. Operate the remote

control within 7 m from the unit.

Remove the obstruction.

Aim the remote control at the remote sensor

on each component you want to operate.

Insert the batteries correctly.

Replace batteries.

Enter the correct manufacturers’ code (see

pages 61 to 63).

POSSIBLE CAUSE

The power cord is not plugged in.

Speaker signal cables are not

connected.

The audio cable is not connected

properly.

An incorrect source is selected.

Muting is activated.

An incorrect input mode (analog or

digital) is selected.

Connections are incorrect.

The balance is set to one extreme.

Speakers are overloaded because of

high volume.

Speakers are overloaded because of

short circuit of speaker terminals.

The unit is overloaded because of a

high voltage.

The remote control is not ready for

your intended operation.

It is too far from the unit, or is not

facing the unit.

There is an obstruction hiding the

remote sensor on the unit.

The remote control is not aimed at the

remote sensor on the unit or

components.

The batteries have been inserted into

the wrong way round (+/–).

Batteries are weak.

The remote control signals are not set

correctly.

7 Genaral

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM65

66

En

glis

h

POSSIBLE CAUSE

The video cord is not connected

correctly.

TV input selection is incorrect.

The disc is not playable.

The scanning mode is set to

“PROGRESSIVE” though the unit is

connected to the TV which does not

support the progressive video input,

such as a conventional TV.

The color system is not set correctly.

The unit’s and disc’s Region Code

numbers are incompatible.

Parental Lock is in use.

The disc is loaded with its label and

data sides inverted.

The unplayable disc is loaded.

The disc is scratched or dirty.

A VCR is connected between the unit

and the TV.

With some discs, a picture may be

blurred when setting “PROGRESSIVE

MODE” to “FILM” or “AUTO.”

“MONITOR TYPE” is not set correctly.

The TV is not set correctly.

The video output mode setting is

incorrect.

PROBLEM

No picture is displayed on the TV.

No picture is displayed on the TV

screen, the picture is blurred, or the

picture is divided into two parts.

A disc cannot be played.

A disc cannot be played and “0:00” is

displayed on the display window.

Video and audio are distorted.

The picture does not fit the TV screen

properly.

One-touch DVD playback does not

work though you have connected AV

COMPU LINK cord correctly.

No subtitle appears on the TV screen

though you have selected as your initial

subtitle language.

Audio language is different from the

one you have selected as your initial

audio language.

SOLUTION

Connect the cord correctly (see page 8).

Select the correct input on the TV.

Replace the disc (see page 29).

Change the scanning mode to

“INTERLACE” (see page 14).

Change the color system (see page 7).


Enter your password to change the parental

level (see pages 53 and 54).

Insert the disc correctly (see page 15).


Replace or clean the disc (see page 64).

Connect the unit and TV directly.

Set “PROGRESSIVE MODE” to “VIDEO”

(see page 49).

Set the monitor type correctly (see page 49).

Set the TV correctly.

Set the video output mode correctly

according to the video connection between

your TV and the unit (see page 22).

Some discs are programmed to always

display no subtitle initially. If this happens,

press SUBTITLE on the remote control

after starting play (see page 35).

Some discs are programmed to always use

the original language initially. If this

happens, press AUDIO on the remote

control after starting play (see page 35).

7 For DVD Player

Troubleshooting

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM66

67

En

glis

h

7 For Tuner

Troubleshooting

PROBLEM

Hard to listen to broadcast because ofnoise.

Continuous hiss or buzzing during FMreception.

Occasional cracking noise during FMreception.

POSSIBLE CAUSE

The AM loop antenna is too close to theunit.

The supplied FM antenna is notproperly extended and positioned.

Incoming signal is too weak.

The station is too far away.

An incorrect antenna is used.

Antennas are not connected properly.

Ignition noise from automobiles.

SOLUTION

Change the position and direction of the AMloop antenna.

Extend the FM antenna at the best position.

Connect an outdoor FM antenna or contactyour dealer.

Select a new station.

Check with your dealer to be sure you have acorrect antenna.

Check connections.

Move the antenna farther from automobiletraffic.

7 For MP3

SOLUTION

Replace the disc.

Add the file extension—.mp3, .Mp3, .mP3,

or .MP3—to their file names (see page 43).

This unit cannot play back such files.

Replace the disc.

Replace the disc. (Record MP3 files using a

compliant application.)

When both MP3 files and JPEG files are

recorded on a disc, to play MP3 files, set the

MP3/JPEG setting to “MP3” (see page 50).

POSSIBLE CAUSE

No MP3 files are recorded on the disc.

The disc is unplayable (such as CD-

ROM).

MP3 files do not have the correct file

extension—.mp3, .Mp3, .mP3, or .MP3

in their file names.

MP3 files are made at bit rate under

64 kbps.

MP3 files are not recorded in the format

compliant with ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2.

The MP3/JPEG setting is set to

“JPEG.”

PROBLEM


No MP3 files except JPEG files are

played.

7 For JPEG

PROBLEM


No JPEG files except MP3 files are

played.

SOLUTION

Replace the disc.

Add the file extension—.jpg, .jpeg, .JPG,

.JPEG or any uppercase and lowercase

combination (such as “.Jpg”)—to their file

names (see page 45).

This unit cannot play back such files.

Replace the disc.

Replace the disc. (Record JPEG files using a

compliant application.)

When both MP3 files and JPEG files are

recorded on a disc, to play JPEG files, set

the MP3/JPEG setting to “JPEG” (see page

50).

POSSIBLE CAUSE

No JPEG files are recorded on the disc.

The disc is unplayable (such as CD-

ROM).

JPEG files do not have the correct file

extension in their file names.

JPEG files are not made with baseline

JPEG format.

JPEG files are not recorded in the

format compliant with ISO 9660 Level

1 or 2.

The MP3/JPEG setting is set to “MP3.”

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM67

68

En

glis

h

Designs & specifications are subject to change without notice.Specifications

AmplifierOutput Power At Stereo operation:

Front channels: 80 W per channel, min. RMS, both channels driveninto 8 Ω at 1 kHz, with no more than 0.9% totalharmonic distortion. (IEC268-3/DIN)

At Surround operation:

Front channels: 80 W per channel, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ωat 1 kHz, with no more than 0.8% total harmonicdistortion.

Center channel: 80 W, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ωat 1 kHz, with no more than 0.8% total harmonicdistortion.

Rear channels: 80 W per channel, min. RMS, driven into 8 Ωat 1 kHz, with no more than 0.8% total harmonicdistortion.

Audio (Mesured on AC 110V/127V/220V/240V)Audio Input Sensitivity/Impedance (1 kHz): TV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR: 240 mV/47 kΩ

Audio Input (DIGITAL IN)* : Coaxial: DIGITAL 1 (DBS): 0.5 V(p-p)/75 ΩOptical: DIGITAL 2 (TV): –21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)*Corresponding to Linear PCM, Dolby Digital, and DTS Digital Surround

(with sampling frequency—32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz).

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (’66 IHF/’78 IHF): TV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR: 87 dB/67 dBFrequency Response (8 Ω): TV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR: 20 Hz to 20 kHz (±1 dB)

Tone Control: Bass (100 Hz): ±10 dB ±2 dBTreble (10 kHz): ±10 dB ±2 dB

Video (Mesured on AC 110V/127V/220V/240V)

Video Input Sensitivity/Impedance (1 kHz):Composite video: DBS IN, VCR IN: 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω

S-VIDEO: DBS IN, VCR IN: (Y:luminance): 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω(C:chrominance): 0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω

Video Output Level/Impedance (1 kHz):Composite video: VCR OUT, MONITOR OUT:

1 V(p-p)/75 ΩS-VIDEO: VCR OUT, MONITOR OUT:

(Y:luminance): 1 V(p-p)/75 Ω(C:chrominance): 0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω

Component video: DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUT:(Component-Y): 1.0 V(p-p)/75 Ω(Component-PB/PR):0.7 V(p-p)/75 Ω

Color System: NTSC/PALHorizontal Resolution: 500 lines

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (S/N): 63 dBSynchronize: Negative

FM tuner (IHF)Tuning Range: 87.50 MHz to 108.00 MHz

AM tunerTuning Range: 531 kHz to 1 602 kHz (at 9 kHz intervals)

530 kHz to 1 600 kHz (at 10 kHz intervals)

GeneralPower Requirements: AC 110V/127V/220V/230–240V , adjustable with the voltage selector,

50 Hz/60 Hz

Power Consumption: 180 W (in operation)5 W (in standby mode)

Dimensions (W x H x D): 435 mm x 100 mm x 403.5 mm

Mass: 7.9 kg

EN57-68RX-DV3SL[UG]2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:22 PM68

±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

U¹u²;« ‰Ëbł

¡«ełô« ¡ULÝ«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤WOUô« WŠuK«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠËÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥VOd²« ¡bÐÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥

VOd²« q³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥“UN'« l WId*« UI×K*« h×ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥

WODuH« V²M j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« VOdðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥

Włu wz«u¼ qOuðFM WłuË AMÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ UŽUL« qOuðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂

u¹bOH«Ø uB« U²½U½u³L qOuðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∑7„öÝô« qOuð ‰uŠÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∑7ÊuK« ÂUE½ j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∑7Êu¹eHK²« qOuðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∏7 u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOuðVCRÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆπ7 n«u qOuðDBSÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆπ7 q−ØXOÝUJ« „œ qOuðCDÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∞7wLd« qOu²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∞

WOÝUÝô« qOGA²« UOKLŽÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±±±WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±±≤qOGA²K —bB*« —UO²š«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±±≥ uB« …u Èu² j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±±

W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≤ÂuM« XR WDÝ«uÐ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≤

÷dF« WýUý …¡U« ŸuDÝ dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≤—bB*« rÝ« dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≤

wLd« Ë« dþUM²*« qšb« lË —UO²š«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≥U¹Ëb¹ wLd« qšb« lË dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±≥

qšb« …—Uý« nOHðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±¥`*« lË dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±¥

qO−²« lË jOAMðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±¥GA öOGAðÒ U½«uDÝ« qDVDWOÝUÝô« ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±µ

±W½«uDÝô« WOMO `²ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±µ≤W½«uDÝô« qOL%ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±µ≥qOGA²« ¡bÐÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±µ¥ uB« …u Èu² j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∂µwF«u« uB« ‰U− jOAMðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∂∂jO;« uB« lË —UO²š«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∂∑qOGA²« ·UI¹«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∂∏©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« lË vKŽ® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∂

n«u*« öOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∑ Włu n«u UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU j³AMÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∑

U¹Ëb¹ UD;« vKŽ nOu²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∑o³*« j³C« nOuð ‰ULF²Ý«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∑

Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË —UO²š«FMÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±∏ WOOzd« UÞu³C«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±π

qOGA²« —«—“«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±πWOKLF« ¡«dł«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ±π

7FKuU «LUŽU ≠ SUBWFR” ®ÝLUŽW «u¹Hd «HdŽOW©“¨FRNT SP” ®«LUŽW «ôUOW©“¨ CNTR SP” ®ÝLUŽW «*de©“¨ ËREAR SP” ®«LUŽW «)KHOW©“............................................∞≤

7 ≠ UŽUL« WUFRNT D” ©WOUô« UŽUL« WU®“¨CNTR D”©ed*« WŽULÝ WU® “ Ë ¨REAR D”WU®

©WOHK)« UŽUL«“............................................................≤∞7 ≠ wdH*« œœd²«“CROSS”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤±7 ≠ iHM*« œœd²« WOUF nH“LFE”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤±7 ≠ uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG“D.COMP”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤±7 wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ«(DIGITAL IN) ≠ “DGT”..................≤±7 ≠ wzUIK²« jO;« uB«“AUTO SR”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤≤7 ≠ u¹bOH« Ãdš lË“VOUT”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤≤

uB« UÞu³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤≥qOGA²« —«—“«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤≥

WOKLF« ¡«dł«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤≥7≠ WOUô« WŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð“BAL”.................................≤¥7 ’U³« ≠ WLGM«“BASS” qÐd²«Ë “TREBLE”.....................≤¥7 ≠ UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u²“SUBWFR”dH¹u« WŽULÝ®

¨©WOŽdH«“CENTER” ¨©ed*« WŽULÝ® “REAR L”WŽUL«® ¨©WOHK)« ÈdO«“REAR R”©WOHK)« vMLO« WŽUL«® ÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤¥

7 WOUF Èu²DAP ≠ “EFFECT”ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤¥wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤µ

jO;« uB« lË jOAMðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤∑jO;« uB« ŸUË« —UO²š«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤∑

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ jO;« uB« lË j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤∏ GA öOGAðÒ W½«uDÝ« qDVDÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤π

W½«uDÝô« UuKFÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≤π WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²Ý«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥±

WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰öš s wÝUÝô« qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥≤Xu« ÊUOÐ dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥≤

W½«uDÝô« WLzU s »uKD dEM œU−¹«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥≥ ≠ …b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š«ANGLEÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥¥

wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ≠ UGK« dOOGðSUBTITLE uB«Ë AUDIOÆÆÆÆÆ≥µW½«uDÝô« vKŽ œb× ÊUJ s qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥∑

7qBH« Y×Ð ≠ »uKD qB œU−¹«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥∑7Xu« Y×Ð ≠ »uKD ÊUJ œU−¹«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥∑7 ≠ »uKDdEM œU−¹«DIGESTÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥∏

wuB)« …—uB« ÷dŽÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥π7—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« …—uB« ÷dŽÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥π7 ≠ lÐU²² qJAÐ W²ÐUŁ —u —UNþ«STROBEÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥π 7W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(UÐ ÷dF«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥π7 ≠ qš«bK .Ëe²«ZOOMÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ≥π 7 ≠ …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« j³ dOOGðVFPÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∞

wz«uAF« qOGA²«Ë Zd³*« qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥±—dJ²*« qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥≤

W½«uDÝ« qOGAðMP3ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥≥ WOÝUÝô« öOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥≥

W½«uDÝ« j³ WýUý ‰öš s öOGA²«MP3 CONTROLÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥¥—dJ²*« qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥¥

W½«uDÝ« qOGAðJPEGÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥µ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥µ

W½«uDÝ« j³ WýUý ‰öš s öOGA²«JPEG CONTROLÆÆÆÆÆ¥∂—dJ²*« qOGA²«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∂

—UO²šô« WLzU öOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∑ qOGA²« —«—“«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∑

—UO²šô« WLzU qOJAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∑WOKLF« ¡«dł«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥∏

7 WGK« WLzULANGUAGEÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥π7 …—uB« WLzUPICTUREÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ¥π7 uB« WLzUAUDIOÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ∞

•WGK« …dHý ‰ËbłÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ∞7 WŽUL« j³ WLzUSPK. SETTINGÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ±7 Èdšô« UÞu³C« WLzUOTHERSÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ≤

q¼ô« qH WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« s b(«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ≥7q¼ô« qH j³ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ≥7q¼ô« qH j³ dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ¥7W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹d%ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ¥

•q¼ô« qH WHOþu WIDM*«ØbK³« «dHý ‰ËbłÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµµ qGA* UŠöDô« ÕdýDVDÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ∂

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½AV COMPU LINKÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµ∑ WŽUM u¹bOH«Ø uB« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOGAðJVCÆÆµπ

uB« U²½U½u³L qOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆµπ u¹bOH« U²½U½u³L qOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂∞

Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s …eNłô« qOGAðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂±UI³ WÞu³C*« …—Uýô« «dHý dOOGðÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂±

W½UOB«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂¥ Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y×³« qOœÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂µ

UH«u*«ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ∂∏

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:101

≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

¡«ełô« ¡ULÝ«

WOUô« WŠuK«

ÆqOUH²« qł« s ”«uô« qš«œ …œułu*« U×HB« ÂU—« dE½«

“— «DUW «JNdÐUzOWØ«ôÝ²Fb«œ K²AGOq STANDBY/ON Ë*³W«ôÝ²Fb«œ K²AGOq STANDBY ®±±©

©±µ® …¡Uô« W³*Ë W½«uDÝô« WOMOGA qOGAð —«—“«Ò W½«uDÝ« qDVD

—“0 ¨©‚öžô«Ø`²H«® 4 ¨©nKK wD²«® ¢wD²«® ¨©ÂUö7 ¨©·UI¹ô«® 3 ¨©qOGA²«® 8©XR*« ·UI¹ô«®

©±≥ \±±® —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“«•DVD ¨DBS ¨VCR ¨TV ¨TAPE/CDR ¨FM/AM

—bB*« rÝ« —“SOURCE NAME©±≤® UÐj ²uÈ u… «Bu «dzOw MASTER VOLUME ®±±\ ∂±©“— «bšq «*²MUþdØ«dLw INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL ®≥±©

©nH<«® —“INPUT ATT.©±¥®

“— ðAGOqØ«¹IU· «Bu «;Oj SURROUND ON/OFF ®∂±\ ∑≤© jO;« uB« lË —“SURROUND MODE©≤∑ \±∂®

qO−²« lË —“REC MODE©±¥® ÷dF« WýUý

• r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s”÷dF« WýUý“qHÝô« w j³C« —“SETTING©≤≤ ≠ ±π® q¹bF²« —“ADJUST©≤¥ \≤≥® …d«c« —“MEMORY©±∑®

j³C« —«—“«CONTROL 5/∞/2/3©≤¥ ≠ ±∑® © UŽUL«® f³I ®©±±

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ

÷dF« WýUý

MASTER VOLUME

DVD/SUPER VCD/VCD/CDINPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL

COMPACT

SUPER VIDEO



ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

CONTROL

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

REC MODE

AUTO SURROUNDANALOG DIGITAL AUTO PRO LOGIC DSP PROGRAM REPEAT RANDOM1A-B PROGRESSIVE INPUT ATT

LS RSS

LFE

L C R

SUBWFRVOLUME

RESUME SPK.

kHzMHz

TUNED STEREO AUTO MUTING SLEEPDIGITAL

©±≥® qšb« lË UMO³•ANALOG ¨DIGITAL AUTO

©≤∂ \≤µ® jO;« uB« lË UMO³•PRO LOGIC ¨DSP

©¥∂ \¥¥ \¥≤ \¥±® qOGA²« lË UMO³•PROGRAM¨ REPEAT 1A-B ¨RANDOM

O³Ò w−¹—b²« `*« sPROGRESSIVE©±¥® O³Ò qšb« nH sINPUT ATT©±¥®

©±≥® qšb« …—Uý« UMO³•DIGITAL ® ¨©wLd« w³Ëœ® wLd« jO;« uB«DTS©

©≤∑® WŽUL«Ë …—Uýô« UMO³•L ¨C ¨R ¨SUBWFR ¨©WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ® LFEœœd²« WOUF®

¨©iHM*«LS ¨S ¨RS

©≤∑® jO;« uB« UMO³•AUTO SURROUND ¨SURROUND

O³Ò ·UM¾²Ýô« sRESUME©±∂® O³Ò ©WŽUL«® sSPK.©±±®

WOOzd« ÷dF« WýUý©±∏ \±∑® n«u*« lË UMO³

•TUNED ¨STEREO ¨AUTO MUTINGO³Ò ÂuM« sSLEEP©±≤®

œœd²« …bŠË UMO³•MHz WD;® FM ¨©kHz WD;«® AM©

O³Ò uB« …u Èu² sVOLUME

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:102

≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

¡«ełô« ¡ULÝ«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË

ÆqOUH²« qł« s ”«uô« qš«œ …œułu*« U×HB« ÂU—« dE½«

qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«ØWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —“STANDBY/ON ©∂≥ ≠ ∂∞ ¨ ±±®

•DBS ¨VCR ¨TV ¨AUDIO

©∂≥ ≠ µπ ¨ ±≥ ¨ ±±® —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“«•TV ¨TAPE ¨CDR ¨FM/AM ¨DBS ¨VCR ¨DVD

u¹bOH«ØÊu¹eHK²« —“TV/VIDEO©∂± ¨ ∂∞ ¨ ±µ® —«dJ²« —“REPEAT©¥∂ ¨ ¥¥ ¨ ¥≤®

ÂuM« —“SLEEP©±≤® uB« —“SOUND©≤∏ ¨ ≤∑ ¨ ≤¥®

wLd«ØdþUM²*« qšb« —“ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT©±≥® uB« WG —“AUDIO©≥∂ \≥µ®

wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“SUBTITLE©≥µ® …¡Uô« …bý XUš —“DIMMER©±≤®

W¹Ë«e« —“ANGLE©≥¥® ÂËËe« —“ZOOM©≥π®

uB« r² —“MUTING©±≤® UbI*« ÷dŽ —“DIGEST©≥∏®

—UO²šô« —“CHOICE©¥∏ \¥∑® “— «Fd÷ ŽKv «AUýW ON SCREEN ®±≥\ ≤≥\ ¥≥ ≠ ∏≥\ ±¥\ ≤¥©

œbF²*« qOGA²« —«—“«•4 ¨3¨¢ ¨7 ¨8 ¨REW ¨FF

• nOu²« —«—“«( Ë 9 TUNING©±∑® • Włu lË —“FM MODE©±∏® • —uB« d¹Ëbð —“STROBE©≥π® • ´ Ë ≠ ©…UMI«® —«—“«TV/DBS CH©∂± \∂∞®

ÂU—ô« —«—“«•©±∏® o³*« j³C« «uM —UO²šô•©µπ \≤∏ \≤¥® uB« q¹bF²•©∂≥ ≠ µπ® u¹bOH«Ø uB« U²½U½u³L qOGA²• ©jO;« uB«® ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ON/OFF SURR©≤∑ \±∂® • ©jO;« uB«® lË —“SURR MODE©≤∑ \±∂® • …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“VFP©¥∞® • Êu¹eHK²« …UM ‰œU³ð —“TV RETURN©∂± \∂∞® • w−¹—b²« `*« —“PROGRESSIVE©±¥®

´ Ë ≠ ©Êu¹eHK²« u …u Èu²® —«—“«TV VOL©∂± \∂∞® ´ Ë ≠ uB« …u Èu² —«—“«VOLUME©±∂ \±±®

WLzUI« qOGAð —«—“«• W¹uKF« WLzUI« —“TOP MENU©≥≥® • WLzUI« —“MENU©≥≥® • Ÿułd« —“RETURN©≥≥® • ‰ušb« —“ENTER

• dýR*« —«—“«5/∞/3/2

+

—

+

—

2 31

5 64

8 97



VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

— TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


— SUBWOOFER +


SOUND

PROGRESSIVE

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REARÆL

REARÆR

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:103

¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

VOd²« ¡bÐ

VOd²« q³

WUŽ UNO³Mð•Æ“UN'« qš«œ WO½bF ÂUł« W¹« qšbð ô•ÆWMOÐUJ« Ë« WODžô« Ë« ¨wž«d« ŸeMð Ë« ¨“UN'« pJHð ô•dFð ôÒÆWÐuÞd« Ë« dDLK “UN'« ÷

“UN'« VOdð sU«•—ÒÆWÐuÞd« s wL×Ë j³M ÊUJ w “UN'« V•ÆW¹u¾ Wł—œ ≥µ v« Uł—œ µ 5Ð “UN'« ‰uŠ WÐuÞd« ÊuJð Ê« V−¹•WHOFC« W¹uN²« V³ð Ê« sJ1 Æ…“UN'« ‰uŠ WOU W¹uNð œułË s bQð

Æ“UN−K —d V³ð 5²« w …œU¹“

“UN'« l qUF²«•Æ¡U*UÐ WKK³ p¹b¹ ÊuJð UbMŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ fLKð ô•qB b¹dð UbMŽ ÆpK« Ÿe½ qł« s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ V×ð ô

ô v²Š fÐUI« V×Ý«Ë fÐUI« ULz«œ p« ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝÆpK« —dC²¹

•V³¹ Ê« sJ1 Æwz«uN«Ë qOu²« „öÝ« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ bFÐ«wz«uN« Ë« qOu²« „öÝ« s U³¹d ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝb×² pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ `BM¹ ÆWýUA« vKŽ g¹uAð Ë« ZO− ‰uBŠ

b …bOł …—uBÐ ‡ ‰ËeF pK« «c¼ Êô wz«uN« qOu² —u;«Æg¹uA²«

•¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ UbMŽ Ë« ¨wzUÐdNJ« —UO²UÐ qDŽ ‰uBŠ bMŽWłu «uM q¦ UI³ WÞu³C*« UÞu³C« ` r²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U

AM Ë« FMÆÂU¹« …bŽ w UI³ WÞu³C*« uB« UÞu³Ë

“UN'« l WId*« UI×K*« h×

Æ“UN'« l WId*« ¨WOU²« UI×K*« œułË s bQ²K h×«O³¹ÒÆ“UN'« l WId*« lDI« œbŽ 5ÝuI« 5Ð œułu*« rd« s

•©±® bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË•©≤® U¹—UD³«• Włu* Í—UÞ« wz«u¼AM©±® • Włu wz«u¼FM©±® •©±® Vd u¹bO pKÝ• WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ fÐU T¹UNAC©±®

Æ«—u pKOLFÐ qBð« ¨ UI×K*« Ác¼ s U¹« hI½ WUŠ w

WODuH« V²M j³

ÆU¹Ëd p– ÊU «–« wK¹ U qLŽ« ULz«œ ¨ öOu²« qLŽ q³

WODuH« V²M WDÝ«uÐ p²IDM* W×O×B« WODuH« d²š«VOLTAGE SELECTORpH ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*«

Æwž«dÐb¹dð w²« WIDM*« WODu vKŽ WÞu³C WODuH« WöŽ Ê« s bQ²K h×«

ÆUNÐ “UN'« ‰ULF²Ý«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« VOdð

ÆWId*« U¹—UD³« ôË« qšœ« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³•łË ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽÒ…dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË t

Æ“UN'« vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ wKŽ

±¡UDž Ÿe½« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË WOHKš vKŽÆ U¹—UD³«

≤VDI« ∫WO³DI« oÐUDð s bQð Æ U¹—UD³« qšœ«® Vłu*«´® Vłu*« l ©´® VU« VDI«Ë ©≠≠≠≠≠l ©® VU«≠≠≠≠≠Æ©

≥Æ¡UDG« lË bŽ«

bÐ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË WOUF Ë« Èb iH½« «–«ÒqLF²Ý« Æ U¹—UD³« ‰ Ÿu½ 5²¹—UDÐ ·UłR6P (SUM-3)/AA (15F)Æ

∫tO³Mð∫ U¹—UD³K oIAð Ë« U¹—UD³« s V¹dð ‰uBŠ VM−² p–Ë WOU²« UNO³M²« l³ð«

•Vłu*« VDI« ∫WO³DI« oÐUD²ð YO×Ð bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« lÆ©≠® VU« l ©≠® VU« VDI«Ë ©´® Vłu*« l ©´®

•w WNÐUA²*« U¹—UD³« nK²ð Ê« sJ1 Æ`O×B« U¹—UD³« Ÿu½ qLF²Ý«ÆWODuH«

•bÐÒÆXu« fH½ w iFÐ l U¹—UD³« ULz«œ ‰•dFð ôÒÆVNK« Ë« …—«d×K U¹—UD³« ÷ VOLTAGE

SELECTOR110V

127V

230-240V

220VVOLTAGE

SELECTOR110V

127V

230-240V

220V

WODuH« WöŽ

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:104

µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

VOd²« ¡bÐ

Włu wz«u¼ qOuðFM WłuË AM

Włu* Í—UÞ« wz«u¼AM©“UN'« l od®

Włu ‰U³I²Ý« ÊU «–«AMpKÝ qË« ÜHOF

qOMOH« …œU0 wDG œdHÆ©“UN'« l od dOž®

Włu wz«u¼FM©“UN'« l od®

Włu ‰U³I²Ý« ÊU «–«FMwz«u¼ qË« ÜHOF Włu* wł—UšFMÆ©“UN'« l od dOž®

—UÞô« vKŽ …œułu*« ŸdH²« ◊UI½ qšœ«wz«uN« lOL−² …bŽUI« U×² qš«œ

Włu* Í—UÞô«AMÆ

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS


SPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT110V

127V

230-240V

220V

FM 75

COAXIAL

ANTENNA

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIALAM EXT

B

FM 75

COAXIAL

“UN−K WOHK)« WŠuK«

Włu wz«u¼ qOuðAM

Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« qË«AMqOu²« ·«dÞ« l “UN'« l od*« AM LOOPÆ

± Í—UÞô« wz«uN« pKÝ ÊU «–« ‰“UF« Ÿe½«AMÆqOMOH« …œU0 vDG

≤ ·dD« p³A vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«( )¨ pK« qšœ« p– bFÐË( )Æ

≥Æp³A*« —dŠ

ËœÒÆ‰U³I²Ý« qC« vKŽ ‰uB(« r²¹ v²Š —UÞô« —•qOMOH« …œU0 vDG wł—Uš pKÝ qË« ÜHOF ‰U³I²Ýô« ÊU «–«

qOu²« ·dÞ l ©“UN'« l od dOž®AM EXTwz«uN« „dð« Æ Włu* Í—UÞô«AMÆ“UN'« l ‰uu

Włu wz«u¼ qOuðFM

Włu wz«u¼ qË«FMqOu²« ·dÞ l “UN'« l od*« FM 75 Ω COAXIALÆXR ¡«dłU

Włu wz«u¼ œbFMÆWOI« …—uBÐ “UN'« l od*« • Włu* wł—Uš wz«u¼ qË« ÜHOF ‰U³I²Ýô« ÊU «–«FMdOž®

u l ÂË« ∑µ wz«uN« qOuð q³ Æ©“UN'« l odÒ—u;« b×² q®IEC Ë« DIN 45325 Włu wz«u¼ qB« ¨©FMÆ“UN'« l od*«

∫WEŠö•qOu²« „öÝ«Ë ¨Èdš« ·«dÞ« Í« föð ô wz«uN« öu Ê« s bQð

ÆnOF ‰U³I²Ý« p– V³¹ Ê« sJ1 ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« „öÝ«Ë

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:105

∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ qOuðs¹uJð Ë« ’U³« u e¹eFð pMJ1 ¨WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ qOuð WDÝ«uÐ

iHM œœdð WOUF «—Uý«LFEÆwLd« ZU½d³« W½«uDÝ« qš«œ WK−

Ãd)« f³I l WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ qšœ f³I qË«SUB-WOOFER OUTpKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ ¨WOHK)« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«

”uÐœ fÐUIRCAÆ©“UN'« l od dOž® •ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ l WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«

∫WEŠö•dOž ’U³« u Êô p–Ë Áb¹dð ÊUJ Í« w WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ lË pMJ1

ÆpU« WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ l …œUŽ Æw¼U&« ‡

SUB-WOOFEROUT

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

CENTERSPEAKER


RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT

dH¹u« WŽULÝ©‰U¦® WOŽdH«

WŽUL« lË rOLBð jD

ed*« WŽULÝ

WŽUL«WOHK)«ÈdO«

WŽUL«WOHK)«vMLO«

WŽUL«WOUô«ÈdO«

WŽUL«WOUô«vMLO«

WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ

UŽUL« q l ¨“UN'« «c¼ s sJ2 u qC« vKŽ ‰uB×KŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU*« fH½ vKŽ WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ

ÆlL²LK WNł«u WŽULÝ q WbI ÊuJð YO×ÐOž ¨p– bFÐÒl VÝUM²² UŽUL«Ë WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ UÞu³ d

Æ©≤∞ W×H dE½«® ŸUL²Ýô« ·Ëd

Getting Started

UŽUL« qOuð

Ë«ØË ¨WOHK)« UŽUL« ¨ed*« WŽULÝË ¨WOUô« UŽUL« qOuð bFÐs W×O× …—uBÐ WŽUL« j³ UuKF j³« ¨WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝdE½« ¨qUH²« qł« s ÆWMJL*« jO;« uB« WOUF vKŽ ‰uB(« qł«

Æ≤∞ W×H

∫ UNO³Mð• WŽUL« WF½U2 «– UŽULÝ qLF²Ý«SPEAKER IMPEDANCEWMO³*«

Æ©ÂË« ±∂ ≠ ∏® UŽUL« ·«dÞ« WDÝ«uÐ•uð ôÒÆWŽUL« qOuð ·dÞ l …bŠ«Ë WŽULÝ s d¦« q

WOHK)«Ë ed*« WŽULÝË ¨WOUô« UŽUL« qOuð

l WOHK)« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« ©≠® Ë ©´® ·«dÞô« qË« ¨WŽULÝ qJÆw«u²« vKŽ UŽUL« vKŽ …dýR*« ©≠® Ë ©´® ·«dÞô«

±WŽULÝ pKÝ q W¹UN½ w œułu*« ‰“UF« Ÿe½«Æ©“UN'« l od dOž®

≤ ·dD« p³A vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«( )bFÐË ¨ pK« qšœ« p–( )Æ

≥Æp³A*« —dŠ

≥ ≤ ±

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

CENTERSPEAKER


RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFTSUB-WOOFEROUT

WŽUL« v«ÈdO« WOUô« ed*« WŽULÝ v«

WŽUL« v«vMLO« WOUô«

WŽUL« v«ÈdO« WOHK)«

WŽUL« v«vMLO« WOHK)«

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:106

∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

VOd²« ¡bÐ

u¹bOH«Ø uB« U²½U½u³L qOuð

Æ öOu²« qLŽ q³ “UN'«Ë X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«

„öÝô« qOuð ‰uŠ

A

B

C

©“UN'« l od® Vd u¹bO pKÝ

pKÝS-video©“UN'« l od dOž®

©“UN'« l od dOž® X½U½u³LJ« u¹bO pKÝ

u¹bOH« öOu²

pKÝS-videoÆ“UN'« «c¼ l WId dOž X½U½u³LJ« u¹bO pKÝË ÆpKOLŽ s „öÝô« vKŽ qBŠ« Ë« Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« l WId*« „öÝô« qLF²Ý«

uB« öOu²

Æ uB« „öÝ« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« «c¼ l WOł—U)« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qË«ÆpKOLŽ s „öÝô« vKŽ qBŠ« Ë« Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« l WId*« „öÝô« qLF²Ý«

©“UN'« l od dOž® u pKÝ

©“UN'« l od dOž® ÍdBÐ wL— pKÝ

©“UN'« l od dOž® wL— —u;« b×² pKÝ A

B

C

dH«

dCš«

‚—“«

dLŠ«

iOÐ«

dLŠ«

ÊuK« ÂUE½ j³ ÂUE½ l o«u² “UN'« «c¼PAL ÂUE½Ë NTSCÂUE½ l ÊuK« ÂUE½ WIÐUD* Æ

—UO²š« q¹u% WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« «cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨p½u¹eHKð Êu u¹bOH« ÃdšVIDEO OUT SELECTÆ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*«

“UN'« «cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ j³«w “UN'« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ·UI¹« WUŠÆ

•Êu ÂUE½ Ê« s bQð ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð q³ÆÊu¹eHK²« ÂUEM oÐUD W½«uDÝô«


• Vd*« u¹bOH« pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1A pKÝ Ë«ØË S-video BqOu² n«uDBS u¹bO XOÝU q−Ë VCRÆ“UN'« «c¼ l

• X½U½u³LJ« u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1C pKÝ v« WUôUÐ A pKÝË BÆ“UN'« «c¼ l Êu¹eHK²« qOu²

• pK« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐB Ë« C…—u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1 ¨ ∫VOðd²UÐ ≠ qC«A > B > CÆ

• n«u s …—uB« …b¼UA*DBS u¹bO XOÝU q− Ë« VCRvKŽ pK« Ÿu½ fH½ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'« «c¼ l Êu¹eHK²« qË« ¨p½u¹eHKð

n«u qOu²DBS u¹bO XOÝU q− Ë« VCRÆ•GA s …—uB« …b¼UA*Ò qDVD“UN'« «c¼ l Êu¹eHK²« qË« ¨wKš«b«

„öÝô« ‰ULF²ÝUÐA ¨B Ë«ØË ¨C−Ý p– bFÐË ¨Òu¹bOH« Ãdš lË q r dE½«® W×O× …—uBÐ”u¹bOH« Ãdš lË“Æ©≤≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

•l o«u² Êu¹eHKð qË« ¨w−¹—b²« `*« «– u¹bOH« …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýö pK« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ w−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœCOž p– bF¹Ë ¨Ò`*« lË d

r dE½«® W×O× …—uBÐ”`*« lË dOOGð“Æ©±¥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« Êu ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ jI w−¹—b²« `*« luÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1

ÂUE½ u¼ p½u¹eHKðNTSCÆ©∏ W×H dE½«®

• wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ« j³ - ¨lMB*« s “UN'« s×ý bMŽDIGITAL IN

∫WOU²« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« l ‰ULF²Ýö– ·dÞDIGITAL 1 n«u* ∫©—u;« b×²® DBS– ·dÞDIGITAL 2Êu¹eHK²K ∫©ÍdBÐ®

• qOuð - «–«CDROž ¨Ò wLd« qšb« ·dÞ j³ d(DIGITAL IN)dE½«® r” wLd« qšb« qOuð ·«dÞ«“(DIGITAL IN)W×H vKŽ œułu*«

r dE½«® —bB*« rÝ«Ë ©≤±”—bB*« rÝ« dOOGð“©±≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*« ÆW×O× …—uBÐ

• r dE½«® W×O× …—uBÐ wLd« qšb« lË d²š«”qšb« lË —UO²š«wLd« Ë« dþUM²*«“Æ©±≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

∫ UEŠö•Ož «–«Ò u¹bOH« Ãdš —UO²š« j³ dVIDEO OUT SELECTqOGAð ¡UMŁ«

ÆWO½UŁ …d “UN'« qOGAð r²¹ v²Š j³C« qOFHð r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨“UN'«•“UN'« «cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨œbF² ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ

…œbF²*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ UOJOðUuðË«“MULTI”V«d*« Ÿu½ q¦ …—uB« WLzU qš«œPICTUREdOOGð r²¹ ¨WU(« Ác¼ w Æ©¥π W×H dE½«®

sŽ dEM« iGÐ WKL;« U½«uDÝô« Êu ÂUE½ l VÝUM²O “UN'« «c¼ j³ u¹bOH« Ãdš —UO²š« j³VIDEO OUT SELECTÆ

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:107

∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Getting Started

qHÝô« w …—uc*« Ãd)«Øqšb« ·«dÞô WO×Ou²« UuÝd«uð UbMŽ ÆWOł–u/ WK¦« w¼Ò¨Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q

¡ULÝ« Êô X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOGAð U³O² v« UC¹« lł—«5Ð nK²ð WOHK)« vKŽ WŽu³D*« WOIOI(« qOu²« ·«dÞ«

ÆX½U½u³LJ« …eNł«

q³ “UN'«Ë X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«Æ öOu²« qLŽ

Êu¹eHK²« qOuðu¹bOH« öOuð

uð ôÒ u¹bO XOÝU q− ‰öš s Êu¹eHK²« qVCRs Ë« ·öÐ ÆwKš«œ u¹bO XOÝU q− vKŽ Èu²×¹ Êu¹eHKð ‰öš

Æ…—uBK ÁuAð qB×¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨p–

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

DIGITAL OPTICAL OUT

B

C

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

DIGITAL IN


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT

uB« öOuð

wLd« pKÝ qOuð q³fÐU Ÿe½« ¨ÍdB³«

ÆW¹UL(«

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

YPBPR

A

B

C

DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUTY PB PR

S-VIDEO VIDEO

VIDEO IN

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

COMPONENT VIDEO IN


dCš«

‚—“«

dLŠ«

dCš«

dLŠ«

‚—“«

dLŠ«

iOÐ« iOÐ«

dLŠ«

ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1Æ“UN'« «cN

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:108

π

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

VOd²« ¡bÐ

u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOuðVCR

“UN'«Ë Êu¹eHK²« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«Æ öOu²« qLŽ q³

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

CTV TAPE / CDR DBS VCR

AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

S-VIDEO VIDEO

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

B

OUT

VIDEO

OUT

S-VIDEO

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT

A

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT

B

B

S-VIDEO VIDEO

VIDEO

OUTINOUTIN

S-VIDEO

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

A


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

OUT IN

C

C

n«u qOuðDBS

n«uDBS

dLŠ« dLŠ«

u¹bO XOÝU q−

dLŠ«dLŠ«

iOÐ« iOÐ«

iOÐ«iOÐ«

dLŠ« dLŠ«

iOÐ« iOÐ«

WK¦« w¼ qHÝô« w …—uc*« Ãd)«Øqšb« ·«dÞô WO×Ou²« UuÝd«uð UbMŽ ÆWOł–u/Ò U³O² v« UC¹« lł—« ¨Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q

WŽu³D*« WOIOI(« qOu²« ·«dÞ« ¡ULÝ« Êô X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOGAðÆX½U½u³LJ« …eNł« 5Ð nK²ð WOHK)« vKŽ

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:119

±∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

q−ØXOÝUJ« „œ qOuðCD

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT


AUDIO

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

RIGHT

AUDIO

INOUT

C

C

wLd« qOu²«

wLd« pKÝ qOuð q³ÆW¹UL(« fÐU Ÿe½« ¨ÍdB³«

wzUÐdNJ« —UO²« cšQ W×² l “UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qOuð pMJ1 ¨Êô«ACÆjzU(« w …œułu*«

∫ UNO³Mð•Æ¡U*UÐ WKK³ p¹b¹ ÊuJð UbMŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ fLKð ô•¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ bMŽ ÆpK« ŸeM WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ V×ð ô

ÆpK« —dCð ÂbŽ qł« s p–Ë Ã—UK t³×Ý«Ë fÐUI« p« ULz«œ

∫ UEŠö•V³¹ Ê« sJ1 Æwz«uN« „öÝ«Ë qOu²« „öÝ« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ bFÐ«

ÆWýUA« vKŽ g¹uAð Ë« ZO− WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ• uB« j³Ë UI³ WÞu³C*« «uMI« q¦ UI³ WÞu³C*« UÞu³C«

∫WOU²« ôU(« w ÂU¹« …bŽ ‰öš UN× r²¹ Ê« sJ1 UI³ ◊uC*«–ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ bMŽ–ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« w qDŽ ‰uBŠ bMŽ

XOÝU „œ

q−CD

n«uDBS

q−CD

Getting Started

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

REARSPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

DIGITAL IN


/ CDR DBS VCR

AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT

ININ(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

LEFT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

DIGITAL IN

A

B

DIGITALOUT

DIGITALIN

DIGITALOUT

B

PCM/STREAM

DIGITAL OUT

q−CD

iOÐ«

dLŠ«

iOÐ«

dLŠ«

iOÐ«

dLŠ«

iOÐ«

dLŠ«

AR01_10RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1110

±±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

≥ uB« …u Èu² j³

∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e

ËœÒwOzd« uB« …u Èu² jÐU —MASTER VOLUME»—UIŽ ÁU&UÐ

ÆWŽU«¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)

ËœÒwOzd« uB« …u Èu² jÐU —MASTER VOLUMEÆWŽU« »—UIŽ fJŽ ÁU&UÐ

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s¨ uB« …u Èu² …œU¹e —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«VOLUME +Æ

¨ uB« …u Èu² iH)≠ —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«VOLUME Æ

∫tO³MðÍ« qOGAð q³ sJ1 U q« lË vKŽ uB« …u Èu² l ULz«œ

Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨‰UŽ u² vKŽ UŽuu uB« …u Èu² ÊU «–« Æ—bBÆ UŽULK —d Ë«ØË pFL «—d W¾łUH*«Ë WOUF« uB« WUÞ V³ð

∫ UEŠö• dH Èb*« ‰öš s uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð sJ1“0” v« ©bŠ q«® “50”

Æ©bŠ d¦«®•GA —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽÒ qDVDÈu² ÊUOÐ dNE¹ ¨Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« —bBL

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ uB« …u

”«d« UŽULÐ ŸUL²Ýô« © UŽUL«® f³I l ”«d« UŽULÝ s ÃË“ qË«œułu*«

uB« lË ”«d« UŽULÝ qOuð wGK¹ ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽqOGAð lË jAM¹Ë ¨ UŽUL« qBH¹Ë ¨UOUŠ —U²<« jO;«

”«d« UŽULÝHEADPHONEÆO³ wH²¹Ò WŽUL« sSPK.Æ÷dF« WýUý s

• © UŽUL«® f³I s ”«d« UŽULÝ ÃË“ Ã«dš«qOGAð lË wGK¹ ”«d« UŽULÝHEADPHONEÆ UŽUL« jAM¹Ë

”«d« UŽULÝ lËHEADPHONEdEM« iGÐ WOU²« «—Uýô« Ã«dš« r²¹ ¨”«d« UŽULÝ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ

∫WŽUL« j³ sŽ–WOUô« vMLO«Ë ÈdO« …UMI« «—Uý« Ã«dš« r²¹ ¨…UM ‡ ≤ —œUB*

ÆvMLO«Ë ÈdO« ”«d« UŽULÝ s …dýU³–WOUô« vMLO«Ë ÈdO« …UMI« «—Uý« Ãe r²¹ ¨…UMI« …œbF² —œUB*

s «—Uýô« Ác¼ Ã«dš« r²¹ p– bFÐË WOHK)« …UMI«Ë ed*« …UMËÆ’U³« dBMŽ Ê«bI ÊËbÐ ”«d« UŽULÝ

UŽULÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ …UMI« œbF² u —bB0 ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1Æ”«d«

∫tO³Mð∫ uB« …u Èu² iHš s bQð

•wUF« uB« …u Èu² Êô ¨pÝ«— vKŽ ”«d« UŽULÝ lË Ë« qOuð q³ÆpFL Ë« ”«d« UŽUL —d V³¹ Ê« sJ1

•Æ UŽUL« s wUŽ u …u Èu² Ãd¹ Ê« sJ1 t½ô ¨ U½udJO*« Ÿe½ q³

MASTER VOLUME

+

–VOLUME

WOÝUÝô« qOGA²« UOKLŽ

±WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð

«Gj «e— STANDBY/ON «*ułuœ ŽKv «KuŠW«ôUOW «Ë «e— STANDBY/ON AUDIO «*ułuœ ŽKvËŠb… «²×Jr Žs ÐFbÆ

O³ wH²¹Ò qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sSTANDBYÆ…¡Uô« W³* ¡wCðË Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« —bB*« rÝ« ÊUOÐ dNE¹

•«–« UÊ AGÒq DVD «b«šKw ¼u «*Bb— «(Uw¨ ðENd «ýU—… «Id«¡…“READING” ÐOMLU ¹J²An «'NU“ ½uŸ «ôÝDu«½W «;LKW ®«½Ed H×W π≤©Æ

–¹³b√ «²AGOq «ËðuUðOJOU ŽMb %LOq ÐFi «ÝD?u«½U «HOb¹u VIDEO DVDÆ–ðENd «ýU—… ŽbÂ Ëłuœ «ÝDu«½W “NO DISC” ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷ w ŠUW ŽbÂ

Ëłuœ «ÝDu«½W ×LKWÆ

©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« lË vKŽ® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH —e« jG« STANDBY/ON —e« Ë« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«

STANDBY/ON AUDIO …d bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« ÆWO½UŁ

O³ ¡wC¹Ë …¡Uô« W³* wH²ðÒœ«bF²Ýô« s qOGA²KSTANDBYÆ

∫WEŠö•ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« lË w v²Š WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« s WKOK WOL „öN²Ý« r²¹

WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« sŽ UOK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBHAC

ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« W×² s

≤qOGA²K —bB*« —UO²š«

Æ—bB*« —UO²š« —«—“« bŠ« jG«

DVD:GA —UO²šôÒ qDVDÆwKš«b« *DBS: n«u —UO²šôDBSÆVCR: u¹bO XOÝU q− —UO²šôVCRÆ*TV:ÆÊu¹eHK²« n«u —UO²šô

*TAPE/CDR: q− Ë« XOÝUJ« „œ —UO²šôCDÆ©WOUô« WŠuK« s jI®

TAPE:ôš²OU— œ„ «JUÝOX ®Ij s ËŠb… «²×Jr Žs ÐFb **©Æ*CDR:ôš²OU— −q CD ®Ij s ËŠb… «²×Jr Žs ÐFb **©Æ

FM/AM: Włu YÐ —UO²šôFM Ë« AMÆ

∫ UEŠö*−ÝÒ r dE½«® wLd« qšb« ·dÞ j³ q”wLd« qšb« qOuð ·«dÞ«

“(DIGITAL IN)…—uBÐ wLd« qšb« lË j³Ë ©≤± W×H vKŽ œułu*« r dE½«® W×O× ”wLd« Ë« dþUM²*« qšb« lË —UO²š«“vKŽ œułu*«

wLd«Ë —bB*« rÝ« dNE¹ ·uÝ Æ©±≥ W×H“DIGITAL”÷dF« WýUý vKŽ Æ—bB*« —U²ð UbMŽ

**—«—“ô« Ác¼ qG²Að ô ¨W×O× …—uBÐ —bB*« dOOFð ÂbŽ bMŽ r dE½«®”—bB*« rÝ« dOOGð“Æ©±≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

STANDBY


STANDBY/ON

WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

AR11-14RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1111

±≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

W²R …—uBÐ «uô« r²

uB« r² —“ jG«MUTINGÆ «uô« r²J uB« r² …—Uý« dNEð“MUTING”Èu² r² r²¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

uB« …u Èu² ÊUOÐ wH²¹® uB« …uVOLUMEÆ©•GA —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽÒ qDVDWUŠ w Êu¹eHK²« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ —bBL

…—Uýô« dNEð ¨qOGAð ”≠“VOLUME ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ

uB« …œUF²Ýô uB« r² —“ jG«MUTINGÆWO½UŁ …d

• uB« …u Èu² iHš Ë« …œU¹“ —“ jG≠ Ë« VOLUME + œułu*«wOzd« uB« …u Èu² jÐU d¹Ëbð Ë«® bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ

MASTER VOLUMEbOF²¹ UC¹« ©WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« Æ uB«

ÂuM« XR WDÝ«uÐ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB

ÂuM« —“ jG«SLEEPÆlÐU²²UÐ O³ ¡wC¹Ò ÂuM« sSLEEPÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË d

qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË 5×¹ UbMŽÆUOJOðUuðË« qOGA²« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹

qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË 5×¹ v²Š wI³²*« Xu« dOOGð Ë« h×H ÂuM« —“ jG«SLEEPÆ…bŠ«Ë …d

ÆqOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« Xu ©ozUbUÐ® wI³²*« Xu« dNE¹• ÂuM« —“ jG ¨qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË dOOG²SLEEPÆlÐU²²UÐ

ÂuM« XR ¡UGô ÂuM« —“ jG«SLEEP …—Uýô« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ “SLEEP 0”vKŽ

O³ wH²¹® Æ÷dF« WýUýÒ ÂuM« sSLEEP©Æ•ÆÂuM« XR wGK¹ UC¹« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB

∫WEŠö•dE½«® UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« lË l ÂuM« XR lË ‰ULF²Ý« - «–«

‡ ·UI¹ô dJÐ« XË ÁbMŽ Íc« ¨lu« ÂuI¹ ·uÝ ¨Xu« fHMÐ ©µ≤ W×HÆ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹UÐ ¨qOGA²«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s jIMUTING

SLEEP

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s jI

DIGITAL AUTO

SPK.L R

Basic Operations

÷dF« WýUý …¡U« ŸuDÝ dOOGð

…¡Uô« …bý XUš —“ jG«DIMMER…¡U« XH) Æ÷dF« WýUý

•…¡Uô« W³*Ë ÷dF« WýUý …¡U« XHš r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÆ‰œU³²UÐ

—bB*« rÝ« dOOGð

q− qOuð bMŽCD fÐUI l TAPE/CDRWŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« Ož ¨WOHK)«ÒÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ dNE¹ ·uÝ Íc« —bB*« rÝ« d

s —bB*« rÝ« dOOGð bMŽ ∫‰U¦“TAPE” v« “CDR”

± —e« jG«TAPE/CDR (SOURCE NAME)Æ—bBL —UO²šö

≤—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«SOURCE NAME (TAPE/CDR) …—Uýô« dNEð v²Š

“ASSGN. CDR”Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

j¹dA« v« —bB*« rÝ« dOOG²“TAPE” —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«SOURCE NAME (TAPE/CDR)v²Š

…—Uýô« dNEð“ASSGN. TAPE” …uD)« w ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ≤Æ

∫WEŠö•¨p– lË ÆWuu*« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨—bB*« rÝ« dOOGð ÊËbÐ

∫oz«uF« iFÐ błu¹ Ê« sJ1–—e« jGCð UbMŽ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ lu²*« dOž —bB*« rÝ« dNE¹ ·uÝ

TAPE/CDR (SOURCE NAME)ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« – —e« qG²A¹ ôCDR —e« Ë« TAPEbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*«

Æ—bB*« —UO²šô– q−* ©±∞ W×H dE½«® wLd« qšb« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ôCDÆ

DIMMER


WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI

TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

ANALOG

VOLUME

ASSGN. TAPE ASSGN. CDR

L R

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMESPK. SLEEP

10 20 30 60

120 901500

L R

O³Ò ÂuM« sSLEEP

©·UI¹«®

AR11-14RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1112

±≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

WOÝUÝô« qOGA²« UOKLŽ

U¹Ëb¹ wLd« qšb« lË dOOGð

uB« Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ Z«dÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WOU²« ÷«dŽô« dNþ «–« wLd« jO;«DTS∫wLd« qšb« lË dOOGð pMJ1 ¨

•ÆqOGA²« W¹«bÐ w uB« Ãd¹ ô•Æ «—U*« Ë« ‰uBH« wDð Ë« Y×Ð ¡UMŁ« ZO− Ãd¹

—e« jG«CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2…—Uýô« —UO²šô ©“DGTL D.D.” …—Uýô« Ë« “DGTL DTS”¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ«

…—Uýô«“DGTL AUTO”Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ •OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL wLd« qšb« lË d

DGTL AUTO:Ælu« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽO³*« ¡wC¹Ò sDIGITAL AUTOÆ

¨WœUI« …—Uýô« U—u UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« nA²J¹O³ ¡wC¹ p– bFÐËÒ…—Uýö uB« …—Uý« s

ÆWHA²J*«DGTL D.D.:ÂUEMÐ …dHA*« Z«d³« qOGA² lu« «c¼ d²š«

ÆwLd« w³ËœO³*« ¡wC¹Ò s*DIGITALÆ

DGTL DTS:ÂUEMÐ …dHA*« Z«d³« qOGA² lu« «c¼ d²š« wLd« jO;« uB«DTSÆ

O³*« ¡wC¹Òs* Æ

*ÊËbÐ …—Uý« qOGAð Ë« …—Uý« qOGAð ÂbŽ WUŠ w UMO³*« Ác¼ iuðÆ`O× U—u

GA —UO²š« bMŽÒ qDVD—bBL lË dOOGð UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ —e« jG WDÝ«uÐ wLd« qšb«ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« lÐU²²UÐ

∫ UEŠö• lu« Ê« WUŠ w“DGTL AUTO”ô ¨WUI« «—Uýô« vKŽ ·dF²« lOD²¹ ô

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ uB« …—Uý« UMO³ ¡wCð•ŽMb «¹IU· ðAGOq «'NU“ «Ë «š²OU— Bb— «šd¨ ¹²r «GU¡ «ul “DGTL DTS”

Ë«ul “DGTL D.D.”Æ¹²r «ŽUœ… ³j Ël «bšq «dLw «ËðuUðOJOU ŽKv Ël “DGTL AUTO”Æ

WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽCONTROL

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

DGTL AUTO DGTL D.D.

DGTL DTS

L R

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

wLd« Ë« dþUM²*« qšb« lË —UO²š«

wI¹dÞ s ö ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wL— —bB X½U½u³L …eNł« qOuð r²¹ UbMŽpMJ1 ¨©±∞ v« ∑ U×HB« dE½«® wLd« qOu²«Ë dþUM²*« qOu²«

Æqšb« lË —UO²š«•−Ý ¨wLd« qšb« lË —UO²š« q³Ò…—uBÐ wLd« qšb« ·dÞ j³ q

r dE½«® W×O×” wLd« qšb« qOuð ·«dÞ«“(DIGITAL IN)Æ©≤± W×H vKŽ œułu*«

±® —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“« bŠ« jG«DBS ¨TVË« ¨CDRÆt qšb« lË dOOGð b¹dð Íc« ©


∫WEŠö•GA —UO²š« bMŽ qšb« lË dOOGð pMJ1 ôÒ qDVDULz«œ r²¹ Æ—bBL

GA* wLd« qšb« —UO²š«Ò qDVDÆwKš«b«

≤ —e?« jG«INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL (INPUT ATT.)—e« Ë« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«

ANALOG/DIGITAL INPUT…bŠË vKŽ œułu*« ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²«

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wU(« qšb« lË dNE¹•qšb« 5Ð qšb« lË ‰œU³ð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w

® dþUM²*«* “ANALOG”® wLd« qšb« ©“DGTL AUTO”Æ©

* dþUM²*« qšb«“ANALOG”GA* ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ wËô« j³C« u¼ ÒqDVDÆwKš«b«

DGTL AUTO:ÆwLd« qšb« lu lu« «c¼ d²š«O³*« ¡wC¹Ò sDIGITAL AUTOÆ

¨WœUI« …—Uýô« U—u UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« nA²J¹O³ ¡wC¹ p– bFÐËÒ…—Uýö uB« …—Uý« s

≠ WHA²J*«DIGITAL Ë« ·öÐË ª ô ¨p–Æ uB« …—Uý« UMO³ ¡wCð

ANALOG:ÆdþUM²*« qšb« lu lu« «c¼ d²š«O³*« ¡wC¹Ò sANALOGÆ

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM


bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ

INPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL

ANALOG/DIGITAL

INPUT

ANALOG DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMESPK.

DGTL AUTO ANALOG

L R

O³Ò sANALOG/DIGITAL AUTO

AR11-14RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1113

±¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

∫ UEŠö•WKU …—uBÐ o«u²ð ô WO−¹—b²« wUF« ‡ qOK×²« U½u¹eHKðË U½u¹eHK²« iFÐ

W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ Æ“UN'« «c¼ lDVD VIDEOvKŽ w−¹—b²« `*« luÐ Ož ¨WU(« Ác¼ q¦ w ÆWOFO³Þ dOž …—u Z²M¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨ U½u¹eHK²« Ác¼ÒlË d

pÐUA²*« `*« lË v« `*«“INTERLACE”l o«u²« WOKÐU h×H Æ «– wUF« ‡ qOK×²« U½u¹eHKðË U½u¹eHK²« lOLł ÆpKOLFÐ qBð« ¨p½u¹eHKð

WŽUM s w−¹—b²« `*«JVCÆ“UN'« «c¼ l WI«u² • w−¹—b²« `*« lË —UO²š« bMŽ“PROGRESSIVE”Ãdð ô ¨` lu

Ë X½U½u³L u¹bOH« fÐUI ‰öš s W×O× …—uBÐ …—uB«S-videoÆ*O³¹Ò lu« s480p Ë 480iÆ…—uB« …—Uýô `*« U—u l `*« ◊uDš œbŽ

–480pO³¹ ÒÆw−¹—bð ` U—u l jš ¥∏∞ u¼ `*« ◊uDš œbŽ Ê« s–480iO³¹ ÒÆpÐUA² ` U—u l jš ¥∏∞ u¼ `*« ◊uDš œbŽ Ê« s

qO−²« lË jOAMð

J1 ¨…UMI« …œbF² —œUB qOGAð bMŽÒqO−ð s qO−²« lË pM…UM «—Uý« Ãe WDÝ«uÐ jO;« uB« dUMŽ Ê«bI ÊËbÐ «uô«

ÆWOUô« …UMI« «—Uý« qš«œ WOHK)« …UMI«Ë ed*«•Ãe r²¹ ¨qO−²« lË jOAMð l …UMI« œbF² ZU½dÐ qOGAð bMŽ

ÆWOUô« UŽUL« s jI ÃdðË «uô«

—e« vKŽ jGC« l¹UðË jG«REC MODE(SURROUND MODE)…—Uýô« dNEð v²Š

“RECMODE ON”Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ •qO−²« lË qG²A¹ ¨—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐU²ðË jGC²ð …d q w

®“RECMODE ON”g²« sŽ nu²¹ Ë« ©® qOž*“RECMODE OFF”©Æ‰œU³²UÐ

* lu«“RECMODE OFF”ÆwËô« j³C« u¼

RECMODE OFF∫Æ uB« Ãe ¡UG« r²¹ Ælu« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽRECMODE ON∫ÆWłËeL*« «uô« qO−² lu« «c¼ d²š«

u¹bO XOÝU q−0 qO−²« bMŽVCR∫ uB« …u Èu² ÊUOÐ ÊËbÐ u¹bO j¹dý vKŽ …—uB« qO−ð pMJ1

ÆqOGAð WUŠ w qO−²« lË ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ•ŽMbU ô ðd¹b ð−Oq «ýU—« œOq «Fd÷ ŽKv ‡ «AUýW¨ «½Ed H×W ≤µÆ•UbMŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dýË —UO²šô« WLzU qO−ð ULz«œ r²¹

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ dNEð

∫tO³MðlË WDÝ«uÐ Ãd)« u ÁuA²¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨…dOG WOUô« UŽUL« ÊuJð UbMŽ

Æ uB« ÁuAð wH²¹ v²Š uB« …u Èu² iHš« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆqO−²«

∫ UEŠö•qO−²« lË ¡UG« r²¹ ¨dš« —bB —UO²š« Ë« “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« bMŽ

®“RECMODE OFF”Æ©•jO;« uB« ŸUË«Ë ©≤¥ Ë ≤≥ U×HB« dE½«® uB« UÞu³ dŁRð ô

ÆqO−²« vKŽ ©≤∏ v« ≤µ U×HB« dE½«®•® qO−²« lË qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WOU²« —«—“ô« qG²Að ô“RECMODE ON”∫©

– j³C« —“SETTING q¹bF²«Ë ADJUSTÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« – jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“SURROUND ON/OFF uB« lË —“Ë

jO;«SURROUND MODEÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« –ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« uB« q¹bF² ÂU—ô« —«—“«

Basic Operations

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE


qšb« …—Uý« nOHð

ŽMbU ¹JuÊ ²uÈ œšq «*Bb— «*²MUþd ŽUw łb«¨ Ýu· ðJuÊ «ôu« AuÒÁÆ «–« ŠBq –p¨ %²UÃ ²HOn «ýU—… «bšq Ë–p *Ml ðAuÒÁ «ôu« Æ• qJ j³C« «c¼ qLŽ V−¹dþUM² —bBÆ

—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«INPUT ATT. (INPUT ANALOG/DIGITAL)v²Š

O³*« ¡wC¹Ò sINPUT ATTÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ •5Ð qšb« nH ‰u×²¹ ¨—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐU²ðË jGCð …d q w

® qOGAð“ATT ON”® ·UI¹« Ë« ©*“ATT NORMAL”Æ©

* lu«“ATT NORMAL”ÆwËô« j³C« u¼

ATT NORMAL∫ ŽUœ… «š²d ¼c« «ulÆ ô ¹²r ðHOn «Bu «*²MUþd?ÆATT ON∫ «š²d ¼c« «ul ŽMbU ¹JuÊ «Bu «*²MUþd AuÁÆ

INPUT ATT.

INPUTANALOG/DIGITAL WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI

ANALOG INPUT ATT

VOLUME

ATT NORMAL ATT ON

L R

O³Ò sINPUT ATT

`*« lË dOOGð

w−¹—b²« `*« ÂUE½ “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹(480p*)pÐUA²*« `*« ÂUE½ pcË ÍœUO²Žô«(480i*)Æ

u¹bOH« qšœ rŽbðË u¹bO X½U½u³L fÐUI vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« Èu²Š« «–«GA s WOUŽ …œuł …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 t½U ¨w−¹—b²«Ò qDVDÆ

•ÆÊu¹eHK²« l WId*« qOGA²« ULOKFð U³O² v« UC¹« lł—«• ÂUE½ —UO²š« bMŽ `*« lË dOOGð pMJ1 ô“PAL”Êu ÂUEM

Æ∏ Ë ∑ U×HB« dE½« Æ“UN'« «cN•rK —bB® WOKô« …—uB« Ÿu½ VOŠ w−¹b²« `*« lË —UO²š« pMJ1

Æ¥π W×H dE½« Æ©u¹bO Ë«•OGð ôÒ w−¹—b²« `*« lË v« `*« lË d“PROGRESSIVE”w

∫WOU²« ôU(«–Æw−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ p½u¹eHKð rŽb¹ ô UbMŽ–Æu¹bOH« pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'« l p½u¹eHKð qOuð ÂbŽ bMŽ

w−¹—b²« —“ vKŽ jGC« l¹UðË jG«PROGRESSIVEÊuJ¹ UbMŽ Ê«uŁ ≥ s d¦« …b*

GAÒ qDVDÆ—bBL «—U² ÆWDOÐ …b* Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ wU(« `*« lË dNE¹

•w q d… ð²CGj Ëð²UÐl «CGj ŽKv «e—¨ ¹²GOÒd «ul Ð5 Ël «*`«*²AUÐp *“INTERLACE” Ë«*` «²b—¹−w “PROGRESSIVE”ÐU²³Uœ‰Æ

* pÐUA²*« `*« lË“INTERLACE”ÆwËô« j³C« u¼

INTERLACE∫«š²d ¼c« «ul K²KHe¹uÊ «ôŽ²OUœÍÆ

PROGRESSIVE∫«š²d ¼c« «ul K²KHe¹uÊ «cÍ ¹×²uÍ ŽKv IUÐfL³u½U½X ðbŽr œšq «HOb¹u «²b—¹−wÆ ¹Cw¡ ³OÒs«* «²b—¹−w PROGRESSIVEÆ

PROGRESSIVE

VFPTV RETURN


AR11-14RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1114

±µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


TAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TV

VCR

DBS

DVD

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

INPUT ATT.

INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITAL

D I G I T A L

SURROUND

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

Ò×

Ò× dOž

GA öOGAðÒ U½«uDÝ« qDVDWOÝUÝô«

GA öOGAð ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł« sÒ U½«uDÝ« qDVDÆ¥≤ v« ≤π U×HB« dE½« ¨

• UHK qOGAð UC¹« pMJ1MP3 Ë JPEG¥≥ U×HB« dE½« ÆÆ¥∂ v«

•Æ∑ W×H dE½« ¨“UN'« «cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOG²

• —e« jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽDVDlË v« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË dOOG²

GA qOGAðÒ U½«uDÝ« qDVDÆ

± W½«uDÝô« WOMO `²

Gý ¨“UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð q³Òu¹bOH« qšœ d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qO² dE½«® ÆÒ×B«Ò©ÆÊu¹eHK²« l od*« qOGA²« ULOKFð V

• Wdý WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽJVCÊu¹eHK²« qOGAð pMJ1 ¨ —e« jG WDÝ«uÐ STANDBY/ON TV …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«

ØÊu¹eHK²« —UO²š« —“ jG WDÝ«uÐ u¹bOH« qšœ —UO²š«Ë bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« u¹bOH«TV/VIDEO Wdý WŽUM s fO p½u¹eHKð ÊU «–«® ÆJVC¨

r dE½«”Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s …eNłô« qOGAð“vKŽ œułu*« O²J« «c¼ s ∂± W×HÒ©ÆV

•²GOOd —ÝUzq «Fd÷ ŽKv «AUýW OSD ≠ Žd÷ «*FKuU «*ułuœ…ŽKv ýUýW «²KHe¹uÊ ≠ «v «KGW «*DKuÐW «½Ed «BH×U ∑¥ Ë π¥Æ

—e« jG«.0ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO `²HðË “UN'« qG²A¹

O³ wH²¹Ò qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sSTANDBYÆ…¡Uô« W³* ¡wCðË • —e« jG ÊU ¨WKšb W½«uDÝ« œułË WUŠ w3GA¹ Ò√b³¹Ë “UN'« q

ÆWKL;« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð

≤ W½«uDÝô« qOL%

ÊuJ¹ Ê« …UŽ«d l W×O× …—uBÐ W½«uDÝô« lÆvKŽö UN−² oBK*« V½Uł


≥ qOGA²« ¡bÐ

—e« jG«.3ÆWKL;« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð √b³¹ W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð

• —e« WDÝ«uÐ W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öž« UC¹« sJ10WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« ÆWOUô«

TUNING


lOłdð Ë« .bIðË ¨XR*« ·UI¹ô« pMJ1 ¨WOU²« —«—“ô« jG WDÝ«uÐÆ—U*« Ë« ¨qBH« ¨Ê«uMF« W¹«bÐ œU−¹«Ë ¨qOGA²«

W²R …—uBÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô —e« jG«8Æ

• —e« jG bMŽ3ÆWO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨

Ê«uŁ ±∞ —«bI0 nKK qOGA²« ÊUJ lOłd² u¹bO W½«uDÝô jI®DVD VIDEO©

—e« jG«3 u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« DVD VIDEOÆ¨wU(« ÊUJ*« q³ U³¹dIð Ê«uŁ ±∞ —«bI0 nKK qOGA²« ÊUJ “UN'« qIM¹

ÆqOGA²« n½Q²¹ p– bFÐË

WŽdÐ qOGA²« lOłdð Ë« .bI² —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«¢ —e« Ë« 4Æ

—e« vKŽ jGC« WFÐU²Ë jGC« ¡UMŁ«¢ —e« Ë«® 4“UN'« ÂbI¹ ¨©łd¹ Ë«®Ò u¹bO W½«uDÝô ∫lDVD VIDEO u W½«uDÝ«Ë CDqOGA²« ©

—e« vKŽ jGC« WFÐU²Ë jGC« bMŽ ÆW¹œUF« WŽd« ·UF« µ WŽdÐ¢ —e« Ë«® 4OG²ð ¨d¦« …b* ©ÒnF ≤∞ W¹UG qOGA²« WŽdÝ d

ÆW¹œUF« WŽd«•ÆÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« r²¹ —e« d¹d% bMŽ

—U*« Ë« qBH« W¹«bÐ œU−¹ô —e« jG«¢ —e« Ë« 4Æ —e« jG«¢ —e« Ë«® 4Ë« wU(«® —U*« Ë« qBH« W¹«bÐ œU−¹ô ©

ÆwU²« ©oÐU«

ÂU—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ —U*« Ë« qBH« œU−¹ô® ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«1-10 ¨+10Æ»uKD*« —U*« Ë« qBH« r— —UO²šô ©

∫‰U¦ —e« jG« ¨≥ rd« —UO²šô3Æ jG« ¨±± rd« —UO²šô+10 p– bFÐË ¨1Æ jG« ¨≤∞ rd« —UO²šô+10 p– bFÐË ¨10Æ

REW/( TUNING 9/FF

FM MODE STROBE

– TV/DBS CH +

Šu‰ «³OUÊ «*ułuœ ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷ «ŁMU¡ ðAGOq «ôÝDu«½W

«ŁMU¡ ðAGOq «ôÝDu«½W¨ ðENd FKuU «²AGOq ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷ LU ¹Kw∫∫‰U¦ u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽDVD VIDEO

u W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ ∫‰U¦CD

wCIM*« qOGA²« XË—U*« r—

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR


2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITALAUTO SURROUND

SPK.

LFE

LS RS

L C R

SUBWFR

wCIM*« qOGA²« XËqBH« r—



AR15-18RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1215

±∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


∑ qOGA²« ·UI¹«

—e« jG«7ÆÆqOGA²« nu²¹

O³ ¡wC¹Ë qOGA²« U¼bMŽ nuð w²« WDIM« “UN'« kH×¹Ò·UM¾²Ýô« sRESUME u W½«uDÝ« qOL% bMŽ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ® ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ CDÆ©

O³ ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ«Ò ·UM¾²Ýô« sRESUME¡bÐ pMJ1 ¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ U¾OC —e« jG WDÝ«uÐ WþuH;« WDIM« s qOGA²«3ÆqOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« ≠

qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« ‰uŠ¹²DOl ¼c« «'NU“ ŠHk ½IDW «Ý²¾MU· «²AGOq ŽMb ŽLq «ôłd«¡« «²UOW∫•Gj «e— 7 «ŁMU¡ «²AGOq ≠ ŽMb Gj «e— 3 ¹³b√ «Ý²¾MU· «²AGOq•ðGOOd «*Bb— ≠ ŽMb Gj «e— DVD «Ë «e— 3 ¹³b√ «Ý²¾MU· «²AGOq•©ÂuM« XR UMLC²® “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹«

—e« jG bMŽ ≠3qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« √b³¹ O³ wH²¹ ¨qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« bFÐÒ ·UM¾²Ýô« sRESUME“UN'« wGK¹®

Æ©WþuH;« WDIM«∫WOU²« «¡«dłô« qLŽ bMŽ WþuH;« WDIM« “UN'« wGK¹ UC¹«

•·UM¾²Ýô« qOGAð ¡bÐ•Gj «e— 7 ®«ŁMU¡ «U¡… ³OÒs «ôÝ²¾MU· RESUME ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷©• —e« jG WDÝ«uÐ —U*« —UO²š«¢ —e« Ë« 4u¹bO W½«uDÝô

CD dÐuÝ u¹bO W½«uDÝ«Ë VCDqOGA²« nuð ¡UMŁ« •wz«uAF« qOGA²« Ë« ZU½d³« qOGAð —UO²š«• W¹uKF« WLzUI« —“ jGTOP MENU•WKL;« W½«uDÝô« Ã«dš«• —e« jG WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qOGAð STANDBY/ONœułu*«

—e« Ë« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ STANDBY/ON AUDIO œułu*« ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ

r dE½«® qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË ¡UG« pMJ1” UÞu³C« WLzU Èdšô«OTHERS “Æ©µ≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

“UN'« qš«œ …œułu*« W½«uDÝô« Ã«dšô —e« jG«0Æ

ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO `²Hð

W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô —e« jG«0ÆWO½UŁ …d

∏ Bq «DUW «JNdÐUzOW ®ŽKv Ël «ôÝ²Fb«œ K²AGOq©

—e« jG« STANDBY/ONWŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« —e« Ë« WOUô« STANDBY/ON AUDIOœułu*«

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽO³ ¡wC¹Ë “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« r²¹Ò qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« sSTANDBY

ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ•WOMO oKGð ¨WŠu²H W½«uDÝô« WOMO ÊuJð UbMŽ —e« XDG «–«

Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« r²¹ p– bFÐË ¨UOJOðUuðË« W½«uDÝô«•œ«bF²Ýô« lË w v²Š WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« s WKOK WOL „öN²Ý« r²¹

qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« sŽ UOK WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBH ÆqOGA²K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«ACÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« W×² s

FM MODE

¥ uB« …u Èu² j³

r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s”WOÝUÝô« qOGA²« UOKLŽ“vKŽ œułu*« Æ±± W?×?H

µ wF«u« uB« ‰U− jOAMð

ÆwF«u« uB« ôU− qLF jO;« uB« lË jOAMð pMJ1•œbF² —bB qOGAð bMŽ UOJOðUuðË« jO;« uB« lË jOAMð pMJ1

wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ZU½dÐ® wL— …UMI«DTS≠ ©w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ZU½dÐ® …UM ‡ ≤ fdðU —bB Ë« ©

Æ©≤≤ W×H dE½«® wzUIK²« jO;« uB«

«¡«dłô« qLŽ« ¨U¹Ëb¹ jO;« uB« lË jOAMð ÂbŽ Ë« jOAMð bMŽ∫WOU²«

∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ

jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ jG«SURROUND ON/OFFÆ

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s

©± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆ

©≤jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ jG«SURR ON/OFFÆ

• —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wSURROUND ON/OFFWŠuK« vKŽ œułu*« —e« Ë« WOUô«SURR ON/OFFr²¹ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«

Æ‰œU³²UÐ jO;« uB« lË ·UI¹«Ë jOAMð

∂ jO;« uB« lË —UO²š«

O³*« ¡wC¹ UbMŽÒ sPRO LOGIC II O³ Ë« Ò sDSP—UO²š« pMJ1 ¨Æ©≤∑ W×H dE½«® WHK²<« jO;« uB« ŸUË«

—e« jG«SURROUND MODE (REC MODE) —e« Ë« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«SURR MODE

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«•Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ZU½dÐ q¦ wL— …UMI« œbF² —bB0 ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ

wLd« jO;« uB«DTSbMŽ ÆjO;« uB« lË dOOGð pMJ1 ô ¨ wLd« jO;« uB« Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ —bB0 ŸU²L²Ýô«DTS…UM ‡ ≤

—UO²š« pMJ1 ¨w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ZU½dÐ q¦ …UM ‡ ≤ fdðU UMLC² ŸUËô« 5Ð s jO;« uB« lËPRO LOGIC II MOVIEË

PRO LOGIC II MUSICÆ©≤∑ W×H dE½«®


MASTER VOLUME

+

–VOLUME

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

SOUND

7SURR ON/OFF

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

10/0SURR MODE



STANDBY


STANDBY/ON


AR15-18RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1216

±∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

CONTROL

STANDBY/ON

STANDBY/ONCONTROL

n«u*« öOGAð

Włu n«u UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU j³AM

UD× 5Ð qUH« ÊuJ¹ —UDô« iFÐ wAMwË ¨eðd¼ uKO π —«bI0 Æeðd¼ uKO ±∞ —«bI0 qUH« ÊuJ¹ Èdšô« —UDô« iFÐ

•ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ eðd¼ uKO π qUH« WU∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI

±Æ“UN'« qOGAð nË«•ðQb s ðuOq «'NU“ ÐH²×W «DUW «JNdÐUzOW «*ułuœ… ŽKv «'b«—Æ

≤OžÒÆnOu²« qU dC³j Uq ðuOn u«n ułW AM ŽKv Uq π OKu ¼dðe∫

—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«“CONTROL 2—e« jG«Ë STANDBY/ON Æ

…—Uýô« dNEð“9k STEP”ÆWDOÐ …b*« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

C³j Uq ðuOn u«n ułW AM ŽKv Uq ±∞ OKu ¼dðe∫ —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«“CONTROL 3—e« jG«Ë

STANDBY/ON Æ …—Uýô« dNEð“10k STEP”ÆWDOÐ …b*« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

ÆÁdOOGð - Íc« nOu²« qU vKŽ “UN'« qOGAð r²¹

U¹Ëb¹ UD;« vKŽ nOu²«


± Włu —“ jG«FM/AM ÆWłu*« —UO²šô*« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ÔÆ…—U²

j³C« —«—“« qG²Að Êô«CONTROLÆn«u*« öOGA² • Włu 5Ð ‰œU³²« r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wFM Ë AMÆ

≤ —e« jG« CONTROL ∞ —e« Ë«®5©nOu²« …—Uý« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

>” TUNING “<Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

≥ nOu²« …—Uý« ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ«>” TUNING “<Ë« lÐU²²UÐ jG« ¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUð CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«®2Íc« œœd²« œU−¹« r²¹ v²Š ©

ÆÁb¹dð

• —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGCONTROL 3Æœœd²« b¹e¹ • —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGCONTROL 2Æœœd²« qKI¹

FM/AM

E

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK. AUTO MUTINGL R

CONTROL

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s± Włu —“ jG«FM/AMÆ≤nOu²« —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUð Ë« lÐU²²UÐ jG«

( Ë« TUNING 9ÆÁb¹dð Íc« œœd²« œU−¹« r²¹ v²Š • —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGTUNING 9Æœœd²« b¹e¹ • —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGTUNING (Æœœd²« qKI¹

∫ UEŠö• —e« —d%Ë jGC« lÐU²ð UbMŽCONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® TUNING 9œułu*«

—e« Ë« ©bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽCONTROL 2 —e« Ë«® TUNING (

vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ v²Š dOOG²« œœd²« lÐU²¹ ¨©bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«ÆWMOF WD×

•O³ ¡wC¹ ¨WOU …—uBÐ W¹u …—Uý« «– WD× vKŽ nOu²« bMŽÒnOu²« sTUNEDÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

• ZU½dÐ ‰U³I²Ý« bMŽFMO³ UC¹« ¡wC¹ ¨u¹dO²Ý Ò u¹dO²« sSTEREOÆ

o³*« j³C« nOuð ‰ULF²Ý«

…—uBÐ WD;« Ác¼ vKŽ nOu²« sJ1 ¨…UM r— vKŽ WD× 5OFð WUŠ w WD× ≥∞ W¹UG o³ j³ qLŽ pMJ1 ÆWF¹dÝFM WD× ±µ Ë AMÆ

7o³*« j³C« UD× Êe)cð ¨¡b³« q³Òìd

ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹ …uD)« s √bÐ« ¨j³C« s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–«≤ÆWO½UŁ …d

∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI

±WI³ …—uBÐ UND³ b¹dð w²« WD;« vKŽ n«Ë r dE½«®”U¹Ëb¹ UD;« vKŽ nOu²«“Æ©

• Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË Êeð Ê« œ—« «–«FMd²š« ¨WD;« ÁcN Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lËFM r dE½« ÆÁb¹dð Íc« ”lË —UO²š«

Włu ‰U³I²Ý«“FMÆ±∏ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

≤ …d«c« —“ jG«MEMORYÆ…b* ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ iuUÐ …UMI« r— lË √b³¹

ÆÊ«uŁ µ w«uŠ

≥ —e« jG«CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2©r— lË iË ¡UMŁ« …UMI« r— —UO²šô

Æ…UMI«

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


MEMORY

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


CONTROL

Włu —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦FM


ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz

AUTO MUTINGL R

AR15-18RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1217

±∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Tuner Operations

¥ …d«c« —“ jG«MEMORYWO½UŁ …d WýUý vKŽ —U²<« …UMI« r— iË ¡UMŁ«

Æ÷dF«Æ—U²<« …UMI« r— vKŽ WD;« 5OFð r²¹

•œœd²« √b³¹ p– bFÐË iu« sŽ —U²<« …UMI« r— nu²¹ÆiuUÐ

µ —e« jG«CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2—UO²šô ©WýUý vKŽ œœd²« iË ¡UMŁ« t½eš b¹dð dš« œœdð

Æ÷dF«

∂ s «uD)« bŽ«≤ v« µ UD;« q Êeš r²¹ v²Š ÆU¼b¹dð w²«

W½Ëe o³ j³ WD× `*ÆoÐU« w W½Ëe<« WD;« `1 qLF² …UM r— vKŽ …b¹bł WD× Êeš

MEMORY

7UI³ WÞu³C WD× vKŽ nOu²K∫WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ

± Włu —“ jG«FM/AMÆWłu*« —UO²šô *« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ÔÆ…—U²

j³C« —«—“« qG²Að Êô«CONTROLÆn«u*« öOGA²

≤ —e« jG«CONTROL ∞ —e« Ë«® 5©o³*« j³C« …—Uý« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

>” PRESET “< Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

≥«ŁMU¡ ÐIU¡ «ýU—… «C³j «*³o>” PRESET “< ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷¨

«Gj CONTROL ∞ ®«Ë «e— 5©ôš²OU— —r MU… «C³j «*³o «cÍ ðd¹bÁÆ

• —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGCONTROL 3ÂU—« b¹e¹ Æo³*« j³C« «uM

• —e« vKŽ ©jGC« WFÐU² Ë«® jGCONTROL 2ÂU—« qKI¹ Æo³*« j³C« «uM∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s

± Włu —“ jG«FM/AMÆ*« WłuLK UNU³I²Ý« - WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ÔÆ…—U²

Æn«u*« öOGA² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að Êô«≤Æo³ j³ …UM r— —UO²šô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«

• —e« jG« ¨µ …UMI« rd5Æ• jG« ¨±µ …UMI« rd+10 p– bFÐË ¨5Æ• jG« ¨≥∞ …UMI« rd+10 ¨+10 p– bFÐË ¨10Æ

FM/AM

E

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK. TUNED STEREO AUTO MUTINGL R

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË —UO²š«FM

Włu YÐ ‰U³I²Ý« w w WÐuF „UM¼ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽFMpMJ1 ¨u¹dO²« Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË dOOGðFM Włu YÐ ‰U³I²Ý« ¡UMŁ« FMÆ

• Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË Êeš pMJ1FMÆo³ j³ WD× qJ cð ¨¡b³« q³Òìd

ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹ …uD)« s √bÐ« ¨j³C« s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–«±ÆWO½UŁ …d


± WD× v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ«FMjG« ¨ —e«CONTROL ∞ —e« Ë«® 5©

…—Uýô« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ>” FM MODE “< Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

≤ …—Uýô« ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ«>” FM MODE “<—e« jG« ¨÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2—UO²šô © ÍœUŠô« uB« lË“MONO”Æ

•lË ‰œU³ð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w Włu ‰U³I²Ý«FM wzUIKð r²J« lË 5Ð *“AUTO MUTING”

ÍœUŠô« lu« Ë“MONO”Æ

*“AUTO MUTING”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ Ò¨j³C« d ÍœUŠô« uB« …—Uý« dNEð ·uÝ“MONO”Æ

AUTO MUTING∫Ælu« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ·uÝ ¨u¹dO²Ý uBÐ ZU½d³« YÐ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ

uB« lË wË ªu¹dO²Ý «u« lLð«c¼ ÆW¹œUŠ« «u« lLð ·uÝ ¨ÍœUŠô«

wJOðU²« g¹uA²« nOH² UC¹« bOH lu«wzUIK²« r²J« 5³ ¡wC¹ Æ UD;« 5Ð

AUTO MUTINGÆ÷dF« …cU½ vKŽ MONO∫·uÝ sJ® ‰U³I²Ýô« 5×² lu« «c¼ d²š«

Æ©u¹dO²« WOUF bIHðnOu²«¡UMŁ« g¹uAð lLð ·uÝ ¨lu« «c¼ w

wzUIK²« r²J« 5³ wH²¹ Æ UD;« vKŽAUTO MUTINGÆ÷dF« WýUý s

O³ UC¹« wH²¹®Ò u¹dO²« sSTEREO©Æ

CONTROL

CONTROL

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


u¹dO²« u WOUF …œUF²Ýô«Žb «)Du… ± ËÐFb –p «š²d ²r «Bu “AUTO MUTING” w «)Du… ≤≤≤≤≤Æ

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s± Włu —“ jG«FM/AM WD× —UO²šô FMÆ

Æn«u*« öOGA² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að Êô«≤ —e« jG«FM MODEÆ

•w q d… ðCGj ÐNU «e—¨ ¹²r ð³Uœ‰ Ël «Ý²I³U‰ ułW FM Ð5Ël «J²r ðKIUzw “AUTO MUTING” Ë «ul «ôŠUœÍ “MONO”Æ

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz


AUTO MUTING MONO

ANALOG

VOLUMESPK.

MHz

AUTO MUTINGL R


AR15-18RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1218

±π

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

ÆqNÝ« qOGA²« qF& Èdšô« UÞu³C« ULMOÐ ¨ UŽUL« tOłuðË qOuð bFÐ WÐuKD WOU²« UÞu³C« iFÐ j³C« —“ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« j³ pMJ1SETTING —«—“ô«Ë CONTROL 5/∞/2/3ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*«

∫ j³C« œuMÐ•ëd*« WŽULÝË ¨WOUô« UŽULK WŽUL« UuKF•WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ëd*« WŽULÝË ¨WOUô« UŽULK WŽUL« WU*

WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝË ¨WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë*•iHM*« œœd²« WOUF nH*• uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG*•wdH*« œœd²«*•wzUIK²« jO;« uB«•u¹bOH« Ãdš lË• wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ«(DIGITAL IN)

∫WEŠö*Æ©µ≤ v« ¥∑ W×H dE½«® —UO²šô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« Ác¼ j³ UC¹« pMJ1

WOOzd« UÞu³C«

qOGA²« —«—“«

WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« qLF²Ý« ¨“UN'« «cN WOOzd« UÞu³C« qLFÆWOUô«

•WýUý s ÊUO³« wH²¹ Ü³¹dIð Ê«uŁ µ …b* WOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ wÆ÷dF«

* j³C« —“ jGSETTINGOG¹ UC¹« lÐU²²UÐ ÒÆÊUO³« d

÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÊUO³« qOJAð

SETTING

CONTROL


—e«

SETTING

CONTROL 5/∞

CONTROL 3/2

qLF

÷dF« WýUý vKŽ j³C« U½UOÐ ÷dF*Æ

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ bMÐ —UO²šôOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒUL ÊUO³« d

ÆqHÝô« w ù u¼

Æ—U²<« bM³« j³C

SUBWFR

FRNT SP

CNTR SP

REAR SP

FRNT D

CNTR D

REAR D

CROSS

LFE

D.COMP

DGT

AUTO SR

VOUT

WOKLF« ¡«dł«

wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ« j³ bMŽ ∫‰U¦(DIGITAL IN)Æ

cð ¨¡b³« q³Òìds ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹

…uD)« s √bÐ« ¨j³C«±ÆWO½UŁ …d

± j³C« —“ jG«SETTINGÆ j³C« —«—“« Êô« qG²AðCONTROL UÞu³CK

WýUý vKŽ oÐU« w —U²<« j³C« bMÐ dNE¹ ÆWOOzd«Æ÷dF«

≤ —e« jG«CONTROL ∞ —e« Ë«® 5©…—Uýô« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

DGT”©wL—® “©wU(« j³C« l® *Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

*“1DBS 2TV”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒdNEð ·uÝ ¨j³C« dÆÈdš« WŽuL−

≥ —e« jG«CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2©ÆVÝUM*« wLd« qOu²« j³ —UO²šô

•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL ÊUO³« d

SETTING

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CONTROL ©WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ®

©WOUô« WŽUL«®

©ed*« WŽULÝ®

©WOHK)« WŽUL«®

©WOUô« WU*«®

©ed*« WU®

©WOHK)« WU*«®

©u¹bOH« Ãdš®

©wzUIK²« jO;« uB«®

©wLd«®

© uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG®

©iHM*« œœd²« WOUF®

©wdH*« œœd²«®

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

DGT1DBS 2TV DGT1DBS2CDR

DGT1TV 2DBS

DGT1CDR2DBS DGT1CDR 2TV

DGT1TV 2CDR

L R


SPK.

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1319

≤∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7FKuU «LUŽU ≠≠≠≠≠ SUBWFR” ®ÝLUŽW «u¹Hd «HdŽOW©“¨FRNT SP” ®«LUŽW «ôUOW©“¨ CNTR SP”

®ÝLUŽW «*de©“¨ Ë REAR SP” ®«LUŽW «)KHOW©“

dE½«® jO;« uB« ŸUË« s WMJ2 WOUF qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K−Ý ¨©≤∏ v« ≤µ U×HB«Òq s ¡UN²½ô« bFÐ WOU²« UuKF*« q

Æ öOu²«

¶∫WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽUL

∫WOU²« UÞu³C« bŠ« d²š«

YESWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫ÆWuu

NOdOž WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫ÆWuu

∫ UEŠö•“NO”ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ • d²š« «–«“NO””UI —UO²š« jI pMJ1 ¨WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽUL

dO³“LARGE”ÆWOUô« UŽULK ¶∫WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ¨ed*« WŽULÝ ¨WOUô« UŽULK

∫WŽULÝ qJ WOU²« UÞu³C« bŠ« d²š«

LRG©dO³® dO³ WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫ÆUO³½

SML©dOG® dOG WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫ÆUO³½

NOÆWŽUL« qOuð ÂbŽ WUŠ w lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫©WOUô« UŽULK —UO²šö qÐU dOž®

∫ UEŠö•LRG”©dO³® “ Ë ¨WOUô« UŽULK wËô« j³C« u¼ SML”©dOG® “

ÆWOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL•Æj³C« q¹bFð bMŽ lłdL WOU²« ◊UIM« kHŠ«

≠±≤ s d¦« WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*« WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊU «–« ”UI*« d²š« ¨rÝLRG”©dO³® “d²š« ¨rÝ ±≤ s q« ”UI*« ÊU «–«Ë ¨

”UI*«SML”©dOG® “Æ• ”UI*« d²š« «–«SML”©dOG® “—UO²š« pMJ1 ô ¨WOUô« UŽULK

”UI*«LRG”©dO³® “ÆWOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL

Basic Settings

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

7 UŽUL« WU ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠FRNT D” UŽUL« WU®©WOUô«“ ¨CNTR D” ©ed*« WŽULÝ WU®“¨ Ë

REAR D” ©WOHK)« UŽUL« WU®“

rN dBMŽ UC¹« w¼ UŽUL« v« ŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU*«ÆjO;« uB« ŸUË« s sJ2 jO× u qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K

WDÝ«uÐ Æ UŽUL« v« pŽUL²Ý« ÊUJ s WU*« j³C ÃU²%dOšQð XË “UN'« «c¼ j³C¹ ¨WŽUL« WU j³ v« Ÿułd«

«uô« pKBð Ê« sJ1 YOŠ WŽULÝ q ‰öš s UOJOðUuðË« uB«ÆXu« fHMÐ UŽUL« q ‰öš s

v« d² ∞[≥ Èb*« ‰öš s pŽUL²Ý« ÊUJ s WU*« j³«Æd² ∞[≥ U¼—«bI «œU¹eÐ ¨—U²« π[∞

∫ UEŠö•“3.0m”ÆnK² j³ dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« dOOGð - «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ • d²š« «–«“NO”j³ pMJ1 ô ¨WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽULÝ j³C

ÆWOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL WŽUL« WU

∫‰U¦¨WU(« Ác¼ w WOUô« WŽUL« WU j³«“FRNT D”¨d² ≥[≥ vKŽ

ed*« WŽULÝ WU j³«“CNTR D”Ë ¨d² ≥[∞ vKŽ WOHK)« WŽUL« WU j³«“REAR D”Æd² ≤[∑ vKŽ

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

WOUô« WŽUL«ÈdO« ed*« WŽULÝ WOUô« WŽUL«

vMLO«

dH¹u« WŽULÝWOŽdH«

WOHK)« WŽUL«vMLO«

WOHK)« WŽUL«ÈdO«

d² ≥[≥

d² ≥[∞

d² ≤[∑d² ≤[¥

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R SPK.

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1320

≤±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

WOOzd« UÞu³C«

7 uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG≠≠≠≠≠ “D.COMP”

iHš«Ë u vKŽ« 5Ð ‚dH«® uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG pMJ1uJ²*« uBK © uÒ uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« …bOH WHOþu« Ác¼ ÆÊ

ÆqOK« w jO;«•HA —bB qOGAð bMŽ jI WHOþu« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹Ò ÂUEMÐ dw³Ëœ

wLd«Æ


OFF:jO;« uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«©ÆWOUFH« oO³Dð r²¹ ô® ÆqU wJOUM¹œ Èb0

MID:qJAÐ wJOUM¹b« Èb*« qOKIð b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆqOK

MAX: uB« jG WOUF oO³Dð b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«©ÆqOK« ¡UMŁ« bOH® ÆWKU …—uBÐ

∫WEŠö•“MID”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒÆdš« j³ dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

7 wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ«(DIGITAL IN) ≠≠≠≠≠ “DGT”

−Ý ¨wLd« qšb« ·«dÞ« ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽÒd*« w¼ U qÒl Wuu*« U³ ·«dÞô« Í«(DIGITAL IN 1/DIGITAL IN 2)dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨«cN Æ

ÆwLd« —bB*« —U²ð UbMŽ `O×B« —bB*« rÝ«

ÆVÝUM*« wLd« ·dD« j³ j³«• —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wCONTROL 3 Ë« 2OG²¹ ¨Ò÷dF« d

∫wK¹ UL

1 TV 2 DBS “ 1 DBS 2 CDR “ 1 DBS 2 TV “1 CDR 2 TV “ 1 CDR 2 DBS “ 1 TV 2 CDR “

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

∫ UEŠö•“1DBS 2TV”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒWŽuL− dNEð ·uÝ ¨j³C« d

ÆÈdš«•«–« «—œ ðuOq −q CD l Þd· «bšq «dLw¨ žOÒd «Ýr «*Bb— «v

“CDR” s “TAPE”Æs «łq «²HUOq¨ «½Ed r ”ðGOOd «Ýr «*Bb—“ «*ułuœ ŽKv H×W ≤±Æ

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

7 ≠ wdH*« œœd²«CROSS”©wdH® “

F qJAÐ ’UÐ «u« s¹uJð …dOGB« UŽUL« lOD²ð ôÒw Æ‰UUOJOðUuðË« “UN'« «c¼ bOF¹ ¨lË ÍUÐ …dOG WŽULÝ ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ UŽUL« vKŽ …dOGB« WŽULK WMOF*« ’U³« u dUMŽ l¹“uð

Æ…dO³J«wdH*« œœd²« Èu² j³« ¨`O× qJAÐ WHOþu« Ác¼ ‰ULF²Ýô

Æ“UN'« l Wuu*« …dOGB« WŽUL« ”UI VŠ• lu« d²š« «–«LRG”©dO³® “Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹ ô ¨ UŽUL« qJ

ÆWHOþu«


80Hz:WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ±≤ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

100Hz:WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ±∞ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

120Hz:WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ∏ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

150Hz:WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ∂ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

200Hz:WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ µ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

∫ UEŠö•“100Hz”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒÆdš« œœdð dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d• ”«d« UŽULÝ lu wdH*« œœd²« WHOþË qG²Að ôHEADPHONEÆ

7 iHM*« œœd²« WOUF nH≠≠≠≠≠ “LFE”

HA Z«dÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ’U³« u ÁuAð WUŠ wÒ ÂUEMÐ …dw³ËœwLd« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« jO;«DTS Èu² j³« ¨LFE

Æ’U³« u ÁuAð W«“ô• «—Uý« qšbð UbMŽ jI WHOþu« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹LFEÆ


0dB:Ælu« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ–10dB:ÆÁuA ’U³« u ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«

∫WEŠö•“0dB”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ Ò lu« dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d10dB”≠“Æ

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL L R

SUBWFR

C

LS RS

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1321

≤≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7 u¹bOH« Ãdš lË≠≠≠≠≠ “VOUT”

−Ý ¨“UN'« l Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bFÐÒ≠ ‰uu*« qšb« ·dÞ Ÿu½ qVIDEO ¨S-VIDEO Ë« DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUTÆ

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ qG²A¹ ô ¨p– j³ ÊËbÐAV COMPU LINK —UO²š« bMŽ `O× qJAÐDVD r dE½«® —bBL ”sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½

bFÐ“AV COMPU LINKÆ©µ∏ Ë µ∑ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*«

ÆWLzö …—uBÐ Ãd)« ·dÞ j³«

VIDEOf³I l Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫ u¹bOH«VIDEOÆVd*« u¹bOH« pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

Sf³I l Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫S-VIDEO pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ S-videoÆ

COMPNTfÐUI l Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« ∫DVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUTpKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

ÆX½U½u³L u¹bOH«

∫WEŠö•“VIDEO”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒÆdš« j³ dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

Basic Settings

7 wzUIK²« jO;« uB«≠≠≠≠≠ “AUTO SR”

œbF² —bB qOGAð bMŽ UOJOðUuðË« jO;« uB« lË jOAMð r²¹jO;« uB« ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ZU½dÐ q¦ wL— …UMI«

wLd«DTSjO;« uB« ZU½dÐ q¦ …UM ‡ ≤ fdðU —bB Ë« Æw³Ëœ

—bB*« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ WÞUÐ qJÐ jO;« uB« lË jOAMð pMJ1jO;« uB« ≠ ©—bB*« pc «—U² wLd« qšb« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ®

ÆwzUIK²«


ON:O³ ULz«œ ¡wC¹ ÒwzUIK²« jO;« uB« sAUTO SURROUNDÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

•r²¹ ·uÝ ¨…UMI« …œbF²*« «—Uýô« ‰ušœ WUŠ wÆrzö*« jO;« uB« lË vKŽ q¹u×²«

•Ë« …UM ‡ ≤ wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ «—Uý« ‰ušœ WUŠ w ÂUE½ «—Uý«DTS uB« «—Uý« WMLC²*« …UM ‡ ≤

lË —UO²š« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨jO;«“PL II MOVIE”Æ•Ë« …UM ‡ ≤ wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ «—Uý« ‰ušœ WUŠ w

ÂUE½ «—Uý«DTS uB« «—Uý« ÊËbÐ …UM ‡ ≤ lË —UO²š« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨jO;«“STEREO”Æ

•OG²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨Èdš« «—Uý« ‰ušœ WUŠ wÒÆ¡wý d

OFF:ÆwzUIK²« jO;« uB« jOAMð ·UI¹ô lu« «c¼ d²š«

∫ UEŠö•“ON”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ Ò …—Uýô« dNEð ·uÝ ¨j³C« d“OFF”Æ•∫WOU²« ôU(« w …—Uýô« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹ ô

≠ÆdþUM² —bB qOGAð ¡UMŁ«≠ lË —UO²š« ¡UMŁ«“DGTL D.D.” Ë« “DGTL DTS”wL— qšœ lu

Æ©±≥ W×H dE½«® XÐUŁ• jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ XDG «–«SURROUND ON/OFF —e«®

SURR ON/OFFWHOþË jOAMð ¡UMŁ« ©bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« wzUIK²« jO;« uB« WHOþË ¡UG« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨wzUIK²« jO;« uB«

ÆUOUŠ —U²<« —bBLK W²R …—uBÐ∫WOU²« ôU(« w wzUIK²« jO;« uB« …œUF²Ý« r²¹ ·uÝ

≠¨“UN'« qOGAð Ë« ·UI¹« bMŽ≠¨—bB*« dOOGð bMŽ≠Ë ¨wLd«ØdþUM²*« qšb« dOOGð bMŽ≠ wzUIK²« jO;« uB« j³ …œUŽ« bMŽ“AUTO SR”qOGAð lË vKŽ

“ON”Æ

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

AUTO SURROUNDL R

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1322

≤≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Æ UŽUL« tOłuðË qOuð bFÐ WÐuKD WOU²« UÞu³C« q¹bF²« —“ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« j³ pMJ1ADJUST —«—“ô«Ë CONTROL 5/∞/2/3ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*«

∫ j³C« œuMÐ•WOUô« WŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð*•WLGM«*• UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u²*• WOUF Èu²DAP

∫ UEŠö•Æ—bB qJ j³C« œuM³ j³C« U¹u²× kHŠ r²¹*Æ©µ≤ v« ¥∑ W×H dE½«® —UO²šô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« Ác¼ j³ UC¹« pMJ1

uB« UÞu³

WOKLF« ¡«dł«

ÆWOUô« WŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð j³ bMŽ ∫‰U¦

cð ¨¡b³« q³Òìds ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹

…uD)« s √bÐ« ¨j³C«±ÆWO½UŁ …d

± j³C« —“ jG«ADJUSTÆ j³C« —«—“« Êô« qG²AðCONTROLÆ uB« ö¹bF²

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ oÐU« w —U²<« j³C« bMÐ dNE¹

≤ —e« jG«CONTROL ∞ —e« Ë«® 5©…—Uýô« dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

” ©‰œUF²«®“BAL©wU(« j³C« l® *Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

*“CENTER”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒdNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« dÆdš« j³

≥ —e« jG«CONTROL 3 —e« Ë«® 2©ÆWOUô« WŽUL« ‰œUFð j³C

•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL ÊUO³« d

ADJUST

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CONTROL

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

CENTERR –21 L –21

qOGA²« —«—“«

WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« qLF²Ý« ¨“UN'« «cN WOOzd« UÞu³C« qLFÆWOUô«

•WýUý s ÊUO³« wH²¹ ¨U³¹dIð Ê«uŁ µ …b* WOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ wÆ÷dF«

* UŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ ¨ uB« q¹bFð qLŽ UC¹« pMJ1ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s ¨WOUô«

** q¹bF²« —“ jGADJUSTOG¹ UC¹« lÐU²²UÐ ÒÆÊUO³« d

÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÊUO³« qOJAð

WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ jI*

ADJUST

CONTROL

#qJ …dþUM*« UŽUL« UuKF j³ bMŽ jI UMO³*« Ác¼ dNEð lË dOž lË vKŽ WŽULÝ“NO”Æ

## WOUFH« …—Uý« dNEð“EFFECT”dE½«® lË jOAMð bMŽ jI ŸUË« s ©≤∏ v« ≤µ U×HB«DAPÆ

—e«

ADJUST

CONTROL 5/∞

CONTROL 3/2

qLF

÷dF« WýUý vKŽ q¹bF²« U½UOÐ ÷dF**Æ

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ bMÐ —UO²šôOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒUL ÊUO³« d

ÆqHÝô« w `u u¼

Æ—U²<« bM³« j³C

BAL

BASS

TREBLE

SUBWFRCENTER

REAR L

REAR R

EFFECT #

#

#

#

#

#©‰œUF²«®

©WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ®

©vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL«®

©ÈdO« WOHK)« WŽUL«®

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1323

≤¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7 WOUô« WŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð≠≠≠≠≠” ©‰œUF²«®“BAL

WOUô« ÈdO«Ë vMLO« UŽUL« s UNFLð w²« «uô« X½U «–«ÆWŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð j³ pMJ1 ¨WœUF² dOž

s ŸUL²Ýô« WDI½ s W×O× …—uBÐ Ãd)« ‰œUFð j³« Èb*« ‰öšR ©vMLO«® ≠≠≠≠≠≤± ed*« v«CENTER dH (0)Ë«

ed*«CENTER dH (0) v« L ©ÈdO«® ≠≠≠≠≠Æ≤±

∫WEŠö•“CENTER”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒÆdš« j³ dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d

7 WLGM«≠≠≠≠≠ ’U³« “BASS” qÐd²«Ë “TREBLE”

Æp²³ž— VŠ qÐd²«Ë ’U³« «u« q¹bFð pMJ1

Èb*« ‰öš s WLGM« j³«≠≠≠≠≠±∞ v«´Æ…uDš ≤ q«uHÐ ±∞

∫WEŠö•“0”Ož «–« ÆwËô« j³C« u¼ ÒÆdš« j³ dNE¹ ·uÝ ¨j³C« d

Sound Adjustments

WOzUIK²« …d«c« ‰uŠ∫—bB qJ UÞu³C« “UN'« «c¼ kH×¹

•¨©±± W×H dE½«® WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB bMŽ•¨©±± W×H dE½«® —bB*« dOOGð bMŽ•Ë ¨©±≤ W×H dE½«® —bB*« rÝ« dOOGð bMŽ•Æ©±≥ W×H dE½«® wLd«ØdþUM²*« qšb« lË dOOGð bMŽ

—bBLK WþuH;« UÞu³C« ¡UŽb²Ý« UOJOðUuðË« r²¹ ¨—bB*« dOOGð bMŽÆU¦¹bŠ —U²<«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s uB« q¹bFð± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆ

Æ uB« ö¹bF² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að≤∫wK¹ UL Èu²*« j³«

´ —e« jG« ¨WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ q¹bF²SUBWOOFERÆ≠ Ë« ´ —e« jG« ¨ed*« WŽULÝ q¹bF²CENTERÆ≠ Ë«

´ —e« jG« ¨ÈdO« WOHK)« WŽUL« q¹bF²REAR•LÆ≠ Ë« ´ —e« jG« ¨vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL« q¹bF²REAR•RÆ≠ Ë«

²Fb¹q ²uÈ «HFUOW ®ul DAP©¨ «Gj “— «HFUOW EFFECTÆ

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

7 UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u²≠≠≠≠≠”©WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ®“SUBWFR ¨”©ed*« WŽULÝ®“CENTER ¨” ©WOHK)« ÈdO« WŽUL«®“REAR LË ¨” ©WOHK)« vMLO« WŽUL«®“REAR R

WŽUL« UuKF X½U «–« UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u² q¹bFð pMJ1Æ`O× qJAÐ WÞu³C

•jI WOHK)« WŽUL« Ë«ØË ed*« WŽUL Ãd)« Èu² j³ pMJ1Æ©≤∑ W×H dE½«® UDOA½ jO;« uB« ŸUË« bŠ« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ

Èb*« ‰öš s WŽUL« Ãdš Èu² j³«≠≠≠≠≠±∞ v«´±∞ Æ…uDš ± q«uHÐ


7 WOUF Èu²DAP ≠≠≠≠≠ “EFFECT”

ŸUË« bŠ« jOAMð ¡UMŁ«DAPO³ ¡wC¹® Ò sDSP¨©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÆWOUFH« Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1

ŸUË« ‰uŠ qOUH²« qł« sDAPÆ≤∏ v« ≤µ U×HB« dE½« ¨

± Èb*« ‰öš s WOUFH« j³« Æµ v«


∫—bB qJ wK¹ U Êeš sJ1•©±≥ W×H dE½«® wLd«ØdþUM²*« qšb« lË•©±¥ W×H dE½«® qšb« nH lË•©µ∞ W×H dE½« Ë« vKŽô« w dE½«® WOUô« WŽUL« Ãdš ‰œUFð•©µ± W×H dE½« Ë« vKŽô« w dE½«® WŽUL« Ãdš Èu²•©µ∞ W×H dE½« Ë« vKŽô« w dE½«® WLGM« q¹bFð• WOUF Èu²DAP©vKŽô« w dE½«® •©≤∑ W×H dE½«® jO;« uB« lË —UO²š«

∫WEŠö• Włu u¼ —bB*« ÊU «–«FM Ë« AMÆWłu qJ nK² j³ 5OFð pMJ1 ¨

SPK.

ANALOG DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUMEDIGITAL

LFE

L RC

SUBWFR

LS RS

AR19-24RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1324

≤µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

* Wdý s WBš— Vłu0 Z²½«Dolby LaboratoriesÆ“Dolby” Ë “Pro Logic” ed«Ë DWdAÐ WUš W¹—U& UöŽ w¼ ÃËœe*«

Dolby LaboratoriesÆ

wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ

∫wF«Ë u ‰U− s¹uJ² WOU²« jO;« uB« ŸUË« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUE½

• pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½II•wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½DTS ©wLd« uB« ZUF® ŸUË«DAP «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý

w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUE½

pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½II *

ÂUE½ Íu²×¹ pOłu ËdÐ w³ËœII…UMI« œbF² qOGAð U—u vKŽ uDËÒ vKŽ qOK×²K U¦¹bŠ —5.1—bB ≠ …UM ≤ ‡« —œUB q s …UM

HA*« —bB*«Ë u¹dO²«ÒÆwLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ d pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUEM fdðU ‡ …bŽUIÐ qOK×²«ØdOHA²« WI¹dÞ qLFðII

J9Ë wHK)« qÐd²K lDI« œœdð b¹b% ÂbŽ vKŽÒu¹dO²Ý u oKš s sÆÍœUO²Žô« pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUD½ l W½—UI wHKš

J1Ò pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ sII «uô« s wzUC u s¹uJð s Æ…b¹bł WOLG½ Ê«u« Ë« «u« Í« WU« ÊËbÐ WOKô«

pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ pK²1II ≠ 5FË rK lË Ë vIOÝu lË∫

pOłu ËdÐ lËII rKHK (PL II MOVIE)VÝUM lu« «c¼ ≠ HA*« —œUB*« s u s¹uJ²ÒqL% w²«Ë w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ …d

WöF«DOLBY SURROUNDs «bł V¹d u ‰U−0 ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ÆuJ²*« uB«Ò «u« WDÝ«uÐ Ê5.1≠ÆWKBHM …UM

pOłu ËdÐ lËII vIOÝuLK (PL II MUSIC)lu« «c¼ ≠ pMJ1 Æ…UM ‡ ≤ u¹dO²Ý vIOÝu —œUB Í« s u s¹uJ² VÝUM

ÆWI¹dD« Ác¼ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ oOLŽË lÝ«Ë uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô«

• pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽII5³*« ¡wC¹ ¨UDOA½ PRO LOGIC IIÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½*

…dHA*« Z«d³K …UMI« œbF² u «—U s¹uJ² ÂUEM« «c¼ qLF²¹® WöF« qL% w²«Ë wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ

D I G I T A L©Æ

•öÝ²L²UŸ Ð³d½UZ AHÒd ÐMEUÂ œË³w «dLw¨ «Ëq L³u½U½X «*Bb—ÐUÝ²FLU‰ «Dd· «dLw «*ułuœ ŽKv šKHOW ¼c« «'NU“Æ ®«½Ed H×W ∞±©Æ

wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ dOHAð WI¹dÞ5.1 ≠≠≠≠≠…UM Lð® Ò u U—u v−ð ©qBHM Ë …UMI« œbF² wL—Ò…UMI« «—Uý« wL— qJAÐ jGCðË q

WOHK)« …UMI«Ë ¨ed*« …UMË ¨vMLO« WOUô« …UMI«Ë ¨ÈdO« WOUô« iHM*« œœd²« UOUF …UMË vMLO« WOHK)« …UMI«Ë ¨ÈdO«LFEÆ

Èdšô« «uMI« «—Uý« sŽ UOK WKBHM «uMI« Ác¼ s …UM q Ê« U0M−²Òl «dO¦ qC« u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1 t½U ¨qš«b²« V

Æd¦« …—uBÐ jO× uË u¹dO²Ý u UOUF

∫WEŠö• Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ Z«dÐ lOL& U³¹dIð sJ1DTS5²ŽuL− w

W¹UG® …UMI« …œbF²*« Z«d³« ≠5.1 ≠ ≤ Z«dÐË ©…UM ≠ «uUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö Æ…UM ≤ wLd« w³Ëœ ZU½dÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« jO;« uB«≠ Ë« …UM DTSpMJ1 ¨

pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ý«IIÆ

**MBÒWOJ¹d« Ÿ«d²š« …¡«dÐ ÆWOLd« Õd*« WLE½« WÝR s hOšd²Ð l No. 5,451,942KFË WO*UŽ Èdš« Ÿ«d²š« ¡«dÐ U¹UC l Ò ÆWI“DTS”Ë ” wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½“DTSWLE½« WÝR* WK− W¹—U& UöŽ w¼

WOLd« Õd*« WLE½« WÝR ÆWOLd« Õd*«1996ÆWþuH× ‚uI(« lOLł Æ

wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½**DTS

…dHA*« Z«d³K …UMI« œbF² u «—U s¹uJ² ÂUEM« «c¼ qLF²¹ wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐDTS WöF« qL% w²«Ë )(Æ

•HA ZU½d³Ð ŸU²L²ÝöÒ wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ dDTSqË« ¨«c¼ WOHKš vKŽ œułu*« wLd« ·dD« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ —bB*« X½U½u³L

Æ©±∞ W×H dE½«® Æ“UN'«

wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½DTSœbF² wL— u U—u ÂUE½ u¼ W−b*« W½«uDÝô« Z«dÐ vKŽ du²Ë dš« qBHMË …UMI«CDW½«uDÝô«Ë ¨

W¹—eOK«LD W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨DVDÆJ9 ÆUO³½ WCHM uB« jG W³½ ¨wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ l W½—UIÒs

wLd« jO;« uB« U—u WIOI(« Ác¼DTSoLŽË ŸUð« WU« s OL²¹ ¨pc W−O²MË ÆW½uJ²*« «uöÒ wLd« jO;« uB« ÂUE½ eDTS

Æ·UË aÝ«—Ë wFO³Þ uBÐ

©wLd« uB« ZUF® ŸUË«DAP

WOLd« uB« ZUF ŸUË« rOLBð - bIDAP u dUMŽ qLF ÆWLN jO×

‚«œd« Ë« ¨Õd*« Ë« ¨ öH(« WŽU qš«œ ŸuL*« uB« nQ²¹…dýU³ «u« s w(« vIOÝu*« ÍœU½ Ë« ¨hd« ÍœU½ Ë« ¨lÝ«u«

J³ u UÝUJF½« ≠ …dýU³ dOž «u«ËÒÆnK)« s UÝUJF½«Ë …dWNł s Æ UÝUJF½« Í« ÊËbÐ …dýU³ lL²*« …dýU³*« «uô« qBð

Ê«—b'«Ë nI« UU V³Ð …dýU³*« dOž «uô« dOšQð r²¹ ¨Èdš«WLN dUMŽ w¼ …dýU³*« dOž «uô« Ác¼ Æ©qHÝô« w rÝd« dE½«®

uJ¹ Ê« sJ1 ÆjO;« uB« UOUFHÒ wLd« uB« ZUF lË ÊDAPÆ…dýU³*« dOž «uô« Ác¼ WU«WDÝ«uÐ wF«Ë u ‰U−

wLd« uB« ZUF ŸUË« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1DAPÊuJð UbMŽ sŽ dEM« iGÐ® “UN'« l Wuu WOHK)«Ë WOUô« UŽUL««–« v²ŠË ed*« WŽULÝ s u Ãd¹ ô ∫ed*« WŽULÝ qOuð

Æ©Wuu X½U

…UMI« œbF²*« uBK wł–uLM« s¹uJ²«(5.1-channel)

MASTER VOLUME


INPUT

ANALOG/DIGITALCOMPACT

SUPER VIDEO

D I G I T A L

S U R R O U N D


RX-DV3 HOME THEATER DVD/CD RECEIVER

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

FM/AMTAPE/CDR

SOURCE NAME

TVVCRDBSDVD

CONTROL

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

WŽUL«WOUô«ÈdO«

WŽULÝed*«

WŽULÝdu«

WOŽdH« WŽUL«WOUô«vMLO«

WOHK)« WŽUL«vMLO«

WOHK)« WŽUL«ÈdO«

AR25-28RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1425

≤∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wLd« uB« ZUF lË«DAP∫“UN'« «c¼ w …œËe WOU²«

LIVE CLUBÆiHM*« nI« Ë– WO(« vIOÝu*« ÍœU½ —uFý wDF¹ ∫DANCE CLUBÆWUHš ’UÐ UÐd wDF¹ ∫

HALLÆ öH(« WŽU —uFýË `«Ë u wDF¹ ∫PAVILIONÆwUF« nI« «– WFÝ«u« ‚œ«d« —uFý wDF¹ ∫

wLd« uB« ZUF ŸUË« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1DAP u UOUF WUô ≤ u¹dO²Ý ZU½dÐ v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« jO×≠ Ë« dþUM² uBÐ U« ¨…UM

ÂUEMÐPCM —uFý ŸUËô« Ác¼ p ÂbIð Ê« sJ1Ë ¨wD)« ”—uCŠwBý“ÆwIOIŠ

• wLd« uB« ZUF ŸUË« bŠ« —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽDAPO³ wC¹ ¨Òs wLd« uB« ZUFDSPÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

…dJ³*« UÝUJF½ô«

…dýU³*« «uô«

nK)« s UÝUJF½ô«

: sJ2: sJ2 dOž u²*« jO;« uB« ŸUË«Òqšœ …—Uý« qJ …d


ŸUËô«STEREO

DOLBYDTSPL IIPL IILIVEDANCEHALLPAVILION

ALL CH «—Uýô«DIGITALSURROUNDMOVIEMUSICCLUBCLUBST.

wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ©…UMI« œbF²®

wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ ©…UM ≠ ≤®

½EUÂ «Bu «;Oj œË³w ®Uðdf ≤ ≠ MU…©

jO;« uB« ÂUE½ wLd«DTS

©…UMI« œbF²®

jO;« uB« ÂUE½ wLd«DTS

©…UM ≠ ≤®

PCM wDš

dþUM²

«uMI« q u¹dO²ÝlÝË« u¹dO²Ý u ‰U− s¹uJð «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lË lOD²¹

Æ©WDOAM«Ë® Wuu*« UŽUL« q ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

UŽUL« ÊuJð UbMŽ «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1qOuð sŽ dEM« iGÐ “UN'« l Wuu WOHK)«Ë WOUô«

Æed*« WŽULÝ «—Uý« —«uÞ« fH½ Ãe r²¹ ¨WDOA½Ë Wuu ed*« WŽULÝ X½U «–«

WŽULÝ d³Ž «—Uýô« Ác¼ Ã«dš« r²¹Ë WOUô« vMLO«Ë ÈdO« UŽUL«Æed*«

u¹dO²Ý ZU½dÐ v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1≤≠ ÂUEM WOL— …—UýUÐ Ë« dþUM² u …—UýUÐ U« ¨…UMPCMÆ wD)« • 5³ ¡wC¹ ¨ «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lË —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽDSPWýUý vKŽ

Æ÷dF«

uJ²*« uB«ÒÍœUŽ u¹dO²Ý lË s Ê

uJ²*« uB«Ò «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lË s Ê

wF«u« uB« ‰U− qLŽAll Channel Stereo reproduction «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý u s¹uJð

AR25-28RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1426

≤∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wF«u« uB« ôU− qLŽ

jO;« uB« lË jOAMð

·UI¹« lË vKŽ UÞu³C wzUIK²« jO;« uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ“OFF”Ë« ¨A½ ¨w³Ëœ jO;« uB« ZU½dÐ qOGAð —bB dOž …UM ‡ ≤ —bB vKŽÒj

ÆU¹Ëb¹ jO;« uB« lËW×O× …—uBÐ UŽUL« UuKF j³ s bQð

Æ©µ± Ë« ≤∞ W×H dE½«®•Í« jOAMð pMJ1 ô ¨WOUô« UŽUL« jI qOuð WUŠ w

ÆjO;« uB« ŸUË« s lË


jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ jG«SURROUND ON/OFFÆ

O³ ¡wC¹Ò jO;« uB« sSURROUNDWýUý vKŽ vKŽ UÞu³C wzUIK²« jO;« uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ® ÷dF«

·UI¹« lË“OFF”Æ©•jOAMð ·UI¹«Ë jOAMð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w

Æ‰œU³²UÐ jO;« uB«


± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆÆ uB« ö¹bF² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að

≤jO;« uB« ·UI¹«ØqOGAð —“ jG«SURR ON/OFFÆ

O³ ¡wC¹Ò jO;« uB« sSURROUNDWýUý vKŽ UÞu³C wzUIK²« jO;« uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ® ÷dF«

·UI¹« lË vKŽ“OFF”Æ©•jOAMð ·UI¹«Ë jOAMð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w

Æ‰œU³²UÐ jO;« uB«

jO;« uB« UMO³ ‰uŠSURROUND

•wzUIK²« jO;« uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ qOGAð lË vKŽ UÞu³C“ON”¨

O³ ULz«œ ¡wC¹ÒjO;« uB« s wzUIK²«AUTO SURROUNDvKŽ

Æ÷dF« WýUý•AMð UbMŽÒjO;« uB« lË j

wzUIK²« jO;« uB« j³ l U¹Ëb¹ ·UI¹« lË vKŽ“OFF”O³ ¡wC¹ ¨Òs

jO;« uB«SURROUNDvKŽ Æ÷dF« WýUý

÷dF« WýUý vKŽ …—Uýô«Ë WŽUL« UMO³

∫≠ WOU²« …—Uýô« UMO³ ¡wCðR ¨L:•∫wLd« qšb« —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽUbMŽ ¡wCð

Æ…UM qJ …dþUM*« «—Uýô« qšbð•∫dþUM²*« qšb« —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽÆ¡wC¹ ULz«œ

RS ¨LS ¨C∫Æ…UM qJ …dþUM*« «—Uýô« qšbð UbMŽ ¡wCðS∫W¹œUŠô« WOHK)« …UMI« …—Uý« qšbð UbMŽ ¡wC¹

HA*« …—Uýô« Ë« uB«ÒÆw³Ëœ jO;« uB« ÂUEMÐ …dLFE∫iHM*« œœd²« WOUF …UM …—Uý« qšbð UbMŽ ¡wC¹

LFEÆ

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

SOUND

7SURR ON/OFF

jO;« uB« ŸUË« —UO²š«

≤ —bB qOGAð bMŽ≠ —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨jO;« uB« lË jOAMð l …UMÆdš« jO× u lË

Wuu*« UŽUL« œbŽ vKŽ «œUL²Ž« jO;« uB« ŸUË« nK²ð ·uÝÆqOGA²« uË

W×O× …—uBÐ UŽUL« UuKF j³ s bQðÆ©µ± Ë« ≤∞ W×H dE½«®

•‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô ¨Wuu dOž WOHK)« UŽUL« X½U «–« ŸUË«DAPÆ «uMI« q u¹dO²Ý lËË


jO;« uB« lË —“ jG«SURROUND MODEÆ

•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ uB« lË d∫qHÝô« w UL jO;«


± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆÆ uB« ö¹bF² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að

≤jO;« uB« lË —“ jG«SURR MODEÆ

•w q d… ðCGj ÐNU «e—¨ ¹²GOÒd Ël «Bu «;Oj LU w «ôÝHq∫

∫ UŽULÝ ©ed*« WŽULÝ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ® ¥ Ë« µ qOuð r²¹ UbMŽ

Ë« UŽULÝ ©WOHK)« UŽUL« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ® ≥ qOuð r²¹ UbMŽ∫fdðU —bB UMLC² wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ qOGAð WUŠ w

ON/OFFSURROUND

MODE

REC MODE

SOUND

10/0SURR MODE

∫wK¹ UL WŽUL« UMO³ ¡wCð•O³ ¡wC¹Ò® WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ s©WŽULÝ ÊuJð UbMŽ

dH¹u«“SUBWFR” rF½ lË vKŽ WÞu³C “YES”W×H dE½«® ‰ULF²Ý« lË vKŽ Ë« ©≤∞“USE”Æ©µ± W×H dE½«®

•…dþUM*« WŽUL« ÊuJð UbMŽ jI Èdšô« WŽUL« UMO³ ¡wCðÆwU(« qOGA²K UÐuKD ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wCð UC¹«Ë ¨WDOA½

…—Uýô« UMO³WŽUL« UMO³

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

SURROUNDPRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR


DIGITAL AUTOAUTO SURROUND

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR

DIGITAL AUTOSURROUND

PRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

SURROUNDPRO LOGIC

L R

SUBWFR


LIVE CLUB

HALL PAVILION

ALL CH ST.

DANCE CLUB

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

AR25-28RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1427

≤∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

q¹bF²K WKÐUI« œuM³«Ë jO;« uB« ŸUË« 5Ð WöF«

rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ jO;« uB« lË j³bFÐ sŽ

Ãdš U¹u² q¹bFð pMJ1 ¨jO;« uB« luÐ —bB*« qOGAð bMŽÆjO;« uB« ŸUËô UŽUL«

Æ—bB qJ q¹bF²« kHŠ r²¹ ¨jO;« uB« ŸUË« q¹bFð bFÐ•dE½«® —UO²šô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ jO;« uB« ŸUË« q¹bFð UC¹« pMJ1

WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ Ë« ©µ≤ v« ¥∑ U×HB«Æ©≤¥ W×H dE½«®

•ÊËbÐ UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u² q¹bFð sJ1 ¨h×H« WLG½ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽÆqOGA²« «u«

±GýË d²š«ÒÆÁb¹dð Íc« ZU½d³« q

≤A½ÒÆjO;« uB« lË d²š«Ë j•ÆjO;« uB« ŸUË« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨…UM≠≤ —bB qOGAð bMŽ

≥Æ uB« j³«

©± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆÆ uB« ö¹bF² ÂU—ô« —«—“« qG²Að Êô«

©≤∫wK¹ UL UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u² j³« ´Ø≠ —e« jG« ¨ed*« WŽULÝ q¹bF²*CENTERÆ

´Ø≠ —e« jG« ¨ÈdO« WOHK)« WŽUL« q¹bF²REAR•LÆ ´Ø≠ —e« jG« ¨vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL« q¹bF²REAR•RÆ

²Fb¹q ÝLUŽW «u¹Hd «HdŽOW¨ «Gj «e— ´Ø≠ SUBWOOFERÆ WOUFH« —“ jG« ¨WOUFH« Èu² q¹bF²EFFECTÆ**

bF*« bM³« rÝ« dNE¹Òqł« s Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UOUŠ ‰ r UŠËdý dE½« ¨qOUH²«” UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u²“

Æ≤¥ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

TESTCENTERREAR•LREAR•RSUBWOOFEREFFECT

wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½

½EUÂ «Bu «;Oj «dLw DTS

pOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ ÂUE½II

©wLd« uB« ZUF® ŸUË«DAP

«uMI« q u¹dO²Ý

∫WEŠö•Æ—U²<« jO;« uB« luÐ WKLF²*« dOž UŽUL« q¹bFð pMJ1 ô

: sJ2: sJ2 dOž bM³« lu«

∫ UEŠö•WDOAM« UŽULK jI UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u² q¹bFð pMJ1

Æ©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UŽUL« UMO³ ¡wCð®*ŸUË« bŠ« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ed*« WŽUL Ãd)« U¹u² q¹bFð pMJ1 ô

DAPÆUDOA½ ** ŸUË« bŠ« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ jI WOUFH« Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1DAPÆUDOA½ •GA qOGAð q³Ò qDVD —e« jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ DVD

GA qOGAð lË vKŽ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË dOOG²Òq U½«uDÝ«DVDÆ

h×H« WLG½ ‰ULF²Ýô

©± uB« —“ jG«SOUNDÆ©≤ h×H« WLG½ —“ jG«TESTÆ

ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« qOGA²« u nu²¹ …—Uýô« √b³ð“TEST L”WLG½ ÃdðË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ iuUÐ

∫wU²« VOðd²UÐ UŽUL« s h×H«

©≥∫wK¹ UL WŽUL« Ãdš Èu² j³« —e« jG« ¨ed*« WŽULÝ Èu² j³C≠CENTER +/Æ

C³j ²uÈ «LUŽW «)KHOW «OdÈ¨ «Gj «e —≠REAR•L +/ÆC³j ²uÈ «LUŽW «)KHOW «OLMv¨ «Gj «e— ≠REAR•R +/Æ

∫ UEŠö•WŽUL« UuKF XD³ «–« UŽUL« Ãdš U¹u² q¹bFð pMJ1 ô

lË vKŽ“NO”Æ•WÞu³C WŽUL« UuKF ÊuJð UbMŽ WŽUL« s h×H« WLG½ Ãdð ô

lË vKŽ“NO”Æ• WOUFH« —“ jGCð UbMŽEFFECTWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ —“ Ë«

´Ø≠ SUBWOOFERÆh×H« WLG½ nu²ð ¨

©¥ h×H« WLG½ —“ jG«TESTÆh×H« WLG½ ·UI¹ô Æh×H« WLG½ nu²ð

•ÆWIOœ ± w«uŠ w h×H« WLG½ nu²ð ¨WOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ w

©ÈdO« WOUô« WŽUL«® ©ed*« WŽULÝ® ©vMLO« WOUô« WŽUL«®

©ÈdO« WOHK)« WŽUL«® ©vMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL«®

AR25-28RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1428

≤π

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

GA öOGAðÒ W½«uDÝ« qDVD

W½«uDÝô« UuKF

7qOGA²K WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGA² “UN'« «c¼ rOLBð - bI

u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ«DVD VIDEO u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD (VCD) u¹bO dÐu« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD (SVCD) uB« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD-RWKÐUI« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨qO−²KCD-RWÆWÐU²JK …œUŽô WKÐUI«

• UHK qOGAð UC¹« “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹MP3 UHKË JPEG U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« CD-R U½«uDÝ«Ë ¨qO−²K WKÐUI« CD-RWs ÆWÐU²JK WKÐUI« ‰uŠ WKBH UuKF qł«MP3 r dE½« ¨” W½«uDÝ« qOGAð“MP3 ‰uŠË ¨¥¥ Ë ¥≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« JPEG r dE½« ¨” W½«uDÝ« qOGAð“JPEG

Æ¥∂ Ë ¥µ W×H vKŽ œułu*«• u¹bOH« W½«uDÝô ULOKF²« «c¼ lłdðCD W½«uDÝU VCD u¹bO dÐu« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD W½«uDÝU SVCD uB« W½«uDÝ«Ë ¨CD W½«uDÝU CDÆ

W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½

©ed«® WöF«

•∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ôDVD AUDIO ¨DVD-ROM ¨DVD-RAM ¨DVD-RW ¨CD-ROM ¨CD-I (CD-I Ready) ¨Photo CDÆa« ¨

u¹ ·uÝ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAðÒÆ UŽUL« —dC²ð ·uÝË ZO− b• u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ vKŽDVD VIDEO u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨VCD U½uDÝ« Ë« ¨SVCD UOKLF« sŽ WOKFH« qOGA²« UOKLŽ nK²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨

O²J« «c¼ w WŠËdA*«ÒÆ“UN'« «c¼ W¹œQ²Ð hI½ œułË vKŽ p– ‰b¹ ôË ¨W½«uDÝô« VOdðË W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ V³Ð «c¼ ÆV• U½«uDÝ« qOGAð pMJ1DVD-R W½«uDÝ« U—uHÐ WK−*« DVD VIDEOÁc¼ hzUBš V³Ð U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 sJË ¨

U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qO−ð ôUŠ Ë« U½«uDÝô«.

∫UNKOGAð sJ1 w²« U½«uDÝô«

DVD VIDEOVCDSVCDCDCD-RCD-RW

COMPACT

DIGITAL AUDIO

W½«uDÝ« ‰uŠ WEŠöCD-R Ë CD-RW• U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1CD-R U½«uDÝô«Ë ©qO−²K WKÐUI«®

CD-RW«–« jI qLF²*« q³ s …—d;« ‡ ©WÐU²J« …œUŽô WKÐUI«® X½U”…e¼Uł“Æ

• U½«uDÝ« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RW U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qO−ð - «–« wBý dðuO³L vKŽ WK−*«

u W½«uDÝ« U—uHÐCDÆ U½«uDÝ« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RW

UHK qO−ð - «–«MP3 UHK Ë« JPEGÆ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ vKŽ vKŽ «œUL²Ž« p–Ë U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 ¨p– l

Ë« U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qO−ð ôUŠ Ë« U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ hzUBšr²¹ ¨’Uš qJAÐ Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ vKŽ ŒUÝË« lIÐ Ë« —d œułË

W½«uDÝ« hzUBšË qOJAð b¹b%MP3 W½«uDÝ« Ë« JPEGWDÝ«uÐ V³Ð ¨«cN ÆqO−²K qLF²*« “UN'«Ë WÐU²J« ©dOHAð® ZU½dÐ

÷«dŽô« iFÐ qB% Ê« sJ1 ¨qO−²K qLF²*« “UN'«Ë ZU½d³«∫WOU²«

≠Æ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ qOGAð r²¹ ô Ê« sJ1≠ W½«uDÝ« vKŽ «—U*« iFÐ wDð r²¹MP3qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1Ë

ÆW¹œUO²Ž« …—uBÐ W½«uDÝô«≠ W½«uDÝ« vKŽ …œułu*« UHK*« iFÐ qG²Að Ê« sJ1JPEGqJAÐ

ÆÁuA• U½«uDÝ« qOGAð q³CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RW ULOKFð √d« ¨

ÆW¹UMFÐ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qOGAð «d¹c% Ë«•KD²ð Ê« sJ1Ò U½«uDÝ« VCD-RWÊ« p– V³Ý Æ…¡«dIK ‰uÞ« …b

U½«uDÝ« ”UJF½« qUFCD-RWW¹œUF« U½«uDÝô« s q« u¼ CDÆ

WIDM*« …dHý ‰uŠ WEŠö W½«uDÝ« öGA pK²9DVD u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ«Ë DVD VIDEOÂU—«

U½«uDÝ« jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹ ÆrNÐ tUš WIDM …dHý u¹bOG«DVD VIDEO Êu ÂUEMÐ WK−*« NTSC/PALsLC²ð w²«Ë

rd« UN²IDM …dHý ÂU—«“2”Æ

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOL% - «–«DVD VIDEO…dHý ÂU—« vKŽ Íu²% WIDM*« QDš …—Uý« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš WIDM“REGION CODE ERROR!”

ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ sJ1 ôË Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ

∫ÂU¼ìwK¹ U2 bQð ¨ öOGAð W¹« qLŽ q³•ÆÊu¹eHK²« l qOu²« h×«•GýÒ—uB« …b¼UA* Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« q

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOGA²« U½UOÐ Ë«•VŠ wËô« œ«bŽô« WLzU j³ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGA²

©Æµµ v« ¥∑ U×HB« dE½«® Æp²³ž—

…—Uýô« dNþ «–«“ ”¨—“ jG bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ Ë« ¨tKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼

ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž qOGA²« WOKLF WÐuKD*« UuKF*«

∫WEŠö …—Uýô« —uNþ ÊËbÐ ¨ ôU(« iFÐ w “ ”‰u³ sJ1 ô ¨ÆqOGA²« UOKLŽ

Æ∑ W×H dE½« ¨“UN'« «cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOG²

∫WK¦«

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1529

≥∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« ∫± ‰U¦DVD VIDEO

W½«uDÝ« ∫≤ ‰U¦VCD/SVCD/CD


7W½«uDÝô« VOdð u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« nQ²ðDVD VIDEO s ”s¹ËUMŽ“Ê« sJ1 Ê«uMŽ qË ¨

iFÐ v« UuI ÊuJ¹”‰uBH«“Æ©± ‰U¦ dE½«® Æ u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« u²Š« «–« ¨ö¦DVD VIDEOsJ1 t½U ¨Âö« …bŽ vKŽ

v« UuI rKH« ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1Ë ¨rK qJÐ ’Uš Ê«uMŽ r— „UM¼ ÊuJ¹ Ê« …bŽ‰uB tËË«d u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« w ÆDVD VIDEOpK²9 Ê« sJ1 ¨

r— WOMŽ« q Ê«uMŽ v« WOMžô« rOIð sJ1 ôË ¨UNÐ ’Uš‰uBÆ

W½«uDÝô« nQ²ðVCD ¨SVCD Ë ¨CD s ” «—U“Æ©≤ ‰U¦ dE½«® Æ r— —U q pK²1 ¨ÂUŽ qJAÐ—UiFÐ w® Æ—U*UÐ ’Uš

I —U q ÊuJ¹ Ê« UC¹« sJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô«Ò«c¼ Æ”—UN WDÝ«uÐ r©Æ”dNH« WHOþË l o«u² dOž “UN'«

7 qOGA²« j³ WHOþË(PBC)J9ÒÆWLzU ‡ qOGAð WOKLFÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« s qOGA²« j³ WHOþË pM

WLzUI« ‡ qOGAð WDÝ«uÐ ÷dF« u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« qOGAð √b³ð UbMŽ —UO²šô« WLzU ÷dŽ r²¹VCDË

W½«uDÝ«SVCDO³ð ÆqOGA²« j³ …eO l ÒÂU—« ‰Ëbł —UO²šô« WLzU sË« Wd×² —u U½«uDÝô« iFÐ ÷dFð Ê« sJ1 Æ—UO²šô« qł« s

ÆWLI WýUýÆ…œU qOGAðË —UO²šô WLzUI« ÷dŽ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WýUA« l qŽUH²« pMJ1

«½Ed «*¦U‰ «*AdËÕ w «ôÝHq Šu‰ «*Oe… «ôÝUÝOW ²AGOq ‡ «IUzLW ®s «łq«²HUOq Šu‰ ŽLKOW «²AGOq s šö‰ «IUzLW¨ «½Ed «¹CU H×W ≥≥©Æ

∫WEŠö• u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«VCD W½«uDÝ« Ë« SVCDiFÐ ¨WLzUI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

ÆqG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 —dJ²*« qOGA²« WHOþË q¦ nzUþu«

± Ê«uMŽ≤ Ê«uMŽ

≤ qB ± qB ≥ qB ≤ qB ± qB

µ —U ¥ —U ≥ —U ≤ —U ± —U

WýUýWLzUI«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

…—uB«W²ÐU¦«

…—uB«W²ÐU¦«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

…—uB«Wd×²*«

Ÿuł— jG«RETURNÆ

WOŽdH« WLzUI«WOŽdH« WLzUI«



±≤

±≤±≤≥

≥

±≤≥

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1530

≥±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

GA qOGA² WbI²*« qOGA²« UOKLŽ rI« «c¼ ÕdA¹Ò W½«uDÝ« qDVD W½«uDÝ« qOGA² ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wKš«b« MP3 U×HB« dE½« ¨ W½«uDÝ« qOGA²Ë ¨¥¥ Ë ¥≥JPEGÆ¥∂ Ë ¥µ U×HB« dE½« ¨

—“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË dOOG² • r UC¹« dE½«”GA öOGAðÒ U½«uDÝ« qDVDWOÝUÝô« “Æ±∂ Ë ±µ U×HB« vKŽ œułu*« •O³ðÒ «—Uýô« sAUDIO

CDSUPER

VCDVIDEO

CDDVDVIDEOÆUNKOGAð sJ1 w²« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«

•GýÒÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« lË d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« q

…—Uýô« dNþ «–«“ ” UuKF*« Ë« ¨tKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨—“ jG bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž qOGA²« WOKLF WÐuKD*«

WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý U¹u²×


©qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU vKŽ® qOGA²« «—Uý«

U½UO³«w½UF*««ôÝDu«½U «*²ud…

TIME UuKF dOOG² «c¼ d²š«Æ≥≤ W×H dE½« ÆXu«

OFFÆqOGA²« —«dJ² «c¼ d²š«

Æ¥≤ W×H dE½«Y×Ð WHOþu ±c¼ d²š«

Æ≥∑ W×H dE½« ÆXu«

CHAP.Y×Ð WHOþu «c¼ d²š«

Æ≥∑ W×H dE½« ÆqBH«

1/3WG dOOG² «c¼ d²š«

dE½« Æ …UMI« Ë« uB«Æ≥∂ Ë ≥µ U×HB«

1/3WG dOOG² «c¼ d²š«

dE½« ÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF«Æ≥µ W×H

1/3W¹Ë«“ dOOG² «c¼ d²š«

Æ≥¥ W×H dE½« ÆdEM*«

PROG.qOGA² «c¼ d²š«

Æ¥± W×H dE½« ÆZU½d³«

RND.qOGA²K «c¼ d²š«

W×H dE½« Æwz«uAF«Æ¥±





DVD-VIDEO

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ ∫‰U¦DVD VIDEO

©qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU l®

U½«uDÝô« q

WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²Ý«

‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1Ë ¨W½«uDÝô« qOL% ¡UMŁ« W½«uDÝô« UuKF h× pMJ1ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰öš s nzUþu« iFÐ

&WKL× W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ

WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREENÆ•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒvKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý d

O³ u¼ UL Êu¹eHK²« WýUýÒ∫—UO« WNł vKŽ s

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN



DVD-VIDEO

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ ∫‰U¦DVD VIDEO

ÆWýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý wH²¹

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½qOGA²« UuKF

U½UO³«w½UF*««ôÝDu«½U «*²ud…MbpsWOU(« ‰UI²½ô« W³½ 5³¹

Æ©WO½U¦UÐ XÐUGO®TITLE 14ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« r— 5³¹CHAP 23ÆwU(« qBH« r— 5³¹

TRACK 14ÆwU(« —U*« r— 5³¹

TOTAL 1:25:58qOGA²« XË 5³¹

ÆwCIM*«

U½«uDÝô« Ÿu½« qJ qOGA²« ôUŠ U½UO³«w½UF*«

qOGA²«/l¹d« lOłd²«Øl¹d« .bI²«/W¾ODÐ ‡ Wd×Ð nKKØÂUö qOGA²«

XR*« ·UI¹ô«·UI¹ô«

U½«uDÝô« q

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1531

≥≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

j¹dý ‰öš s wÝUÝô« qOGA²«WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF«

∫‰U¦ u¹bO W½«uDÝô —«dJ²« lË —UO²š« bMŽDVD VIDEO

&¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öš·UI¹ô«

± WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREENÆ5ðd vKŽ qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU l WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý dNE¹

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2 rN« p¹d×² © …—Uýô« vKŽOFF‡ V×« WLzU vKŽ …œułu*«

ÆqHÝö

≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆqHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU X% eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

¥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô« —UO²šô ©ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ »uKD*«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆ «—UO²šô« d

µ ‰dšb« —“ jG«ENTERÆOG²¹ÒÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ wH²ðË j³C« d

WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qOGAð ·UI¹ô WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREENÆ

∫WEŠö•ÆWHOþË qJ qOUH²« qł« s …dþUM*« U×HB« dE½«

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN







1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF


1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

TITLE


TITLE 1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN

Xu« ÊUOÐ dOOGð

…cU½Ë WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ Xu« UuKF dOOGð pMJ1ÆWOOzd« …bŠu« vKŽ …œułu*« ÷dF«

&¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öš·UI¹ô«

± WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREENÆ5ðd ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý dNE¹

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2 rN« p¹d×² © …—Uýô« vKŽTIMEÆ

≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ•∫wK¹ UL Xu« ÊUOÐ dOG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w

REM TOTAL ©Ÿu?L:«®REM TIME T.

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

TOTAL∫ÆW½«uDÝö wCIM*« Xu«T.REM∫ÆW½«uDÝö wI³²*« Xu«

TIME∫ÆwU(« —U*«ØqBHK wCIM*« qOGA²« XËREM∫ÆwU(« —U*«ØqBHK wI³²*« Xu«


∫ UEŠö•OG²¹Ò∫wK¹ UL WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ Xu« ÊUOÐ d

∫‰U¦TOTAL 1:25:58 T.REM 0:45:41 TIME 0:25:58

REM 0:18:14 ®©W¹«b³« v« ŸuŠ—OG²¹ÒÆWýUA« vKŽ ÊUO³« UC¹« d

• u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽVCD ¨SVCD Ë« ¨CDÆWŽU« r— ÊUOÐ dNE¹ ô ¨

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1632

≥≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

W½«uDÝô« WLzU s »uKD dEM œU−¹«

—U*« Ë« ¨qBH« Ë« ¨Ê«uMF« qOGAð ¡bÐ pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐÆÁœb% Íc«

¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ «d¼Uþ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÊU «–« WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREEN·UI¹ô lÐU²²UÐ

ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qOGAð

7 W½«uDÝ« WLzU sDVD

u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« pK²9 ÂUŽ qJAÐDVD VIDEO YOŠ UNÐ WUš rz«u O³ðÒÁc¼ Íu²% Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ vKŽ …œułu*« U¹u²;« rz«uI« Ác¼ s

Ë« ¨w½Užô« Ë« ¡ULÝô« Ë« ¨Âöô« s¹ËUMŽ q¦ WHK² œuMÐ vKŽ rz«uI«pMJ1 ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ œuM³« Ác¼ ÷dŽ r²¹Ë ¨ÊUMH« sŽ UuKF

Ærz«uI« Ác¼ ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ »uKD*« dEM*« œU−¹«

&W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽDVD VIDEOWKšb

± W¹uKF« WLzUI« —“ jG«TOP MENUWLzUI« Ë« MENUÆ

ðENd «IUzLW DVD ŽKv ýUýW «²KHe¹uÊÆ ®ŽUœ… ðENd «IUzLW ŽKv ýUýW«²KHe¹uÊ «ËðuUðOJOU ÐFb %LOq «ÝDu«½W Ob¹u DVD VIDEOÆ©

∫‰U¦

u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« Íu²% ¨…œUŽDVD VIDEO WLzU vKŽ ¨”Ê«uMŽ“—“ jG« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆÊ«uMŽ s d¦« vKŽ W½«uDÝô« Íu²% UbMŽ

W¹uKF« WLzUI«TOP MENUÆÊ«uMF« WLzU —UNþô u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ pK²9 Ê« UC¹« sJ1DVD VIDEOWLzU

WLzUI« —“ jG WDÝ«uÐ dNEðË WHK²MENUÆ u¹bO W½«uDÝ« q qOGAð ULOKFð dE½«DVD VIDEOs WLzU qJ

ÆUNÐ WU)« rz«uI«

≤ dýR*« —«—“« jG« 5/∞/3/2bM³« —UO²šô ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐ ¨»uKD*«ENTERÆ

Æ»uKD*« bM³« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹•‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ œuM³« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ l

ÆÂU—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ dþUM*« rd«


CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN


RETURN

W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÊUO³« ‰uŠVCD/SVCD

W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«VCD/SVCD qOGA²« j³ WHOþË l WK− PBC∫wK¹ UL ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ qOGA²« UuKF dNEð ¨ W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ ∫‰U¦VCD WHOþË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ PBC W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ ∫‰U¦VCD WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« ÊËbÐ PBC

1 2 3

7 W½«uDÝ« WLzU sVCD/SVCDqOGA²« j³ WHOþË l PBC

W½«uDÝ« Íu²%VCD W½«uDÝ« Ë« SVCDj³ WHOþË l WK−*« qOGA²«PBCqOL% bFÐ® Æ «—U*« ‰Ëbł WLzU q¦ UNÐ WUš WLzU vKŽ

ed« dNE¹ ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦“PBC”pMJ1 ©Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ Æ©≥∞ W×H UC¹« dE½«® WLzUI« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œb× —U œU−¹«

• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG² ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË

&vKŽ WLzUI« dNEð UbMŽ¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý

j³ WHOþË l qOGA²« qOGA²«PBC

® ÂU—ô« —«—“« qLF²Ý«10≠≠≠≠≠1 ¨+10bM³« r— —UO²šô ©Æ»uKD*«

Æ»uKD*« bM³« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹∫‰U¦ —e« jG« ¨≥ rd« —UO²šô3Æ

—e« jG« ¨±± —UO²šô+10 —e« p– bFÐË 1Æ

∫‰U¦

WLzUI« v« ŸułdK Ÿułd« —“ jG«RETURNÆ

wU²« …—Uý« dNEð UbMŽ“NEXT” oÐU« Ë« “PREVIOUS”vKŽ ∫Êu¹eHK²« WýUý

—e« jG« ¨WOU²« W×HB« v« »U¼cK¢Æ —e« jG« ¨WIÐU« W×HB« v« ŸułdK4Æ

W½«uDÝ« qOGA²VCD/SVCD l WI«u² ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠PBC ÊËbÐ PBCÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ« ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« ¡bÐ«

s ôbÐ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wCIM*« qOGA²« XË dNE¹“PBC”Æ

WHOþË …œUF²ÝôPBC W¹uKF« WLzUI« —“ jG«TOP MENU WLzUI« Ë« MENUÆ

…—Uýô« dNEð“PBC”Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ WO½UŁ …d

VFP

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+ TV RETURN



EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

1 2 3

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

—U*« r—

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO DSP

VOLUMEL R

SUBWFR

wCIM*« qOGA²« XË—U*« r—

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1633

≥¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

…b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š«≠≠≠≠≠ ANGLE

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«DVD VIDEO≠ …b¼UA U¹«Ë“ vKŽ Íu²% ÆWHK² U¹«Ë“ s dEM*« fHMÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨…œbF²

…—Uýô« dNEð U¹«Ë“ vKŽ wU(« dEM*« Íu²×¹ UbMŽ qOGA²« W¹«bÐ wÆ…œbF² ≠ …b¼UA

7…b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š«

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± W¹Ë«e« —“ jG«ANGLEÆÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

∫‰U¦…b¼UA U¹«Ë“ ≥ 5Ð s vËô« …b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š« r²¹ÆWK−

≤ W¹Ë«e« —“ jG«ANGLEW¹Ë«“ —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ÆWÐuKD*« …b¼UA*«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆdEM*« W¹Ë«“ d∫‰U¦ 3/3 2/3 1/3 ©W?¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

ÆÊ«uŁ µ ‰öš WOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ w eHI« ‡ …cU½ wH²ð

∫WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²Ý«

± WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREENl WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý dNE¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN« …—Uýô« vKŽ V×« WLzU qš«œ

‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨qHÝö ‡ENTERÆÆqHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU X% WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

∫‰U¦…b¼UA U¹«Ë“ ≥ 5Ð s vËô« …b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š« r²¹ÆWK−

+

–

+

–


SUBTITLE

ANGLE

ZOOM

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

PROGRESSIVE

1

1

1/3

1/3

1

1/3

2

2/3

3

3/3



1


≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©ÆWÐuKD*« …b¼UA*« W¹Ë«“

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆdEM*« W¹Ë«“ d

¥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ wH²ð


7Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ …b¼UA*« U¹«Ë“ q —UNþ«

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± W¹Ë«e« —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«ANGLE…bF ÆÊ«uŁ

vKŽ W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK−Ë WHK² «dOU U¹«ËeÐ —u π W¹UG dNEðÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý

ÆWK− …b¼UA U¹«Ë“ ≥ ÊuJð UbMŽ ∫‰U¦

≤ dýR*« —«—“« jG«5/∞/3/2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ rN«Æ»uKD*« dEM*« vKŽ

≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆ…—U²<« Áb¼UA*« W¹Ë«“ s qOGA²« √b³¹Ë ¨W¹Ë«e« ‰Ëbł wH²¹

∫ UEŠö•Æ uB« v« ŸUL²Ýô« pMJ1 ô ¨Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ W¹Ë«e« ‰Ëbł —uNþ ¡UMŁ«• …—Uýô« dNþ «–«”“Íu²×¹ ô wU(« dEM*« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ

Æ…œbF² ≠ …b¼UA U¹«Ë“ vKŽ

W¹Ë«e« ‰Ëbł

…—U²<« …—uB«

+

–

+

–

100+ TV RETURN

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

DIMMER


PROGRESSIVE

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1634

≥µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ≠ UGK« dOOGðSUBTITLE uB«ËAUDIO

u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« Ë« SVCDvKŽ Íu²% œ«d*« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨WHK² UGKÐ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ

ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ UNKOGAð …—Uýô« dNEðvKŽ wU(« dEM*« Íu²×¹ UbMŽ qOGA²« W¹«bÐ w

Æs¹ËUMŽ WŽuL− u¹bO W½«uDÝ« Íu²% UbMŽDVD VIDEO—U® u UG vKŽ

ÆWGK« ÁcNÐ ŸUL²Ýö © uB« —U® WGK« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨© uB« …—Uýô« dNEðvKŽ wU(« dEM*« Íu²×¹ UbMŽ qOGA²« W¹«bÐ w

Æ u UG WŽuL−•1JMp «¹CU «š²OU— MU… ®Mu« © «Bu ôÝDu«½W Ob¹u VCD «Ë SVCDÆ

7wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š«

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“ jG«SUBTITLEÆÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

W¹eOK$ô« WGK« ∫‰U¦“ENGLISH”Ê«uMŽ UG ≥ 5Ð s …—U² ÆWK− wŽd

≤ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“ jG«SUBTITLElÐU²²UÐ Æ»uKD*« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²šô

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d








≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5WG —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©ÆWÐuKD*« wŽdH« Ê«uMF«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d

+ +

5 64

8 97


AUDIO

SUBTITLE

ANGLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

1/3 1/3



ENGLISH



∫ UEŠö• u¹bO W½«uDÝôDVD VIDEOqš«œ …dB² WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« UG iFÐ ∫

r dE½« ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½”WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł“Æµ∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*« • W½«uDÝôSVCD W½«uDÝ« Íu²% Ê« sJ1 ∫SVCDÆWOŽd s¹ËUMŽ WFÐ—« W¹UG

wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —“ jGSUBTITLEOG¹ ÒsŽ dEM« iGÐ WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« dOG²ð ô ·uÝ® ÆWOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« qO−ð ÂbŽ Ë« qO−ðÒw WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« d

©Æq− wŽd Ê«uMŽ œułË ÂbŽ WUŠ• …—Uýô« dNþ «–«”“Íu²×¹ ô wU(« dEM*« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ

Æs¹ËUMŽ WŽuL− vKŽ

7 uB« WG —UO²š«

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± uB« —“ jG«AUDIOÆÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

W¹eOK$ô« WGK« ∫‰U¦“ENGLISH” u UG ≥ 5Ð s …—U² ÆWK−

≤ uB« —“ jG«AUDIOWG —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ÆWÐuKD*« uB«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆ uB« WG d








5 64

8 97


/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER

– SUBWOOFER +

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE



ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

1/3 1/3

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1635

≥∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5WG —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©ÆWÐuKD*« uB«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆ uB« WG d



∫ UEŠö• r dE½« ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ …dB² uB« UG iFÐ”WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł“

Æµ∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*«• …—Uýô« dNþ «–«”“Íu²×¹ ô wU(« dEM*« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ

Æ u UG WŽuL− vKŽ

7 uB« …UM —UO²š« tËË«d u¹bO U½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽVCDs Ë« SVCDsŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨

ÆqOGA²K uB« …UM —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ tËË«dJUÐ

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± uB« —“ jG«AUDIOÆÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

∫‰U¦“ST”Æ…—U² ©u¹dO²Ý®

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

ST

ST

ST ST


≤ uB« —“ jG«AUDIO…UM —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ÆWÐuKD*« uB«

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆ uB« …UM d

W½«uDÝôVCD∫∫ ‰U¦

R L ST ©W?¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®ST∫ÆÍœUŽ u¹dO²Ý u qOGAð v« ŸUL²Ýö

L∫ uB« …UM v« ŸUL²ÝöLÆ©ÈdO«® R∫ uB« …UM v« ŸUL²ÝöRÆ©vMLO«®

W½«uDÝôSVCD∫∫ ‰U¦

R 2 L 2 R 1 L 1 ST 2 ST 1 ©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

ST 1/ST 2∫…UMI ÍœUŽ u¹dO²Ý u qOGAð v« ŸUL²Ýö u¹dO²«STÆ≤ Ë« ±

L 1/L 2∫ uB« …UM v« ŸUL²ÝöLÆ≤ Ë« ± ©ÈdO«® R 1/R 2∫ uB« …UM v« ŸUL²ÝöRÆ≤ Ë« ± ©vMLO«®







∫‰U¦“ST”Æ…—U² ©u¹dO²Ý®

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©ÆWÐuKD*« uB« © «uM® …UM

•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆ uB« «uM d



VCD TRACK 4 TIME 25:58

OFFTIME ST

ST

RND.PROG.

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1636

≥∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

W½«uDÝô« vKŽ œb× ÊUJ s qOGA²«

ÆÁœb% Íc« —U*« Ë« ¨qBH« Ë« ¨Ê«uMF« qOGAð ¡bÐ pMJ1Æœb× XË s W½«uDÝô« qOGAð UC¹« pMJ1

7 »uKD qB œU−¹«≠≠≠≠≠qBH« Y×Ð u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽDVD VIDEOqBH« r— sŽ Y×³« pMJ1 ¨

ÆtKOGAð œ«d*«• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË

&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«



≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN« …—Uýô« vKŽ CHAP.WLzU qš«œ

‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨qHÝö ‡ V×«ENTERÆ

ÆqHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU X% WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

≥® ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«9≠≠≠≠≠0Æ»uKD*« qBH« r— ‰Ušœô ©∫‰U¦ —e« jG« ¨∏ qBH« r— —UO²šô8Æ

—e« jG« ¨±∞ qBH« r— —UO²šô1 p– bFÐË 0Æ —e« jG« ¨≥∑ qBH« r— —UO²šô3 p– bFÐË 7Æ

•TÞUš ‰Ušœ« Ò×B² …uD)« bŽ«≥ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ Ò×B« rd« dNE¹ v²Š

¥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆ—U²<« qBH« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹


∫ UEŠö• —e« qG²A¹10/0 —e jI “0”ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ w • —e« qLF²¹ ô10´ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ w •Æππ r— qBH« W¹UG —UO²š« pMJ1


+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE



CHAPTER _

7 »uKD ÊUJ œU−¹«≠≠≠≠≠Xu« Y×Ð s wCIM*« Xu« b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD*« ÊUJ*« s qOGA²« ¡bÐ pMJ1

W¹UG wU(« Ê«uMF« W¹«bÐ“9:59:59” u¹bO W½«uDÝô® DVD VIDEOË« ¨© W¹UG W½«uDÝô« W¹«bÐ s“99:59” U½«uDÝô® VCD/SVCD/CDÆ©


&u¹bO W½«uDÝôDVD VIDEO∫qOGA²« ‰öš

W½«uDÝôVCD/SVCD∫‰öš Ë« ·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ«

j³ WHOþË ÊËbÐ qOGA²« qOGA²«PBC

W½«uDÝôCD∫¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öš

·UI¹ô«



≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN« …—Uýô« vKŽ ‡ V×« WLzU qš«œ

‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨qHÝöENTERÆÆqHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU X% WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

≥® ÂU—ô« —«—“« qLF²Ý«9≠≠≠≠≠0ÆXu« ‰Ušœô ©s ©w½«uŁ® ¥π ∫©ozUœ® ∞≤ ∫© UŽUÝ® ± WDIM« s qOGA²K ∫‰U¦

W¹«b³«

•TÞUš ‡ ‰Ušœ« Ò×B² dýR*« —“ jG«2bFÐË ¨TÞU)« rd« ` r²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ

ÆÒ×B« rd« ‰Ušœô ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG« p–

¥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆœb;« Xu« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM


RETURN

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE



TIME _ : _ _ : _ _

jG«1

jG«0

jG«2

jG«4

jG«9

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1637

≥∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


∫ UEŠö• —e« qG²A¹10/0 —e jI “0”ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ w • —e« qLF²¹ ô10´ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ w •u¹bO W½«uDÝô w½«u¦« Ø ozUb« Ø UŽUUÐ Xu« b¹b% pMJ1

DVD VIDEO U½«uDÝô w½«u¦« Ø ozUbUÐË ¨VCD/SVCD/CDÆ

7 »uKDdEM œU−¹« ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠DIGEST

vKŽ œułu qB Ë« Ê«uMŽ qJ b¼UA*« UbI ÷dŽ “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹ u¹bO W½«uDÝ«DVD VIDEOW½«uDÝ« vKŽ œułu —U q Ë« VCD/SVCDÆ

b¼UA*« UbI WýUý s »uKD —U Ë« ¨qB Ë« ¨Ê«uMŽ —UO²š« pMJ1ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WËdF*«

& W½«uDÝôDVD VIDEO∫‰öš Ë« ·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ

qOGA²« W½«uDÝôVCD/SVCD∫

‰öš Ë« ·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ«j³ WHOþË ÊËbÐ qOGA²«

qOGA²«PBCÆ

± UbI*« ÷dŽ —“ jG«DIGESTÆÆb¼UA UbI π W¹UG ÷dŽ r²¹

• u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« nuð ¡UMŁ«DVD VIDEO∫ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ Ê«uMŽ qJ b¼UA*« UbI dNEð

• u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«DVD VIDEO∫WýUý vKŽ wU(« Ê«uMF« w qB qJ b¼UA*« UbI dNEð

ÆÊu¹eHK²«• W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽVCD Ë« SVCDqš«œ WKL×

∫“UN'«ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —U qJ b¼UA*« UbI dNEð


– –

CHOICEENTER

ON SCREEN

ZOOM


RETURN


≤ dýR*« —«—“« jG«5/∞/3/2 rN« p¹d×² Æ»uKD*« dEM*« vKŽ

•÷dŽ WýUý pK²9 ·uÝ ¨b¼UA π s d¦« œułË WUŠ wÆ…bŠ«Ë W×H s d¦« UbI*«

UbI*« ÷dŽ WýUA Èdšô« U×HB« ÷dF

p– bFÐË ¨d¹ô« ÍuKF« dEM*« d²š« ¨WIÐU« W×HB« ÷dF —e« jG«2Æ

p– bFÐË ¨s1ô« wKH« dEM*« d²š« ¨WOU²« W×HB« ÷dF —e« jG«3Æ

Ë« —e« jG«¢ÆWOU²« W×HB« ÷dF ¨ —e« jG«4ÆWIÐU« W×HB« ÷dF ¨

≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆ—U²<« dEM*« s qOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹

∫WEŠö•L×²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ wÒq dNEð Ê« q³ Xu« iFÐ “UN'« q

ÆWýUA« vKŽ b¼UA*«

—U² dEM

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1638

≥π

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


wuB)« …—uB« ÷dŽ

Ëe¹ÒbFÐ ‡ —UÞ« ÷dŽ sLC²ðË —uBK WOuBš ÷dŽ nzUþË “UN'« «c¼ œÆ.ËeðË W¾ODÐ ‡ WdŠ ÷dŽË ¨lÐU²² qJAÐ W²ÐUŁ —u ÷dŽË ¨—UÞ« ‡

7—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« …—uB« ÷dŽ• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²


&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«8 (STROBE)ÆlÐU²²UÐ

•ÆwU²« —UÞô« v« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÂbI²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÍœUF« qOGA²« lË v« ŸułdK

qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ∫WEŠö

• XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ vKŽô« w …—uc*« WOKLF« ¡«dł« sJ18ÆWOOzd« …bŠu« vKŽ œułu*«

7 lÐU²² qJAÐ W²ÐUŁ —u —UNþ« ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠STROBE• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²


&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

±©XR*« ·UI¹ô«® WFÐU²²*« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —“ jG«STROBE (8)UNðb¼UA b¹dð w²« WDIM« bMŽ ÆWFÐU²² —uB

ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« nu²¹

≤WFÐU²²*« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG« ©XR*« ·UI¹ô«®STROBE (8)ÆÊ«uŁ …bF

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ —u® «—UÞ« π ‡« fH½ dNEðÆWOU²« …uD)« w dšô« bFÐ bŠ«Ë «—UÞô« .bIð pMJ1

≥©XR*« ·UI¹ô«® WFÐU²²*« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —“ jGSTROBE (8)Æ…bŠ«Ë …d

s ÂbI² —UÞ« ÍuKF« nB« nB²M w …œułu*« …—uB« 5³ðÆ—UO« vKŽ …œułu*« …—uB«

•Ædšô« bFÐ bŠ«Ë «—UÞô« ÂbI¹ lÐU²²UÐ —e« jG• qOGA²« —“ jG3·UI¹ô«® WFÐU²²*« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —“ s ôbÐ

©XR*«STROBE (8) l W¹œUŽ qOGAð WŽdÐ —UÞ« q ÂbI¹©Æ uB« r² r²¹® Æ «—UÞ« π ‡« q vKŽ XË dOšQð

W¹œUF« WýUA« v« ŸułdK«Gj “— «Bu— «¦UÐ²W «*²²UÐFW ®«ô¹IU· «*RX© STROBE (8) Fb… Łu«ÊÆ

∫ UEŠö• ©XR*« ·UI¹ô«® WFÐU²²*« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —“ vKŽ jGC« XFÐUðË XDG «–«STROBE (8)¡UMŁ« Ê«uŁ …bF

©Æ uB« r² r²¹® ÆXË dOšQð l ÍœUŽ ÷dŽ WŽdÐ ÂbI²ð sJË W²ÐUŁ —u π UC¹« dNEð ¨÷dF«• —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ vKŽô« w …—uc*« WOKLF« ¡«dł« sJ18ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ œułu*«

7W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(UÐ ÷dF«• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²


&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«8 (STROBE)WDIM« bMŽ ÆW¾OD³« ‡ Wd(UÐ ÷dF« U¼bMŽ √b³ð Ê« b¹dð w²«

ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« nu²¹

≤ —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«¢ —e« Ë« 4Æ —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG« ¨ÂUö W¾ODÐ ‡ Wd×Ð ÷dFK¢Æ

u¹bO W½«uDÝô jI® nKK W¾ODÐ ‡ Wd×Ð ÷dFKDVD VIDEO¨© —e« vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«4Æ

•OG²ð ¨—e« vKŽ jGC« lÐU²ðË jGCð …d q wÒ÷dF« WŽdÝ d∫wK¹ UL∫ÂUö

1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4

1/2

u¹bO W½«uDÝô jI® nKKDVD VIDEO∫©

1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4

1/2

XR qJAÐ W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(UÐ ÷dF« ·UI¹ô XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«8 (STROBE)Æ

ÍœUF« qOGA²« v« ŸułdK qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ

∫WEŠö•ÆW¾ODÐ ‡ Wd×Ð ÷dF« ¡UMŁ« uB« v« ŸUL²Ýô« pMJ1 ô

7 qš«bK .Ëe²« ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ZOOM

&¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öšXR*« ·UI¹ô«

ÂËËe« —“ jG«ZOOM Æ•OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL dO³J²« d

x 128 x 64 ] x 32 x 16 x 8 x 4 x 2 x 1024 x 512 x 256

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

+

–

+

–

ANGLE

ZOOM


DIMMER


ZOOM x4

ÂËËe« —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦x4Æ

ÂbI² —UÞ«

2 31

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1639

¥∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Ëe*« ÊUJ*« p¹d×²Òqš«bK ‡ Â dýR*« —«—“« jG«5/∞/3/2Æ

ÍœUF« qOGA²« v« ŸułdK ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ

∫WEŠö•Æ…—uB« ÁuA²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨qš«bK .Ëe²« ¡UMŁ«

7 …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« j³ dOOGð ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠ ≠VFP

J9Ò ©…—uBK oOb« ZUF*«® WHOþË sVFP…—uB« «eO2 j³ s ÆWOBA« öOCH²« Ë« …—uB« Êu Wł—œ vKŽ «œUL²Ž«

•s ¡UN²½ô« q³ j³C« vG²« «–« ÆWOU²« «uD)« qLF œb× XË błu¹ …uD)« s √bÐ« ¨j³C«±ÆWO½UŁ …d


&qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

± …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“ jG«VFPÆ …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« UÞu³ dNEðVFPÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 Ë«® 2lË —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ © …—uBK oOb« ZUF*«VFPÆ

•OG²¹ ¨—e« jGCð …d q wÒ …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« lË dVFP∫wK¹ UL

“ USER2 “ USER1 “ CINEMA “ NORMAL©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

NORMAL∫Ælu« «c¼ d²š« ¨…œUŽCINEMA∫ÆrK —bB* VÝUM lu« «c¼

USER1 Ë USER2∫dNE w dŁRð w²« «d²«—U³« j³ pMJ1Æ©d¹ô« w dE½«® UÞu³C« ÊešË …—uB«

…—uBK oOb« ZUF*« j³ WýUý ·UI¹ôVFP …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“ jG«VFPÆ


ZOOM x4

+

–

+

–


SUBTITLE

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ANGLE

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

PROGRESSIVE

…—uB« dNE j³C lu« —UO²š« bMŽ“USER1” Ë« “USER2”Æ…—uB« dNE q¹bFð pMJ1 ¨

± …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“ jG«VFPp– bFÐË ¨ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©

lË“USER1” Ë« “USER2”Æ

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« d²«—U³«

Æ…—uB« s bQ²« WDÝ«uÐ qCH*« dNE*« ÊUO³ w−¹—bð qJAÐ j³«GAMMA∫ UM¹uK²« …¡Uô« …bý d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹

¡«ełô« …bý vKŽ WEU;« l WOFO³D« WHOH)«Æ©¥´ v« ¥ ≠ ® W%UH«Ë WL²F*«

BRIGHTNESS∫WýUA« …¡U« …bý d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹Æ©±∂ ´ v« ±∂ ≠®

CONTRAST∫WýUA« s¹U³ð d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹Æ©±∂ ´ v« ±∂ ≠®

SATURATION∫WýUA« Êu oLŽ d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹Æ©±∂ ´ v« ±∂ ≠®

TINT∫WýUAK nOH)« s¹uK²« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹Æ©±∂ ´ v« ±∂ ≠®

SHARPNESS∫bŠ …bý d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹ÒWýUA« …Æ©≥ ´ v« dH ´®

Y DELAY∫WýUAK w½uK« ⁄«dH« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³C¹Æ©≤ ´ v« ≤ ≠®

≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« WýUý dNEðVFPWOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEðË ¨

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ

¥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5dOOG² lÐU²²UÐ © ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨j³C«ENTERÆ

…—uBK oOb« ZUF*« UÞu³ dNEðVFPÆWO½UŁ …d WOU(«

µ «uD)« bŽ«≤ v« ¥ÆÈdšô« «d²«—U³« j³C

…—uBK oOb« ZUF*« j³ WýUý ·UI¹ôVFP …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“ jG«VFPÆ

pD³ jOAM² …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« —“ jG«VFP dýR*« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨3Ë«®

—e«2 lË —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©“USER1” Ë« “USER2”Æ

∫WEŠö• …—uBK oOb« ZUF*« j³ WýUý wH²ðVFP…b* UOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ w

ÆU³¹dIð Ê«uŁ ±∞

lË —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦“GAMMA”

+0

USER1

GAMMA

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

SATURATION

TINT

SHARPNESS

Y DELAY

+0

+0

+0

+0

+3

+0

+0GAMMA

+0GAMMA

+0

NORMAL

GAMMA

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

SATURATION

TINT

SHARPNESS

Y DELAY

+0

+0

+0

+0

+3

+0

ÍœUŽ lË —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦“NORMAL”

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1640

¥±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wz«uAF« qOGA²«Ë Zd³*« qOGA²«

U½«uDÝ« vKŽ …œułu*« «—U*« qOGAð pMJ1VCD Ë« ¨SVCD Ë« CDÆwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð Ë« Áb¹dð Íc« VOðd²UÐ

•ô 1JMp «Ý²FLU‰ ËþOHW ðAGOq «ôÝ²¾MU· K²AGOq «*³dZ ËK²AGOq «FAu«zwÆ

7»uKD*« VOðd²UÐ qOGA²«Æ»uKD*« VOðd²UÐ —U ππ W¹UG qOGAð pMJ1

•Æ…d s d¦« «—U*« fH½ W−dÐ pMJ1• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²


&·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ«


ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ ©

rN«…—Uýô« vKŽ PROG.÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽENTERÆ

O³ ¡wC¹Ë Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ZU½d³« WýUý dNEðÒZU½d³« sPROGRAMÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

•ÆZU½d³« WýUý vKŽ bŠ«Ë XuÐ «uDš ±∞ dNEð

≥® ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«10≠≠≠≠≠1 ¨+10—U*« r— ‰Ušœô ©Æt²−dÐ b¹dð Íc«

∫WK¦« —e« jG« ¨≥ rd« —UO²šô3Æ jG« ¨±¥ rd« —UO²šô+10 p– bFÐË ¨4Æ jG« ¨¥∞ rd« —UO²šô+10 ¨+10 ¨+10 p– bFÐË 10Æ

•ŽMb «œšU‰ —r U— žOd ułuœ ŽKv «ôÝDu«½W «;LKW ¹²r «¼LU‰ «ôœšU‰Æ•Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ZU½d³« WýUý ‚u wKJ« ZU½d³« XË dNE¹

¥ …uD)« bŽ«≥ÆWOU²« «uD)« W−d³ •ð …d q wÔWýUý qHÝ« …œułu*« …uD)« w —U r— qšb

ÆWOU²« «uD)« dNEð ¨ZU½d³«

…uD)« `* dýR*« —“ jG«5 —e« Ë«® ∞ dýR*« p¹d×² © …uD)« vKŽ

·UI¹ô« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨WÐuKD*«7Æ• dýR*« —“ jG« ¨WO½UŁ …d WOU²« «uD)« W−d³∞lÐU²²UÐ

rN« p¹d×² …uD)« bŽ« p– bFÐË ¨Wž—UH« …uD)« vKŽ ≥Æ


PROGRAMNo.123456789

10


PROGRAMNo.123456789

10

3


µ qOGA²« —“ jG«3ÆÆZd³*« VOðd²UÐ qOGA²« √b³¹

ZU½d³« qOGAð ·UI¹ô ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7Æ

• W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽVCD Ë« SVCDÆÈdš« …d ZU½d³« WýUý dNEð ¨• «uD)« bŽ« ¨ZU½d³« d¹d×²≥ Ë ¥Æ

ZU½d³« qOGAð lË ¡UN½«Ë «uD)« q ¡UGô∫wK¹ UL t²KLŽ Íc« ZU½d³« wG«

± ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹ô ≤ WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« —“ jG«ON SCREEN÷dF« j¹dý qOGA²

ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ≥ ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7Æ•qOGAð ·UI¹« Ë« W½«uDÝô« Ã«dš« WDÝ«uÐ ZU½d³« ¡UG« UC¹« pMJ1

Æ“UN'«


∫WEŠö•ÆZU½d³« qOGAð nu²¹ ¨W−d³*« «—U*« q qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« UbMŽ

7wz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð «—U*« qOGAð

&·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ«



≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN«…—Uýô« vKŽ RND.÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ

‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽENTERÆO³ ¡wC¹Ò wz«uAF« sRANDOMqOGA²« √b³¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð

wz«uAF« qOGA²« ·UI¹ô ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7Æ

Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UG« r²¹•qOGA²« ¡UG« UC¹« r²¹ ¨…bŠ«Ë …d «—U*« q qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽ

Ævz«uAF«

∫ UEŠö•Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë …d s d¦« —U*« fH½ qOGAð r²¹ ô ·uÝ•WDÝ«uÐ wU(« —U*« W¹«bÐ v« nKK wD²« pMJ1 ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

—e« jG4ÆUNKOGAð - w²« «—U*« v« nKK wD²« pMJ1 ô sJË ¨• ‰ušb« —“ jG ÊU ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«ENTER…—Uýô« ÊuJð UbMŽ

RND.qOGA²« lË wGK¹ …—U² WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ ÆÍœUF« VOðd²UÐ qOGA²« WFÐU² r²¹Ë wz«uAF«

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

2 31

5 64

8 97


TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1641

¥≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

—dJ²*« qOGA²«

u¹bO W½«uDÝô® wU(« qBH« Ë« Ê«uMF« qOGAð —«dJð pMJ1DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝô® wU(« —U*« Ë« ¨©VCD/SVCD/CDÆ©

Æ»uKD ¡e' qOGA²« —«dJð UC¹« pMJ1

7 «—U*« q Ë« ¨qBH« Ë« ¨wU(« Ê«uMF« —«dJð

&ôÝDu«½W Ob¹u DVD VIDEO∫¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öš

·UI¹ô« W½«uDÝôVCD/SVCD∫

¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ‰öšj³ WHOþË ÊËbÐ ·UI¹ô«

qOGA²«PBC

W½«uDÝôCD∫¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

·UI¹ô«



≤«Gj “— «*Rýd 3 ®«Ë «e— 2© ÐU²²UÐl ²×d¹p«Nr ŽKv «ôýU—… œ«šq ýd¹j «Fd÷ŽKv ‡ «AUýW¨ ËÐFb –p «Gj “— «bšu‰ ENTERÆ

ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý X% WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ © ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË —«dJ²« lËENTERÆ

• dýR*« —“ UNÐ jGCð …d q w∞ —e« Ë«® 5OG²¹ ¨©ÒlË d∫wK¹ UL —«dJ²« u¹bO W½«uDÝôDVD VIDEO∫

OFF “ A-B “ TITLE “ CHAPTER “

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

W½«uDÝôVCD/SVCD/CD∫

OFF “ A-B “ ALL “ TRACK “

©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

CHAPTER∫O³*« ¡wC¹® wU(« qBH« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ÒsREPEAT 1©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

TRACK∫O³*« ¡wC¹® wU(« —U*« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ÒsREPEAT 1©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

TITLE∫O³*« ¡wC¹® wU(« Ê«uMF« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ÒsREPEAT©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

ALL∫ZU½d³« q Ë« W½«uDÝô« «—U q lu« «c¼ —dJ¹O³*« ¡wC¹®Ò sREPEAT©÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

A-B∫©d¹ô« œuLF« dE½«® —U²<« rI« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹OFF∫Æ—«dJ²« lË ¡UGô ·UI¹ô« lË d²š«

• —«dJð ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ® …dýU³ —«dJ²« lË dOOGð pMJ1A-B©WOU(« W½«uDÝô« Ë« ¨—U*« Ë« ¨Ê«uF« Ë« ¨qBHK

—«dJ²« —“ jG WDÝ«uÐREPEAT…bŠË vKŽ œułu*« ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²«



1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF

∫ UEŠö• qJ« lË d²š« «–«“ALL”q qOGAð r²¹ ·uÝ ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«

Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð —dJ² qJAÐ W½«uDÝô« «—U• rI« —UO²š« sJ1 ô“A-B”·UI¹« ¡UMŁ« Ë« wz«uAF« Ë« ZU½d³« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«

ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð


qOGA²« —«dJð ¡UGô ·UI¹« d²š«“OFF” …uD)« w ≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ËNTERÆ

7»uKD ¡eł —«dJð WDIM«® W¹«b³« b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD r qOGAð —«dJð pMJ1AW¹UNM«Ë ©

WDIM«®BÆ©

&qOGA²« ‰öš


ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ qHÝö ‡ V×« WLzU≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ ©

rN« …—Uýô« vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽENTERÆ

ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý X% WOU²« eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ © rI«“A-B”Æ

¥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERb¹dð Íc« rI« W¹«bÐ w WDIM«® Á—«dJðAÆ©

ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ wU²« ÷dF« dNE¹O³*« UC¹« ¡wC¹Ò sREPEAT A Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ

µ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÍc« rI« W¹UN½ w WDIM«® Á—«dJð b¹dðBÆ©

rI« —«dJð qOGAð √b³¹A-BW½«uDÝô« s —U²<« rI« qOGAð r²¹ Æ WDIM« 5Ð®A Ë BÆ—dJ² qJAÐ ©

rI« qOGAð —«dJð ¡UMŁ«A-BO³*« UC¹« ¡wC¹ ¨Ò sREPEAT A-BÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ


rI« qOGAð —«dJð ¡UGôA-B ·UI¹« d²š«“OFF” …uD)« w ≥ ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ËNTERÆ

∫WEŠö• u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽDVD VIDEO rI« qOGAð —«dJð sJ1 Ä-BjI

ÆÊ«uMF« fH½ ‰öš


1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

OFF


A - 1/3 1/3 1/3TIME CHAP.

DVD-VIDEO

2 31

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

REPEAT

Point A Point B WDIM«B WDIM«A

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURNCHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

AR29-42RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1742

¥≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

W½«uDÝ« qOGAðMP3

UHK qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹MP3 U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RWL½ ÆÒ W½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ w” W½«uDÝ«“MP3Æ• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð UOKLF bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË dOOG² MP3Æ•GýÒÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« lË d²š«Ë ¨Êu¹eHK²« q

…—Uýô« dNþ «–«”“ÆtKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨—“ jG bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ

u¼ UMP3øMP3 …—U³F —UB²š« u¼ ®«Ë MPEG-1© 1 Motion Picture Experts Group

Audio Layer 3 ÆMP3jG vKŽ Íu²×¹ nK U—u WÞU³Ð u¼ U—u ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ Æ UuKFMP3W½«uDÝ« l²ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨

CD-R Ë«CD-RWUNFð Ê« sJ1 w²« UuKF*« r−Š ·UF« ±∞ W−b*« W½«uDÝô«CDÆW¹œUF«

W½«uDÝô« VOdð W½«uDÝ« vKŽMP3L− UHK*« …œUŽ ÆnKL WK− ©…œU® WOMž« q ¨ÒWF

YOŠ ¨Èdš« k«uŠ vKŽ k«u(« Íu²% Ê« UC¹« sJ1 ÆWEUŠ qš«œuJðÒÆwd¼ qKð «– k«uŠ UI³Þ Ê

N¹Òðd¹Ë W½«uDÝö wdN« qK²« ¡UMÐ “UN'« «c¼ qÒ UHK*« V qJý vKŽ k«u(«Ë” «—U“ Ë ” UŽuL−“Æ

dF²« “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹Ò¨…bŠ«u« WŽuL:UÐ —U ±µ∞ W¹UG vKŽ ·Æ©—U ±¥∏µ∞ ŸuL− W¹UG® …bŠ«u« W½«uDÝö WŽuL− ππ W¹UG vKŽËw²« UŽuL:«Ë ±µ∞ œbF« ÈbF²ð w²« «—U*« qLN¹ “UN'« Ê« V³Ð

Æ UŽuL:« Ë« «—U*« Ác¼ qOGAð sJ1 ô ¨ππ œbF« ÈbF²ð• UHK dOž UHK Ÿu½ Í« œułË WUŠ wMP3UC¹« r²¹ ¨WEU(« w

Æ UHKLK wKJ« œbF« sL s UHK*« Ác¼ »U²Š«

∫ UEŠö•ð²DKV «ÝDu«½U MP3 ®«U «ÝDu«½U CD-R «Ë «ÝDu«½U CD-RW© ËX «Þu‰ s

«ôÝDu«½U «FUœ¹W KId«¡…Æ ®¹²Kn «uX Ð³V ðFIOb ðAJOq «:LuŽWØ«*KnÆ©•ŽMb ŽLq «ÝDu«½W MP3 «š²d ISO 9660 ²uÈ ± «Ë ²uÈ ≤ Hu—U

öÝDu«½WÆ•¹bŽr ¼c« «'NU“ «ÝDu«½U «²−Oq «*²Fbœ “multi-session” ®GU¹W µ ð−Oö ©Æ•ô ¹²DOl ¼c« «'NU“ ðAGOq «ÝDu«½U “packet write”Æ•¹²DOl ¼c« «'NU“ Ij ðAGOq KHU MP3 l KHU «²uÝOl «²UOW∫ “.MP3”¨

“.Mp3”¨ “.mP3”¨ Ë “.mp3”Æ•ô 1Js «þNU— ÐDUU ID3* ŽKv ýUýW «Fd÷Æ

*1Js «Ê ¹×²uÈ Kn MP3 ŽKv FKuU Kn ËðLv “ID3 Tag” ŠO?Y ¹²rð−Oq «Ýr «ô³uÂ¨ Ë«*GMw ËŽMu«Ê «*U— «aÆ ¹ułb ½²UÊ ≠ ID3v1 ®ID3 Tag½W ±© Ë ID3v2 ®ID3 Tag ½W ≤©Æ

•½MB` Ð²−Oq q Kn MP3 ÐM³W ŽOMW ±[¥¥ OKu ¼dðe Ë½³W ½Iq FKuU ∏≤±OKu ÐX ÐU¦U½OWÆ ô ¹²DOl ¼c« «'NU“ ðAGOq KHU ÐM³W ½Iq FKuU «q s ¥∂OKu ÐX ÐU¦U½OWÆ

•«–« U½X ö s KHU MP3 ËKHU JPEG −KW ŽKv «ôÝDu«½W¨ «³j Ël³j MP3/JPEG œ«šq UzLW «Bu—… PICTURE ŽKv Ël “MP3”Æ

®«½Ed H×W ∞µÆ©•1Js «Ê ô ðA²Gq ÐFi «ÝDu«½U MP3 Ð³V šBUzh «Ë ŠUô ð−Oq ¼cÁ

«ôÝDu«½U Æ

∫ UEŠö• W½«uDÝ« qOGA² …du² dOž WOU²« nzUþu«MP3∫

j¹dý ¨lOłd²«ØWŽdÐ ‡ ÂUö qOGA²« ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¨ZU½d³« qOGAðÆ—UO²šô« rz«uË ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF«

• W½«uDÝ« vKŽ …œułu*« «—U*« iFÐ wDð r²¹MP3qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1Ë ÆWOFO³Þ …—uBÐ

WOÝUÝô« öOGA²«

fH½ XJK²« «–« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ w¼ UL ¡ULÝô«


7qOGA²« ¡bÐ W½«uDÝ« qšœ«MP3 qOGA²« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨3Æ

W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUý dNEð ÆqOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹MP3 CONTROL©Æ¥¥ W×H dE½«® ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ

GA¹ ¨WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« «—U*« q qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽÒ“UN'« qÆWOU²« WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« «—U*«

7XR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹« Xu*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«8Æ

WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« ¡b³ qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ

7 «—U*« Ë« UŽuL:« —UO²š«ÂUö UŽuL:« wD²

dýR*« —“ jG«3Æ

nKK UŽuL:« wD² dýR*« —“ jG«2Æ

ÂUö «—U*« wD² —e« jG«¢ dýR*« —“ Ë« ∞ÆVKD« VŠ «d …bŽ

wU(« —U*« W¹«bÐ v« wD²K —e« jG«4Æ…bŠ«Ë …d

nKK «—U*« wD² —e« jG«4 dýR*« —“ Ë« 5ÆVKD« VŠ «d …bŽ

7UOK qOGA²« ·UI¹ô ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7Æ

wU(« —U*« r—

SPK.

DIGITAL AUTO

VOLUME

AUTO SURROUNDL R

SUBWFR

WOU(« WŽuL:« r— ©ozUœ∫w½«uŁ® wCIM*« qOGA²« XËÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« wU(« —ULK

WŽuL− ππ W¹UG

—U ±µ∞ W¹UG

± WŽuL−≤ WŽuL−

± —Uµ WŽuL− ¥ WŽuL− ≥ WŽuL− ≤ —U

2 31

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

AR43-46RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1743

¥¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

W½«uDÝ« j³ WýUý ‰öš s öOGA²«MP3 CONTROL

rJ×²« WýUý s WÐuKD*« «—U*«Ë UŽuL:« qOGAðË Y×³« pMJ1 W½«uDÝUÐMP3 CONTROLÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*«

7 W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUýMP3 CONTROL

7qOGA²« UOKLŽ• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVDdOOG²


qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« UŽuL:« wDð Ë« —UO²šô©ÂUö UŽuL:« wDð Ë«® WOU²« UŽuL:« —UO²šô

dýR*« —“ jG«3ÆlÐU²²UÐ

©nKK UŽuL:« wDð Ë«® WIÐU« UŽuL:« —UO²šô dýR*« —“ jG«2ÆlÐU²²UÐ

qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« «—U*« wDð Ë« —UO²šô©ÂUö «—U*« wDð Ë«® WOU²« «—U*« —UO²šô

dýR*« —“ jG«∞ÆlÐU²²UÐ

©nKK «—U*« wDð Ë«® WIÐU« «—U*« —UO²šô dýR*« —“ jG«5ÆlÐU²²UÐ

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

∫ UEŠö•WUŠ V³Ð `O× qJAÐ «—U*«Ë UŽuL:« iFÐ qOGAð r²¹ ô Ê« sJ1

ÆqO−²«• W½«uDÝ« vKŽ «—U*«Ë UŽuL:« VOðdð ÷dŽ r²¹ Ê« sJ1MP3…—uBÐ

ÆwBA« „dðuO³L vKŽ ÷ËdF*« VOðd²« sŽ WHK²•ÆbŠ«Ë XuÐ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —U Ë WŽuL− ±≤ W¹UG ÷dŽ r²¹

dýR*« —«—“« jG5/∞/3/2WOH<« «—U*«Ë UŽuL:« 5³¹ lÐU²²UÐ Ædšô« bFÐ bŠ«Ë

MP3 Disc Playback

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

—U*« r— b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« ¡b³® ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«10≠1 ¨+10Æ—U*« r— ‰Ušœô ©

∫‰U¦ —e« jG« ¨≥ rd« —UO²šô3Æ jG« ¨±¥ rd« —UO²šô+10 p– bFÐË ¨4Æ jG« ¨≤¥ rd« —UO²šô+10 ¨+10 p– bFÐË ¨4Æ

ôš²OU— «dr ∞±±¨ «Gj +10 ŽAd d« ¨ ËÐFb –p «Gj «e— 10Æ

—U*« s qOGA²« √b³¹ p– bFÐË ¨—U*« r— ÊUOÐ qš«œ qšb*« rd« dNE¹ÆtðœbŠ Íc«

—dJ²*« qOGA²«

…œułu*« «—U*« q Ë« ¨WOU(« WŽuL:« Ë« ¨—ULK qOGA²« —«dJð pMJ1ÆWKL;« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ

&¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«·UI¹ô«

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s jI

—«dJ²« —“ jG«REPEATÆO³ dNE¹Ò WýUý vKŽ —«dJ²« sMP3 CONTROLO³ ¡wC¹Ë Ò—«dJ²« s

REPEATÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ •OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL —«dJ²« lË d

REPEAT ALL “ REPEAT GROUP “ REPEAT TRACK“ÊUO³« wH²¹ “ ©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

REPEAT TRACK∫wU(« —U*« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ REPEAT GROUP∫WOU(« WŽuL:« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹

REPEAT ALL∫…œułu*« «—U*« q lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ

—«dJ²« lË ¡UGô —«dJ²« —“ jG«REPEATO³ wH²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ ÒWýUý s —«dJ²« s

MP3 CONTROLO³ UC¹« wH²¹® Ò —«dJ²« sREPEATWýUý s Æ©÷dF«

WŽuL−LK wKJ« œbF«ØWOU(« WŽuL:« r—

WŽuL:« r— wCIM*« qOGA²« XËwU(« —ULK

wU(« —U*«WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« «—ULK wKJ« œbF«ØwU(« —U*« r—Æ©WKL;« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« «—ULK wKJ« œbF«® WOU(«

MP3 CONTROLGroup : 02 / 03

Time : 00:00:14Track : 05 / 14 (Total 41)

BlueRedGreen

CloudyFairFogHailIndian summerRainShowerSnowThunderTyphoonWindWinter sky

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

AR43-46RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1744

¥µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

UHK qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹JPEG U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RWL½ ÆÒ W½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ w” W½«uDÝ«“JPEGÆ• —“ jG« ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« q³DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð UOKLF bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qOGAð lË dOOG² JPEGÆ•GýÒÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« lË d²š«Ë ¨Êu¹eHK²« q

…—Uýô« dNþ «–«”“ÆtKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨—“ jG bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ

W½«uDÝ« qOGAðJPEG

u¼ UJPEGøWŽuL− q³ s Õd²I WMÐUŁ ‡ …—u UuKF jG ÂUE½ u¼ ÂUEM« «c¼

Joint Photographic Expert Group…œuł w qOK ÊUBIMÐ eOL²¹Ë ¨Æ…—uB« UuKF* wUF« jGC« W³½ s rždUÐ …—uB«

W½«uDÝô« VOdð W½«uDÝ« vKŽJPEG UHK*« …œUŽ ÆnKL WK− ©…œU® W²ÐUŁ …—u q ¨

L−Ò¨Èdš« k«uŠ vKŽ k«u(« Íu²% Ê« UC¹« sJ1 ÆWEUŠ qš«œ WFuJð YOŠÒÆwd¼ qKð «– k«uŠ UI³Þ Ê

N¹Òðd¹Ë W½«uDÝö wdN« qK²« ¡UMÐ “UN'« «c¼ qÒvKŽ k«u(« V qJý” UŽuL−“Æ

dF²« “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹ÒvKŽË ¨…bŠ«u« WŽuL:UÐ nK ±µ∞ W¹UG vKŽ ·V³Ð Æ©nK ±¥∏µ∞ ŸuL− W¹UG® …bŠ«u« W½«uDÝö WŽuL− ππ W¹UG

ÈbF²ð w²« UŽuL:«Ë ±µ∞ œbF« ÈbF²ð w²« UHK*« qLN¹ “UN'« Ê«Æ UŽuL:« Ë« UHK*« Ác¼ qOGAð sJ1 ô ¨ππ œbF«

• UHK dOž UHK Ÿu½ Í« œułË WUŠ wJPEGUC¹« r²¹ ¨WEU(« w Æ UHKLK wKJ« œbF« sL s UHK*« Ác¼ »U²Š«

∫ UEŠö• U½«uDÝ« VKD²ðJPEG U½«uDÝ« U«® CD-R U½«uDÝ« Ë« CD-RWXË ©

qOJAð bOIFð V³Ð Xu« nK²¹® Æ…¡«dIK W¹œUF« U½«uDÝô« s ‰uÞ«©ÆnK*«ØWEU(«

• W½«uDÝ« qLŽ bMŽJPEG d²š« ¨ISO 9660 U—uH ≤ Èu² Ë« ± Èu² ÆW½«uDÝö

• œbF²*« qO−²« U½«uDÝ« “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹“multi-session”µ W¹UG® Æ© öO−ð

• U½«uDÝ« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹ ô“packet write”Æ• UHK qOGAð jI “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹JPEG∫WOU²« lOÝu²« UHK l

“.jpg” ¨“.jpeg” ¨“.JPG” ¨“.JPEG”…dO³ ·ËdŠ s WHR WŽuL− Í«Ë q¦® …dOG Ë«“.Jpg”Æ©

•d¦« qOK×²Ð nK qO−ð - «–«® Æ¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ qOK×²Ð nK*« qO−²Ð `BM½L×²¹ ·uÝ ¨¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ sÒ©ÆdNE¹ v²Š ‰uÞ« XË q

•«–« U½X ö s KHU JPEG ËKHU MP3 −KW ŽKv «ôÝDu«½W¨ «³jËl ³j MP3/JPEG œ«šq UzLW «Bu—… PICTURE ŽKv Ël “JPEG”Æ

©Æµ∞ W×H dE½«®• UHK jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD²¹* JPEG UHK qOGAð sJ1 ô Æ*

JPEG UHK Ë« w−¹—b²« `*« «– * JPEGÆÊ«bI ÊËbÐ *≠ U—uJPEG∫ÍbŽUI« j)« «– «dOUJK U—uH« «c¼ qLF²¹

Æa« ¨X½d²½ô« U×H ¨WOLd«≠ U—uJPEG∫w−¹—b²« `*« «– U×HB U—uH« «c¼ qLF²¹

ÆX½d²½ô«≠ U—uJPEGÆqLF²¹ U «—œU½Ë .b u¼ U—uH« «c¼ ∫Ê«bI ÊËbÐ

• U½«uDÝ« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1JPEGqO−ð ôUŠ Ë« hzUBš V³Ð Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼

WŽuL− ππ W¹UG

nK ±µ∞ W¹UG

«b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð

÷dŽ qOGAð ≠ UOJOðUuðË« Èdšô« bFÐ …bŠ«Ë W²ÐU¦« —uB« —uB« pMJ1Æ «b¹ö« ‡

fH½ XJK²« «–« WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ w¼ UL ¡ULÝô«


7 «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ¡bÐ W½«uDÝ« qšœ«JPEG qOGA²« —“ jG« p– bFÐË 3Æ

vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® nK q ÷dŽ r²¹ Æ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð √b³¹OG²¹ p– bFÐË ¨Ê«uŁ ≥ w«uŠ …b* Êu¹eHK²« WýUýÒbŠ«Ë wU²« nK*« v« d

Ædšô« bFÐGA¹ ¨WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« UHK*« q qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽÒ“UN'« q

ÆWOU²« WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« UHK*«

7XR qJAÐ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UI¹« XR*« ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«8Æ

Æ©¥∂ W×H dE½«® W²ÐU¦« …—uB« qš«bK .Ëe²« pMJ1WO½UŁ …d «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UM¾²Ýô

qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ

7nK*« r— b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ¡b³® ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«10≠1 ¨+10ÆnK*« r— ‰Ušœô ©

∫‰U¦ —e« jG« ¨≥ rd« —UO²šô3Æ jG« ¨±¥ rd« —UO²šô+10 p– bFÐË ¨4Æ jG« ¨≤¥ rd« —UO²šô+10 ¨+10 p– bFÐË ¨4Æ

ôš²OU— «dr ∞±±¨ «Gj +10 ŽAd d« ¨ ËÐFb –p «Gj «e— 10Æ÷dŽ qOGAð qOGAð √b³¹ p– bFÐË ¨nK*« r— ÊUOÐ qš«œ qšb*« rd« dNE¹

ÆtðœbŠ Íc« nK*« s «b¹ö« ‡

7 UŽuL:« Ë« UHK*« —UO²š«ÂUö © UHK*«® —uB« wD²

—e« jG«¢ dýR*« —“ Ë« ∞Æ»uKD*« VŠ «d …bŽ

nKK © UHK*«® —uB« wD² —e« jG«4 dýR*« —“ Ë« 5Æ»uKD*« VŠ «d …bŽ

7UOK «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð ·UI¹ô ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7Æ

W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUý dNEðJPEG CONTROLÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ •JOHOW «²AGOq s šö‰ ýUýW «²×Jr ÐUÝDu«½W JPEG CONTROL¨ «½Ed

r ”«²AGOö s šö‰ ýUýW ³j «ÝDu«½W “JPEG CONTROL«*ułuœ ŽKv H×W ∂¥Æ

2 31

5 64

8 97


TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

TUNING

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN

± WŽuL−≤ WŽuL−

± nKµ WŽuL− ¥ WŽuL− ≥ WŽuL− ≤ nK

AR43-46RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1745

¥∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7WŽuL− —UO²šô dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2ÆlÐU²²UÐ ©

7nK —UO²šô dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5ÆlÐU²²UÐ ©

7—U²<« nK*« qOGA² ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ

•.Ëeð pMJ1 ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ qU qJAÐ W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ bMŽÆ©¥∞ Ë ≥π U×HB« dE½«® Ã—U)« Ë« qš«bK W²ÐU¦« …—uB«

• qOGA²« —“ XDG «–«3nK*« s «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð √b³¹ ¨Æ—U²<«

7qš«bK W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .Ëeð ÂËËe« —“ jG«ZOOMÆ

Ëe*« ÊUJ*« p¹d×²ÒÂ dýR*« —«—“« jG«5/∞/3/2Æ

ÍœUF« qOGA²« lË v« ŸułdK ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ

Æ¥∞ Ë ≥π U×HB« dE½«

7 W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUý v« ŸułdKJPEG CONTROL

WLzUI« —“ jG«MENU ·UI¹ô« —“ Ë« 7Æ

—dJ²*« qOGA²«

W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« UHK*« q Ë« ¨WOU(« WŽuL:« qOGAð —«dJð pMJ1ÆWKL;«

&¡UMŁ« Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«·UI¹ô«

∫bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË s jI

—«dJ²« —“ jG«REPEATÆO³ dNE¹Ò WýUý vKŽ —«dJ²« sJPEG CONTROLO³ ¡wC¹Ë Ò—«dJ²« s

REPEATÆ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ •OG²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ∫wK¹ UL —«dJ²« lË d

“ REPEAT ALL “ REPEAT GROUPÊUO³« wH²¹ “ ©W¹«b³« v« Ÿuł—®

REPEAT GROUP∫WOU(« WŽuL:« lu« «c¼ —dJ¹ REPEAT ALL∫vKŽ …œułu*« UHK*« q lu« «c¼ —dJ¹

ÆW½«uDÝô«

—«dJ²« lË ¡UGô —«dJ²« —“ jG«REPEATO³ wH²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ ÒWýUý s —«dJ²« s

JPEG CONTROLO³ UC¹« wH²¹® Ò —«dJ²« sREPEATWýUý s Æ©÷dF«

JPEG Disc Playback

VCRDBS DVD

TV/VIDEO REW/( 9/FF


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

SOUND CENTER

TUNING

∫ UEŠö•∫ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGA² qOGA² …du² dOž WOU²« nzUþu« ¨ZU½d³« qOGAð

j¹dý ¨lOłd²«ØWŽdÐ ‡ ÂUö qOGA²« ¨—dJ²*« qOGA²« ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²«Æ—UO²šô« rz«uË ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF«

•∫ «b¹ö« ‡ ÷dŽ qOGAð qš«œ …dL² …—uBÐ ¡«œuÝ WýUý dNþ «–« nK dOž UOUŠ qG²A¹ Íc« nK*« ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1JPEGÁc¼ w ÆÍbŽU jš «–

nK® qOGA²K qÐU nK d²š« ¨WU(«JPEG¨ö¦® ÆWO½UŁ …d ©ÍbŽU jš «– ·UI¹ô« —“ jG«7 WLzUI« —“ Ë« MENUW½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUý `²H JPEG CONTROLÆ©a« ¨

Ædš« nK —UO²šô ‰uÞ« XË qL×²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½« kŠô• W½«uDÝ« vKŽ …œułu*« UHK*« iFÐ qG²Að Ê« sJ1JPEGÆÁuA …—uBÐ

W½«uDÝ« j³ WýUý ‰öš s öOGA²«JPEG CONTROL

W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUý s WÐuKD*« UŽuL:« qOGAðË Y×³« pMJ1JPEG CONTROLÆ

7 W½«uDÝUÐ rJ×²« WýUýJPEG CONTROL

∫ UEŠö•Æ÷dF« …cU½ vKŽ nK*« r—Ë WŽuL:« r— h× pMJ1•WUŠ V³Ð `O× qJAÐ «—U*«Ë UŽuL:« iFÐ qOGAð r²¹ ô Ê« sJ1

ÆqO−²«• W½«uDÝ« vKŽ UHK*«Ë UŽuL:« VOðdð ÷dŽ r²¹ Ê« sJ1JPEG…—uBÐ

ÆwBA« „dðuO³L vKŽ ÷ËdF*« VOðd²« sŽ WHK²•ÆbŠ«Ë XuÐ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —U Ë WŽuL− ±≤ W¹UG ÷dŽ r²¹

dýR*« —«—“« jG5/∞/3/2bŠ«Ë WOH<« UHK*«Ë UŽuL:« 5³¹ lÐU²²UÐ Ædšô« bFÐ




– TV/DBS CH +

– –

CHOICE

ON SCREEN

ZOOM

DIGEST

ENTER

TOP MENU MENU

RETURN


WŽuL−LK wKJ« œbF«ØWOU(« WŽuL:« r—WŽuL:«

WOU(«

wU(« nK*«

WŽuL:« qš«œ …œułu*« UHKLK wKJ« œbF«ØwU(« nK*« r—Æ©WKL;« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« UHKLK wKJ« œbF«® WOU(«

JPEG CONTROLGroup : 02 / 03 FILE : 05 / 14 (Total 41)

MountainSeaSky

Anemone fishBonitoButterfly fishDolphinGarden eelManta raySealSwordfishTunaTurtleWhaleWhale shark

AR43-46RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:1746

¥∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

—e«

CHOICE

5/∞

3/2

ENTER

qLF

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —UO²šô« WLzU ÷dFqOGAð r²¹ ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w

Æ‰œU³²UÐ —UO²šô« WLzU ·UI¹«Ë

ÆbMÐ —UO²šô

Æ—UO²šô« WLzU vKŽ —U²<« bM³« j³C

Ë« —U²<« bM³K WOŽdH« WLzUI« v« ‰UI²½öÆj³C« d¹dIð

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —UO²šô« WLzU ‰öš s WOËô« UÞu³C« q¹bFð pMJ1Æ—bB*« —UO²š« —“ jG WDÝ«uÐ tD³ b¹dð Íc« —bB*« d²š« ¨—UO²šô« WLzU qOGAð ¡«dł« q³

• Włu —UO²š« bMŽFM Ë« AMÆ—UO²šô« WLzU ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô ¨—bBL •GA dOž —bB —UO²š« bMŽÒ qDVD Ë« ¨FM Ë« AM uB« WLzU ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨AUDIO WŽUL« j³Ë SPK. SETTINGÆ

Æ—bB qJ uB« ö¹bFð kHŠ r²¹

∫ UEŠö•ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« lË —UO²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qOGA² ÃU²%•Æ—UO²šô« WLzU öOGA² bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« jI pMJ1•Æ¥π W×H dE½« Æ—UO²šô« WLzU w WKLF²*« WGK« dOOGð pMJ1• W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ —UO²šô« WLzU —UNþ« pMJ1 ôMP3 Ë« JPEGÆ“UN'« w WKšb

—UO²šô« WLzU öOGAð

qOGA²« —«—“«

…bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« qLF²Ý« ¨—UO²šô« WLzU w öOGA²« qLFÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²«


ENTER

CHOICE

—UO²šô« WLzU qOJAð

∫WOU²« rz«uI« —UO²šö« WLzU pK²9

WGK« WLzULANGUAGE©¥π W×H dE½«®

WLzUI WOËô« UGK« —UO²š« pMJ1Ê«uMF«Ë uB« ¨W½«uDÝô«

WGK« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ÆwŽdH«¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WKLF²*«

Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð

…—uB« WLzUPICTURE©¥π W×H dE½«®

WÐuKD*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« pMJ1ÆV«d*« WýUý Ë« …—uB« VŠ

uB« WLzUAUDIOdE½«® ©µ∞ W×H

«cN uB« UÞu³ q¹bFð pMJ1ÆWLzUI« Ác¼ ‰öš s “UN'«

UzLW ³j «LUŽWSETTING SPK. ®«½Ed H×W ±µ©

ÆWŽUL« UÞu³ q¹bFð pMJ1Ãdš Èu² q¹bFð UC¹« pMJ1

Æ UŽUL«

Èdšô« UÞu³C« WLzUOTHERS©µ≤ W×H dE½«®

iF³ UÞu³C« dOOGð pMJ1¨q¼ô« qH WHOþË j³C ÆnzUþu«

ÆWLzUI« Ác¼ qLF²Ý«

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE


SELECT

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

CENTER

0

0

AUDIO

L/R BALANCE

BASS

TREBLE

LFE ATT.


0 dB

MID


SELECT

100Hz

SPK. SETTING

CROSS OVER

LEVEL

SIZE

DISTANCE

RETURN TO INITIAL


SELECT

ON

OTHERS

RESUME

ON SCREEN GUIDE

AUTO STANDBY

ON

OFF

PARENTAL LOCK


SELECT

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2247

¥∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

µ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5©Æ»uKD*« —UO²šô« —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ

∂ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTER¡UN½ô Æj³C«

—UO²šô« WLzU fH½ vKŽ Èdšô« œuM³« j³C «uD)« bŽ«≥ v« ∂Æ

Èdš« —UO²š« WLzU v« ‰UI²½ö dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2b¹dð —UO²š« WLzU —UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©

ÆUND³

W¹œUF« WýUA« v« ŸułdK —UO²šô« —“ jG«CHOICEÆ

∫WEŠö•ÆWHK² «—UO²š« œ«bŽô WOŽd rz«u s —UO²šô« WLzU w œuM³« iFÐ nQ²ð

‰ušb« —“ jGENTERvKŽ dNEð —U²<« bM³K WOŽdH« rz«uI« qF−¹ ÆÊu¹eHK²«

dýR*« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ œuM³« j³ pMJ1/∞ 5 ‰ušb«Ë ENTERu¼ UL® …uD)« w ÕËdAµ Ë ∂©ÆvKŽô« w

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT


rKH« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ∫‰U¦“FILM”Æ«—U²

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

FILM

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3


WOKLF« ¡«dł«

Æw−¹—b²« `*« lË j³ bMŽ ∫‰U¦

—“ jG« ¨—UO²šô« WLzU qOGAð q³DVDv« —bB*« dOOG² GA —bBÒ qDVDÆ

± —UO²šô« —“ jG«CHOICEÆ WGK« WLzU dNEðLANGUAGEÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ

• dýR*« —“ UNÐ jGCð …d q w3 —e« Ë«® 2OG²ð ¨©ÒÆWLzUI« d

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«3 —e« Ë«® 2©…—uB« WLzU ÷dF lÐU²²UÐ

PICTUREÆ•OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒÆWLzUI« d

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5© rN« p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐvKŽ

w−¹b²« `*« lË“PROGRESSIVE MODE”Æ

¥ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆWKÐUI« «—UO²šô« UNO Ã—b*« ¨eHI« ‡ WLzU dNEð

Æ—UO²šö

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE


SELECT

CHOICE

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

ENTER

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT

MP3 / JPEG MP3

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON


SELECT


ENTER

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2248

¥π

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


∫WOU²« ŸUËô« bŠ« d²š«

lË16:9 NORMAL/16:9 MULTI NORMAL∫©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð q¹u%®

WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³½ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«³¦ Êu¹eHK²«Ò W³½ vKŽ W²16:9Æ©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð®

…—Uýô WýUA« ÷dŽ UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« «c¼ j³C¹v« ‰uÞ W³MÐ —u ÷dŽ bMŽ W×O× …—uBÐ Ãd)«

÷dŽ4:3Æ lË16:9 AUTO/16:9 MULTI AUTO

∫©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð q¹u%®÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³½ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«

Êu¹eHK²« WýUý16:9Æ©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð® lË4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LB q¹u%® Letter Box∫©

÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³½ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý4:3…b¼UA ¡UMŁ« Æ©ÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHKð®

¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—uÆWýUA« s wKH«Ë ÍuKF«

lË4:3 PS/4:3 MULTI PS q¹u%® Pan Scan∫©÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³½ ÊuJð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«

Êu¹eHK²« WýUý4:3…b¼UA ¡UMŁ« Æ©ÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHKð® ¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ô ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—u

r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨p– lË ¨WýUA« s wKH«Ë ÍuKF«WýUý vKŽ …—uBK vMLO«Ë ÈdO« ·«u(« ÷dŽ

ÆÊu¹eHK²«

•ËŠ²v «–« - «š²OU— Ël “4:3 PS” «Ë Ël “4:3 MULTI PS”¨ U½t1Js «Ê ¹B³` IU” «AUýW “4:3 LB” «Ë “4:3 MULTI LB” lÐFi «ÝDu«½U «HOb¹u DVD VIDEOÆ ¹F²Lb –«„ ŽKv OHOW ð−Oq¼cÁ «ôÝDu«½U Æ

• lË —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ“16:9 NORMAL”lË Ë« “16:9 MULTI NORMAL” UNdŽ v« UNuÞ W³½ …—uB 4:3¨

OG²ðÒÆ…—uB« ÷dŽ q¹u% WOKLŽ V³Ð nOHš qJAÐ …—uB« d

¶ w−¹—b²« lËPROGRESSIVE MODE

—bB Ë« rK® …—uB« Ÿu½ VŠ w−¹—b²« lu« —UO²š« pMJ1w−¹—b²« lu« —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ jI lu« «c¼ qOFHð r²¹ Æ©u¹bO

“PROGRESSIVE”©±¥ W×H dE½«® Æ`LK lu wzUIKð lË vKŽ j³« ¨…œUŽ“AUTO”Æ


u¹bOVIDEO∫Æu¹bO —bB W½«uDÝ« ÷dF VÝUM lu« «c¼ rKFILM∫—bB W½«uDÝ« Ë« rK ÷dF VÝUM lu« «c¼

Æw−¹—bð wzUIKðAUTO∫vKŽ Íu²% W½«uDÝ« ÷dF lu« «c¼ qLF²¹

dF²¹ Æu¹bOË rK —bB œ«uÒŸu½ vKŽ “UN'« ·WOU(« W½«uDÝö ©u¹bO —bB Ë« rK® …—uB«

ÆW½«uDÝô« UuKF VŠ•¨WýuA Ë« W×«Ë dOž ÷dF« …—u X½U «–«

dOOG²« ‰ËUŠ ¨WKLJ dOž …—uBK WKzU*« ◊uD)« Ë«ÆÈdšô« ŸUËô« vKŽ

7 WGK« WLzULANGUAGE

WLzUI« WG —UO²š« pMJ1“MENU LANGUAGE” uB« WG Ë ¨“AUDIO LANGUAGE” wŽdH« Ê«uMF«Ë ¨“SUBTITLE”q³ jI

ÆqOGA²«

¶ WLzUI« WGMENU LANGUAGE

Æ…œbF² UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9

s WGK« «dHý Ë« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«AA v« ZUr dE½«® ”WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł“ÆWLzUI« WGK ©µ∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

¶ uB« WGAUDIO LANGUAGE

ÆœbF² u UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9

s WGK« «dHý Ë« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«AA v« ZUr dE½«® ”WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł“Æ©µ∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

¶ wŽdH« Ê«uMF«SUBTITLE

Æ…œbF² WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9

s WGK« «dHý Ë« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«AA v« ZUr dE½«® ”WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł“·UI¹« Ë« ©µ∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*« ” ©wŽd Ê«uMŽ ÊËbÐ®“OFFÆ

∫WEŠö•UNðd²š« w²« WGK« ÊuJð UbMŽ WLzUI« WGKMENU LANGUAGEWG Ë« ¨

uB«AUDIO LANGUAGE wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG Ë« ¨SUBTITLEdOž ÆWOË« WGK UOJOðUuðË« WOKô« WGK« ‰ULF²Ý« r²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK−

¶ WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« WGON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«

7 …—uB« WLzUPICTURE

¶ V«d*« Ÿu½MONITOR TYPE

qOGAð b¹dð UbMŽ Êu¹eHK²« l VÝUM²O V«d*« Ÿu½ —UO²š« pMJ1 U½«uDÝ«DVD VIDEO …—u ÷dŽØ‰uÞ W³MÐ WK− 16:9Æ

œbF² Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK²«cN ÊuK« ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨œbF² Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ

…œbF²*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ UOJOðUuðË« “UN'«“MULTI”OG²¹ ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆV«dLK ŸuMÒÊu ÂUE½ l Â¡ö²O “UN'« j³ d

u¹bOH« Ãdš —UO²š« ÕU²H j³ sŽ dEM« iGÐ WKL;« U½«uDÝô«VIDEO OUT SELECTÆ

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

MENU LANGUAGE

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

AUDIO LANGUAGE

SUBTITLE

4:3 LB

PICTURE

MONITOR TYPE

PROGRESSIVE MODE

SCREEN SAVER

AUTO

ON

MP3 / JPEG MP3

∫‰U¦4:3 PS ∫‰U¦16:9 ∫‰U¦4:3 LB

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2349

µ∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

¶ WýUA« duSCREEN SAVER

ÆWýUA« du WHOþË ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1


qOGAðON∫WUŠ w WL²F WýUA« vKŽ …œułu*« …—uB« `³BðÆozUœ µ …b* WOKLŽ ¡«dł« ÂbŽ

·UI¹«OFF∫ÆWýUA« du WHOþË qG²Að ô

¶ W½«uDÝ«MP3/JPEG

UHK s ö ÊU «–«MP3 UHKË JPEG¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− ÆqOGA²K UHK*« s U¹« —UO²š« pMJ1


W½«uDÝ«MP3∫GA¹Ò UHK “UN'« qMP3Æ W½«uDÝ«JPEG∫GA¹Ò UHK “UN'« qJPEGÆ

7 uB« WLzUAUDIO

…bŠË Ë« WOUô« WŠuK« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ WOU²« œuM³« q¹bFð UC¹« pMJ1Æ©≤¥ v« ±π U×HB« dE½«® bFÐ sŽ rJ×²«

¶ vMLO«ØÈdO« WŽUL« ‰œUFðL/R BALANCE

WŽUL«Ë ÈdO« WOUô« WŽUL« 5Ð ‰œUF²« j³« Èb*« ‰öš vMLO« WOUô«“R-21” ed*« v« “CENTER”Ë«

ed*«“CENTER” v« “L-21”Æ

¶ ’U³«BASS

Èb*« ‰öš WOUô« UŽUL« s ’U³« WLG½ Èu² j³«≠≠≠≠≠ v« ±∞ ´ÆWł—œ ≤ qU …œU¹eÐ ±∞

¶ qÐd²«TREBLE

Èb*« ‰öš WOUô« UŽUL« s qÐd²« WLG½ Èu² j³«≠≠≠≠≠ v« ±∞ ´ÆWł—œ ≤ qU …œU¹eÐ ±∞

¶ iHM*« œœd²« WOUF nHLFE ATT.

WŽULÝ s ’U³« u ÁuAð iHM*« œœd²« WOUF nH qKI¹ÂUE½ Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WOŽdH« dH¹u«

wLd« jO;« uB«DTSÆ∫WOU²« UÞu³C« bŠ« d²š«

lË dB 10≠≠≠≠≠∫s ’U³« u ÁuAð qOKI² lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ

lË0 dB∫ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ ¡UGô lu« «c¼ d²š«

¶ uBK wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jGD. RANGE COMPRESSION

u …u Èu² vKŽ v²ŠË qOK« ¡UMŁ« r uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1ÆwLd« w³Ëœ ÂUEMÐ uB« v« ŸUL²Ýô« bMŽ iHM


vBô« Èb*«MAX∫WOUF oO³Dð b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«¡UMŁ« bOH® WKU …—uBÐ uB« jG

Æ©qOK« nB²M jÝu²*« Èb*«MID∫Èb*« qOKIð b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«

ÆqOK qJAÐ wJOUM¹b« ·UI¹ô«OFF∫ŸU²L²Ýô« b¹dð UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«

r²¹ ô® qU wJOUM¹œ Èb0 jO;« uBUÐÆ©WOUFH« oO³Dð


CENTER

0

0

AUDIO

L/R BALANCE

BASS

TREBLE

LFE ATT.


0 dB

MID

WGK« …dHý ‰ËbłAA

AB

AF

AM

AR

AS

AY

AZ

BA

BE

BG

BH

BI

BN

BO

BR

CA

CO

CS

CY

DA

DZ

EL

EO

ET

EU

ŽHU—¹W«ÐU“¹W«d¹JU½e¹W«Nd¹WŽdÐOW«ÝUOe¹W«1U—¹W«–—ÐO−U½OWÐAJOd¹WÐOö—ËÝOWÐKGU—¹WÐNU—¹WÐöOWÐMGUOW¨ ÐMGöð³²OWÐd¹²u½OW²Uô½OWu—ÝOJU½OW

ýOJOWË¹Ke¹Wœ/U—OWÐuðU½OW¹u½U½OW«Ý³d½²OW«Ý²u«½OWÐUÝOJOW

Ýuœ«½OWÝu¹b¹WÝu«ŠOKOWðUOKOWðOKužOWÞUłOJ²U½OWðU¹ö½b¹WðGd¹MOWðdLU½OWðGUužOW

Ý²u«½OWðMGUOWðdOWðu½GOWð²U—¹Wðu¹W«Ëd«½OW«—œË«Ë“ÐOJ²U½OWO²MUOWuôÐuOWËuOWšuÝOW«—ËÐOW“Ëu¹W

®ŽHd«Ê© «Ë—ËOW«Ë—¹WÐM−UÐOWÐuô½b¹WÐUý²u¨ Ðuý²uÐdðGUOWO²Au—¹W—«ðu ≠ —ËMOWOdË½b¹W—ËU½OW—ËÝOWOMOUË½b¹WÝMOJd¹²OWÝMb¹WÝMGuOWdÐOW ≠ dË«ðOWÝMGUOe¹WÝKuUOWÝKuOMOWÝUu«½OWýu½UuUOW

«³U½OWdÐOWÝOu«ðOWÝOuŁOW

L³uœ¹WMb¹Wu—¹W (KOR)

UýLOd¹Wdœ¹WdeðU½OWôðOMOWMGöOWôËÝOWOuŁu«½OWôðHOW¨ O²OWUôžUÝOWUË—¹WIbË½OWö¹UôOWMGuOWub«OWU—«ŁOWUOe¹W (MAY)

UDOWÐdOW½UË—¹W½O³UOW¼uô½b¹W½dË¹−OW«Ë²U½OW

U—ÝOWOMö½b¹WO−OWU—ËÝOWd¹e¹U½OW«¹dMb¹W

ÝJuðKMb¹WžUOOU½OWžu«—«½OWžułU—«ðOW¼UËÝOW¼Mb¹WdË«ðOW¼MGU—¹W«—MOW«½²dMGu«OW«½²dMGuOW«½uÐOJOW«½bË½OOW«¹ö½b¹WŽ³d¹W¹Uœ¹AOW

łUË¹WłOu—łOWe«š²U½OWžd¹Mö½b¹JOW

FA

FI

FJ

FO

FY

GA

GD

GL

GN

GU

HA

HI

HR

HU

HY

IA

IE

IK

IN

IS

IW

JI

JW

KA

KK

KL

KM

KN

KO

KS

KU

KY

LA

LN

LO

LT

LV

MG

MI

MK

ML

MN

MO

MR

MS

MT

MY

NA

NE

NL

NO

OC

OM

OR

PA

PL

PS

PT

QU

RM

RN

RO

RU

RW

SA

SD

SG

SH

SI

SK

SL

SM

SN

SO

SQ

SR

SS

ST

SU

SV

SW

TA

TE

TG

TH

TI

TK

TL

TN

TO

TR

TS

TT

TW

UK

UR

UZ

VI

VO

WO

XH

YO

ZU

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2350

µ±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

¶ WŽUL« Èu²LEVEL

Èu²* WOŽdH« WLzUI« ‰Ušœô lu« «c¼ d²š«LEVELÆWŽUL«

ed*« WŽULÝCENTER SPEAKERÈdO« WOHK)« WŽUL« ¨LEFT REAR SPEAKERvMLO« WOHK)« WŽUL« ¨

RIGHT REAR SPEAKERWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ Ë ¨WOOFER SUB

s Èb*« ‰öš WŽUL« Ãdš Èu² j³«≠≠≠≠≠v« q³¹œ ±∞´ÆWł—œ ± qU …œU¹eÐ q³¹œ ±∞

h×H« WLG½TEST TONE

Æh×H« WLG½ ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA² lu« «c¼ d²š«

Ÿułd«RETURN

WŽUL« j³ WLzU v« ŸułdK lu« «c¼ d²š«SPK. SETTINGÆ

∫ UEŠö• ”UI ÊËbÐ —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ“NONE”WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL

WŽUL« ”UI WLzU vKŽ WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ Ë«ØËSIZE…—Uýô« dNEð ¨”≠“Ãdš Èu² j³ pMJ1 ô ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆwU(« j³C« s ôbÐ

Æ UŽUL« Ác¼•1JMp ðFb¹q ²uÈ «)dÃ LUŽW «*de ËØ«Ë «LUŽU «)KHOW Ij ŽMbU

¹²r ðMAOj Ël ×O` s «ËUŸ «Bu «;Oj ®«½Ed H×W ∑≤©Æ• ”UI ÊËbÐ —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ“NONE” UŽUL« Ë«ØË ed*« WŽUL

Æ UŽUL« ÁcN h×H« WLG½ Ãdð ô ¨WOHK)«

¶ WŽUL« WU WLzUDISTANCE

«š²d ¼c« «ul ôœšU‰ «IUzLW «HdŽOW *UW «LUŽW DISTANCEÆ

WOUô« WŽUL«FRONT SPEAKERed*« WŽULÝ ¨CENTER SPEAKER WOHK)« WŽUL« ¨REAR SPEAKER

s Èb*« ‰öš ŸUL²Ýô« ÊUJ s WU*« j³« ¨WŽULÝ qJÆd² ∞[≥ Wł—œ …œU¹eÐ —U²« ¨π v« d² ∞[≥

h×H« WLG½TEST TONE

Æh×H« WLG½ ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA² lu« «c¼ d²š«

Ÿułd«RETURN

WŽUL« j³ WLzU v« ŸułdK lu« «c¼ d²š«SPK. SETTINGÆ

∫ UEŠö• ”UI ÊËbÐ —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ“NONE”WOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL

WŽUL« ”UI WLzU vKŽSIZE …—Uýô« dNEð ¨”≠“ÆwU(« j³C« s ôbÐ Æ UŽUL« Ác¼ Ãdš Èu² j³ pMJ1 ô ¨WU(« Ác¼ w

• ”UI ÊËbÐ —UO²š« r²¹ UbMŽ“NONE” UŽUL« Ë«ØË ed*« WŽUL WŽUL« ”UI WLzU vKŽ WOHK)«SIZEÁcN h×H« WLG½ Ãdð ô ¨

Æ UŽUL«

3.0m

DISTANCE

FRONT SPEAKER

RETURN

CENTER SPEAKER

REAR SPEAKER

TEST TONE

3.0m

3.0m


7 WŽUL« j³ WLzUSPK. SETTING

¶ WŽUL« ”UISIZE

«š²d ¼c« «ul ôœšU‰ «IUzLW «HdŽOW *IU” SIZE «LUŽWÆ

WOUô« WŽUL«FRONT SPEAKERed*« WŽULÝ ¨CENTER SPEAKERWOHK)« WŽUL« ¨REAR SPEAKER

∫WŽULÝ qJ WOU²« UÞu³C« bŠ« d²š«

dO³ ”UILARGE (LRG)∫ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆUO³½ dO³ WŽUL« ”UI

dOG ”UISMALL (SML)∫ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆUO³½ dOG WŽUL« ”UI

”UI ÊËbÐNONE (NO)∫qOuð ÂbŽ bMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š««c¼ —UO²š« sJ1 ô® ÆWŽULÝÆ©WOUô« UFKLK lu«

WOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝSUBWOOFER


USE (YES)∫«š²d ¼c« «ul ŽMbU ¹²r ðuOq ÝLUŽW Ë¹Hd dŽOWÆNONE (NO)∫«š²d ¼c« «ul ŽMb ŽbÂ «Ý²FLU‰ ÝLUŽW Ë¹Hd dŽOWÆ

Ÿułd«RETURN

«š²d ¼c« «ul KdłuŸ «v UzLW ³j «LUŽW SPK. SETTINGÆ

∫ UEŠö•ÆWŽUL« UÞu³ q¹bFð bMŽ lłdL WOU²« ◊UIM« kHŠ«

≠±≤ s d¦« WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*« WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊU «–« dO³J« ”UI*« d²š« ¨rÝ“LARGE”¨rÝ ±≤ s q« ”UI*« ÊU «–«Ë ¨

dOGB« ”UI*« d²š« “SMALL”Æ• dOGB« ”UI*« d²š« «–«“SMALL”—UO²š« pMJ1 ô ¨WOUô« UŽULK

dO³J« ”UI*«“LARGE”ÆWOHK)« UŽUL«Ë ed*« WŽUL • dH¹Ë WŽULÝ ‰ULF²Ý« ÊËbÐ lË d²š« «–«“NONE”dH¹u« WŽUL

dOGB« ”UI*« UO²š« pMJ1 ô ¨WOŽdH«“SMALL”ÆWOUô« UŽULK •s d¹ô« V½U'« vKŽ …œułu*« WŽUL« UDD s …œUH²Ýô« pMJ1

WŽUL« j³ WLzUSPK. SETTINGÆWŽUL« j³C ≠Æ…—U²<« WŽULK WŽUL« jD —UO²š« r²¹≠OG²¹ÒÆpD³ VŠ WŽUL« ”UI jD d

100Hz

SPK. SETTING

CROSS OVER

LEVEL

SIZE

DISTANCE

RETURN TO INITIAL

LARGE

SIZE

FRONT SPEAKER

RETURN

CENTER SPEAKER

REAR SPEAKER

SMALL

SMALL

SUB WOOFER NONE

WŽUL« UDD

dH¹Ë WŽULÝWOŽd

WOUô« UŽUL«

WOHK)« UŽUL«

ed*« WŽULÝ

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2351

µ≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


¶ wdH*« œœd²«CROSS OVER

“UN'« «c¼ bOF¹ ¨lË ÍUÐ …dOG WŽULÝ ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ wvKŽ …dOGB« WŽULK WMOF*« ’U³« u dUMŽ l¹“uð UOJOðUuðË«

Æ…dO³J« UŽUL«wdH*« œœd²« Èu² j³« ¨`O× qJAÐ WHOþu« Ác¼ ‰ULF²Ýô

Æ“UN'« l Wuu WŽULÝ dG« ”UI VŠ• ”UI d²š« «–«LRG”©dO³® “ dO³ ”UI Ë« “LARGE”qJ

ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹ ô ¨ UŽUL«


200Hz∫WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ µ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

150Hz∫WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ∂ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

120Hz∫WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ∏ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

100Hz∫WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ±∞ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

80Hz∫WOÞËd<« WŽUL« ”UI ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ lu« «c¼ d²š«ÆrÝ ±≤ w«uŠ WŽUL« qš«œ …œułu*«

¶ wËô« lu« v« Ÿułd«RETURN TO INITIAL

vKŽ WŽUL« UÞu³ q j³ …œUŽô bM³« «c¼ d²š«ÆWOËô« UÞu³C«

7 Èdšô« UÞu³C« WLzUOTHERS

¶ ·UM¾²Ýô«RESUME

GA* qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1Ò qDVDÆwKš«b«


qOGAðON∫ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ jOAM² lu« «c¼ d²š« ·UI¹«OFF∫ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ jOAMð ·UI¹ô lu« «c¼ d²š«

¶ WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœON SCREEN GUIDE

∫WOU²« WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1eË«¹U «*AU¼b… ‡ «*²Fbœ…∫

:LuŽW «FMUË¹s «HdŽOW∫:LuŽW GU «Bu ∫(UW «²AGOq∫¨ ¨ 1/8¨ x 5

«aÆw Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« dNEð

ÆWýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ WHOþË qOGAð ¡UMŁ« qOGA²« W¹«bÐ

u¹bO XOÝU q− WDÝ«uÐ …—uB« qO−ð bMŽVCRj³« ¨ ·UI¹ô« lË vKŽ WHOþu«“OFF”M−² Òj¹dý vKŽ UMO³*« qO−ð V

Æu¹bOH«•v²ŠË WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dýË —UO²šô« WLzU qO−ð sJ1

·UI¹ô« lË vKŽ WHOþu« j³ bMŽ“OFF”Æ


qOGAðON∫ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ jOAM² lu« «c¼ d²š« ·UI¹«OFF∫ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ jOAMð ·UI¹ô lu« «c¼ d²š«

•.Ëe²« UuKFË ©≥µ W×H dE½«® WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« dNEðbMŽ v²ŠË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ©¥∞ Ë ≥π U×HB« dE½«® qš«bK

·UI¹ô« lË vKŽ WHOþu« j³“OFF”Æ

¶ qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«AUTO STANDBY

GA vKŽ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð wN²M¹ UbMŽÒ qDVDqLŽ r²¹ ôË wKš«b« ÆUOJOðUuðË« “UN'« nu²¹ ¨—U²<« Xu« s d¦« …b* WOKLŽ ¡«dł«

•GA —UO²š« bMŽ jI WHOþu« Ác¼ qOFHð r²¹Ò qDVDÆ—bBL


60∫¡«dł« qLŽ ÂbŽ WUŠ w qOGA²« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹ÆWIOœ ∂∞ ‰öš WOKLŽ

30∫¡«dł« qLŽ ÂbŽ WUŠ w qOGA²« sŽ “UN'« nu²¹ÆWIOœ ≥∞ ‰öš WOKLŽ

·UI¹«OFF∫ÆWHOþu« jOAMð ·UI¹ô lu« «c¼ d²š«

•qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« lË l ÂuM« XR lË ‰ULF²Ý« - «–«Íc« ¨lu« ÂuI¹ ·uÝ ¨Xu« fHMÐ ©±≤ W×H dE½«® UOzUIKð

Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹UÐ ¨qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹ô dJÐ« XË ÁbMŽ

¶ q¼ô« qH lËPARENTAL LOCK

u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bOOIð pMJ1DVD VIDEOvKŽ Íu²% w²« œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« U½«uDÝô«Ë VŽ— dþUM

Æp²KzUŽ• q¼ô« qH —UO²š« pMJ1“PARENTAL LOCK”·UI¹« ¡UMŁ« jI

ÆqOGA²«

q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH« ‡ WLzUI« ‰Ušœô bM³« «c¼ d²š«PARENTAL LOCK©Æµ¥ Ë µ≥ U×HB« W×H dE½«® Æ


ON

OTHERS

RESUME

ON SCREEN GUIDE

AUTO STANDBY

ON

OFF

PARENTAL LOCK

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2352

µ≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

µ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆÆj³C« Èu²* eHI« ‡ …cU½ dNEð

∂ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ ©‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨bOOI²« Èu²

ENTERÆ rN« qI²M¹ d« WLK lË v« “PASSWORD”Æ

•Æq¼ô« qH Èu²* d¦« bOOI²« ÊuJ¹ ¨q« Èu²*« WLO X½U ULK• bOOIð ÊËbÐ d²š«“NONE”ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ ¡UGô

∑ ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«9)≠≠≠≠≠(0WLKJ ÂU—« WFÐ—« ‰Ušœô ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨d«ENTERÆ

rN« qI²M¹ ÃËd)« lË v« “EXIT”Æ

∏ ‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ Èdšô« UÞu³C« WLzU ·UM¾²Ý« r²¹OTHERSÆ

W¹œUF« WýUA« v« ŸułdK —UO²šô« —“ jG«CHOICEÆ

∫WEŠö•cðÒÆd« WLK ‰uŠ WEŠö qLŽ« Ë« d« WLK d

¨j³C« dOOG² ÆW½«uDÝô« qH d¹d×² Ë« j³C« dOOG² d« WLK ‰Ušœ« V−¹Æµ¥ W×H dE½«


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT54

8

3

NONE

76

NEW PASSWORD? PRESS 0 9KEY.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

4

_ _ _ _

EXIT


q¼ô« qH WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« s b(«

u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bOOIð pMJ1DVD VIDEOdþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« bŠ« ô Æp²KzUŽ œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« U½«uDÝô«Ë VŽ—

ÆWHOþu« Ác¼ ¡UG« - «–« ô≈ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð lOD²¹• u¹bOH« U½«uDÝô jI j³C« «c¼ qOFHð r²¹DVD VIDEOÍu²% w²«

Èu² v« ©«bOOIð d¦ô«® ± Èu² ≠ q¼ô« qH Èu² UuKF vKŽÆ©«bOIð qô«® ∏

•ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ« jI q¼ô« qH WHOþË j³ pMJ1

7q¼ô« qH j³

± —UO²šô« —“ jG«CHOICE—“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨ dýR*«3 —e« Ë«® 2 UÞu³C« WLzU ÷dF © Èdšô«OTHERSÆ

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN«q¼ô« qH WHOþË vKŽ

“PARENTAL LOCK”‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨ENTERÆ

q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH« WLzUI« dNEðPARENTAL LOCKvKŽ ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý

≥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN« bK³« …dHý vKŽ “COUNTRY CODE”¨

‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐËENTERÆÆbK³« …dHý j³C WOŽdH« WLzUI« dNEð

¥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5—UO²šô lÐU²²UÐ © ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨bK³« …dHýENTERÆ

dE½«”q¼ô« qH WHOþu WIDM*«ØbK³« «dHý ‰Ëbł“vKŽ œułu*« rN« qI²M¹ Æµµ W×HÈu²*« j³ lË v«

“SET LEVEL”Æ


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT


SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

SET LEVEL

PASSWORD

NONE

_ _ _ _

EXIT KY

KN

KZ

KM

KPKRKW

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2353

µ¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹d%qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨WKU …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH WHOþË Èu² j³Cð UbMŽ

‰ËU%Ë U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qšbð UbMŽ Æ‚öÞô« vKŽ U½«uDÝô« iFÐd¹d% pMJ1 ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« ÷dF« WýUý dNEð ¨UNKOGAð

ÆW²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH WHOþË

± dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN«q¼ô« qHI XR*« d¹d×²« WHOþË vKŽ

“TEMPORARY RELEASE”—“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨ ‰ušb«ENTERÆ

rN« „d×²¹ d« WLK lË vKŽ “PASSWORD”Æ•bM³« d²š« ¨W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹d% b¹dð ô p½« WUŠ w

“NOT RELEASE” dýR*« —“ jG« WDÝ«uÐ ∞ —e« Ë«® 5¨© ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐËENTER ÆjG« ¨W½«uDÝô« Ã«dšô

—e«0Æ

≤ ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«9)≠≠≠≠≠(0WLKJ ÂU—« WFÐ—ô« ‰Ušœô ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨d«ENTERÆ

ÆqOGA²« √b³¹•Èdš« …d ‰ËUŠ ° QDš …—Uý« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš dÝ WLK XKšœ« «–«

“WRONG! RETRY••• PRESS 0~9 KEY”WLzUI« vKŽ q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH«PARENTAL LOCKÆ

ÆW×O×B« d« WLK ‰Ušœ« q³ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð pMJ1 ô

∫WEŠö•«–« «œšKX «dr «dÍ ÐBu—… šUÞ¾W «¦d s ŁöÀ d« ¨ ¹²×d„ «Nr «v

Ël ŽbÂ «²×d¹d“NOT RELEASE” «ËðuUðOJOU “— «*Rýd ∞ ®«Ë «e— 5©Æ«Gj «e— 0 ôšd«Ã «ôÝDu«½WÆ

PARENTAL LOCK

PASSWORD _ _ _ _

TEMPORARY RELEASE

PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYENTER

SELECT

NOT RELEASE


7q¼ô« qH j³ dOOGð

± —UO²šô« —“ jG«CHOICE—“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨ dýR*«3 —e« Ë«® 2 UÞu³C« WLzU ÷dF © Èdšô«OTHERSÆ

≤ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN«q¼ô« qH WHOþË vKŽ

“PARENTAL LOCK”‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨ENTERÆ

q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH« WLzUI« dNEðPARENTAL LOCKvKŽ ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý

• rN« p¹d% pMJ1 d« WLK lË vKŽ “PASSWORD” ÃËd)« lË vKŽ Ë«“EXIT”Æd« WLK ‰Ušœ« q³ jI

≥ ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«9)≠≠≠≠≠(0WLKJ ÂU—« WFÐ—ô« ‰Ušœô ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨d«ENTERÆ

•Èdš« …d ‰ËUŠ ° QDš …—Uý« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš dÝ WLK XKšœ« «–«“WRONG! RETRY••• PRESS 0~9 KEY”WLzUI« vKŽ

q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH«PARENTAL LOCKÆd« WLK ‰Ušœ« q³ WOU²« «uD)« v« »U¼c« pMJ1 ô

ÆW×O×B«

¥ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5p¹d×² lÐU²²UÐ © rN«p– bFÐË ¨ÁdOOGð b¹dð Íc« bM³« vKŽ

‰ušb« —“ jG«ENTERÆ

µ dýR*« —“ jG«∞ —e« Ë«® 5dOOG² lÐU²²UÐ © ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨j³C«ENTERÆ

∂ ÂU—ô« —«—“« jG«9)≠≠≠≠≠(0WLKJ ÂU—« WFÐ—« ‰Ušœô ‰ušb« —“ jG« p– bFÐË ¨d«ENTERÆ

Æb¹b'« j³C« Êeš r²¹

∫ UEŠö•Æd« WLK j³ q³ q¼ô« qH WHOþË j³ pMJ1 ô• q¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH« WLzUI« s Xłdš «–«PARENTAL LOCKj³ q³

…uD)« w d« WLK∂…b¹b'« q¼ô« qH Èu²Ë bK³« …dHý `³Bð ô ·uÝ ¨ÆWUF W1bI« q¼ô« qH Èu²Ë bK³« …dHý vI³ð sJË ¨WUF

• rN« „d×²¹ ¨ «d ÀöŁ s d¦« W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ Íd« rd« XKšœ« «–«ÃËd)« lË v«“EXIT” dýR*« —“ qG²A¹ ôË UOJOðUuðË« ∞ Ë«® 5jG« Æ©

‰ušb« —“ENTERq¼ô« qH WHOþu WOŽdH« WLzUI« s ÃËdK PARENTAL LOCK …uD)« s bŽ« p– bFÐË ¨±Æ

•cð ÂbŽ WUŠ wÒ rd« qšœ« ¨Íd« rd« d“8888”Æ

PASSWORD? PRESS 0 9KEY.TO EXIT, PRESS CHOICE.ENTER

SELECT

KW

PARENTAL LOCK

COUNTRY CODE

LEVEL

PASSWORD

4

_ _ _ _

EXIT

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2354

µµ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


q¼ô« qH WHOþu WIDM*«ØbK³« «dHý ‰Ëbł


AD

AE

AF

AG

AI

AL

AM

AN

AO

AQ

AR

AS

AT

AU

AW

AZ

BA

BB

BD

BE

BF

BG

BH

BI

BJ

BM

BN

BO

BR

BS

BT

BV

BW

BY

BZ

CA

CC

CF

CG

CH

CI

CK

CL

CM

CN

CO

CR

CU

CV

CX

CY

CZ

DE

DJ

DK

DM

DO

DZ

EC

EE

EG

EH

«½bË——««ùU—« «FdÐOW «*²×b…«GU½²UÊ«½²OGu« Ë ÐU—Ðuœ««½GOö«³U½OU«—OMOU«½²OKOe ¼uMb«½Guô«IDV «'MuÐw«ô—łM²5

ÝUuË« «ôd¹JOW«MLU«Ý²d«OU«Ë—ËÐU«–—ÐO−UÊ«³uÝMW Ë«NdÝpÐU—ÐUœË”ÐMGöœ‘ÐK−OJUÐu—OMU UÝuÐKGU—¹U«³×d¹sÐu—Ë½bÍÐOM5ÐOduœ«ÐdË½w œ«— «öÂÐuOHOU«³d«“¹q«³NUUÐuðUÊ

łe¹d… ÐuOXÐuðu«½UÐOö—ËÝOUÐOKOeMb«łe— «Juu” ®OKMm©łLNu—¹W «d¹IOU «uÝDv«Ju½Gu

Ýu¹d«ÝUŠq «FUÃłe— u„ðAOKw«JUOdËÊ«B5uu³OUuÝ²U—¹JUuÐU«d“” «ôšCd

łe— «Jd¹LU”³d’łLNu—¹W «²AOp«*U½OU

łO³uðw«b/U—„«bËOMOJU

łLNu—¹W «bËOMOJUÊ«'e«zd≈u«œË—≈Ý²u½OUBd«B×d«¡ «GdÐOW

—Ë«½b««Fuœ¹W

łe— ÝuuuÊÝOAOq«uœ«Ê«u¹b

ÝMGUÐu—…ÝU½X ¼OKOMUÝKuOMOUÝHU³U—œ ËłUÊ U¹5ÝKuUOUÝOOd«OuÊÝUÊ U—¹Mu«MGU‰«BuU‰

Ýu—¹MUÂÝUË ðuw ËÐd¹MO³w«KHUœË—«'LNu—¹W «FdÐOW «u—¹W

Ýu«“¹KMbłe— «²d„ ËðAOUuðAUœ«ô—«w «Hd½OW «'MuÐOWðužuðU¹KMbÞUłOJ²UÊðuOöËðdLM²Ksðu½fðu½GUðOLu— «AdOWðdOUðd¹MOb«œ ËðuÐUžuðuUuðU¹u«Ê¨ IUÞFW ðU¹u«Ê «BOMOWðMe«ðOU¨ łLNu—¹WðMe«½OU «*²×b…«Ëd«½OU«ËžMb««'e— «BGOd…«²UÐFW Kuô¹U «*²×b…«uô¹U «*²×b…«Ë—Ëžu«Í«Ë“ÐJ²UÊœËW b¹MW «HUðOJUÊ®«HUðOJUÊ©

ÝUÊ MMX Ëžd¹MUœ¹sMeËôłe— Odł5 ®«³d¹DU½OW©łe— Odł5 ®«ôd¹JOW©O²MUÂU½u«ðułe— Ë«Of Ë uðu½UÝUuË««OLsU¹u ¹užöOU

łMu» «d¹IOU“«³OU“«zOd“1³UÐuÍ

łLNu—¹W ôË”«b1Id«ÞOW «AF³OWÆ³MUÊ

ÝU½X uýOUOA²M²5

Ýd¹ö½JUO³Od¹UOuðuO¦u«½OUuL³u—⁄ôðHOU«'LU¼d¹W «FdÐOW «KO³OW«*Gd»u½Uuub«OU¨ łLNu—¹W ub«OUbžAIdłe— U—ýU‰UwOU/U—MGuOUUUËłe— U—¹U½U «ALUOWU—ðOMOpu—¹²U½OUu½²OdÒ« UDUu—¹AOu”Ub¹nUôËÍ«*JOpUOe¹Uu“«³Oo½UO³OU½Ou UObË½OU«MO−d

łe¹d… ½u—up½O−Od¹U½OJU—«žu«¼uô½b««MdË¹Z½O³U‰½Uƒ—Ë½OuÍ½Ou“ô½bÁŽÔLUÊÐMÓLUÐOdËÐuOMOOU «Hd½OWÐUÐu« ½Ou žOMOU«HK³5ÐU²UÊÐuMb«

ÝUÊ ÐOOd Ë OJKuÊÐO²JOdÊÐu¹dðu —¹Ju«³dðGU‰ÐUôËÐU—«žuÍDd—¹u½OuÊ—ËU½OU«ù%Uœ «dËÝw

≈—¹²d¹U≈Ý³U½OU≈ŁOuÐOUMKMb«O−włe— «Huö½b ®UHOMU”©U¹JdË½Oe¹U®«uô¹U «*²×b… «*U¹JdË½Oe¹W©

łe— «HU—Ëd½Ud½U¨ «FULW«GUÐuÊ«*LKJW «*²×b…žd¹MUœ«łu—łOUžOU½U «Hd½OWžU½Uł³q ÞU—‚žd¹Mö½bžU³OUžOMOUžu«œ¹KuÐwžOMOU «ôÝ²u«zOW«Ou½UÊ

łMu» łu—łOU Ëłe—ÝU½bË¹²g «'MuÐOWžu«ðOLUôžu«ÂžOMOU ÐOUËžOU½U¼u½m u½młe¹d… ¼Odœ Ëłe— U„ œË½Ub¼u½bË—«”dË«ðOU¼U¹²w¼MGU—¹U—½bË½OOU«¹dMb««Ýd«zOq«NMb«ô—«w «³d¹DU½OW w«;Oj «NMbÍ«Fd«‚«¹d«Ê ®łLNu—¹W «¹d«Ê «ôÝöOW©¬¹KMb«≈¹DUOU

łUU¹JU«ô—œÊ«OUÐUÊOMOUdžOeÝ²UÊL³uœ¹UOd¹³OUðw«Juu—Ë” ®łe— «ILd©

ÝU½X O²f Ë ½OHOfu—¹U¨ łLNu—¹W u—¹U«b1Id«ÞOW «AF³OWu—¹U¨ łLNu—¹W u—¹U«Ju¹X

łe— U1UÊe«š²UÊ

ER

ES

ET

FI

FJ

FK

FM

FO

FR

FX

GA

GB

GD

GE

GF

GH

GI

GL

GM

GN

GP

GQ

GR

GS

GT

GU

GW

GY

HK

HM

HN

HR

HT

HU

ID

IE

IL

IN

IO

IQ

IR

IS

IT

JM

JO

JP

KE

KG

KH

KI

KM

KN

KP

KR

KW

KY

KZ

LA

LB

LC

LI

LK

LR

LS

LT

LU

LV

LY

MA

MC

MD

MG

MH

ML

MM

MN

MO

MP

MQ

MR

MS

MT

MU

MV

MW

MX

MY

MZ

NA

NC

NE

NF

NG

NI

NL

NO

NP

NR

NU

NZ

OM

PA

PE

PF

PG

PH

PK

PL

PM

PN

PR

PT

PW

PY

QA

RE

RO

RU

RW

SA

SB

SC

SD

SE

SG

SH

SI

SJ

SK

SL

SM

SN

SO

SR

ST

SV

SY

SZ

TC

TD

TF

TG

TH

TJ

TK

TM

TN

TO

TP

TR

TT

TV

TW

TZ

UA

UG

UM

US

UY

UZ

VA

VC

VE

VG

VI

VN

VU

WF

WS

YE

YT

YU

ZA

ZM

ZR

ZW

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2355

µ∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

qGA* UŠöDô« ÕdýDVD

W³d u¹bO …—Uý«L:« «—Uýô« s Ÿu½« WŁöŁ w WÞuGC*« u¹bOH« «—Uý« v« dOA¹Ò∫WF

‰ULF²ÝUÐ w½u l³Að «—Uý«Ë ‚«dý« «—Uý« s W½uJ …—u …—Uý«¨ÊuK« s¹uJ² ”UÝô« œËeð …—u «—Uý« ¨œœd²K nŽUC wMIð »uKÝ«

ÆWM«e² …—u …—Uý«

X½U½u³L u¹bO …—Uý«…—Uý« s¹uJ² W¹—ËdC« UuKF*« ¡«eł« ÊuJð YOŠ u¹bO …—Uý« ÂUE½‰öš s UNUÝ—« X¹Ë ¡uCK WOË« Ê«u« WŁöŁ w WÞuGC …—uB«

q¦ «—Uýô« Ÿ«u½« ÆWKBHM …—UýUÞuDšR/G/B Ÿ/PB/PRÆ…du² ä« ¨

…œbF²*« ‡ W¹Ë«e«¨œdH Ê«uMŽ w Xu« fHMÐ WO−¹—bð …œbF² dþUM qO−ð WDÝ«uÐ

W¹Ë«e« WHOþË …eO*« Ác¼ vLð Æ…b¼UA*« U¹«Ë“ —UO²š« qLF²*« lOD²¹Æ…œbF²*«

jO;« uB«WKU …—uBÐ WOIOIŠË œUFÐô« ‡ WOŁöŁ u ôU− oK) u ÂUE½

ÆlL²*« ‰uŠ …œbF²*« UŽUL« VOðdð WDÝ«uÐ

qBH« u¹bO W½«uDÝ« vKŽ œułu qB q«DVD VIDEOÊ«uMŽ s r t½« Æ

W½«uDÝô —U s dG«ËCD Ë« VCDÆ

…œbF²*« …UMI« u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ«DVD VIDEOuJ¹ v²Š …œb× Ò‰U− u —U q Ê

pK²9 w²« uB« «—U VOdð v« …œbF²*« …UMI« dOAð ÆbŠ«Ë uÆd¦« Ë« «uM ÀöŁ

…œbF²*« WGK«Æ…UMI« œbF² Ê«uMŽ vL¹ …œUŽ ¨…œbF² UG wDG¹ Ê«uMŽ qLŽ r²¹ UbMŽ

WMOF« h× œœdðq¦1 ÆWOL— UuKF v« …dþUM²*« UuKF*« q¹u% bMŽ WMOF« UuKF* œœdð

ÆWO½U¦UÐ WOKô« …dþUM²*« …—Uýô« h× «d œbŽ ÍœbF« WMOF« œœdð

WIDM*« …dHýJ1 ÂUE½ sŽ …—U³Ž WIDM*« …dHýÒoÞUM*« w jI U½«uDÝô« qOGAð s s

WIDM qË öÞUM XÝ v« WLI rUF« Ê«bKÐ q ÆUI³ UN WBB<«…UDF*« WIDM*« …dHý X½U «–« Æ©WIDM r— Ë«® …œb× WIDM …dHAÐ WdF

GA WIDM …dHý w r— oÐUD¹ r— vKŽ Íu²% W½«uDÝ« v«Ò¨W½«uDÝô« qGA*« lOD²¹ÒÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð q

b¹d³« ‚ËbM W³MÐ Êu¹eHKð WýUý ed w Âöô« q¦ WC¹dŽ —u ÷dF WI¹dÞ4:3

qHÝ«Ë WL vKŽ ¡«œuÝ ◊uDš lË WDÝ«uÐ ¨…—uB« s ¡«eł« ·cŠ ÊËbÐ‚ËbM qJý t³A¹ Íc« WýUA« qJý s rÝô« «c¼ Z²½ bI ÆWýUA«

Æb¹d³«

q¼ô« qHW½«uDÝ« ZU½dÐ qOGAð ÂbŽ Ë« qOGAð d¹dI² “UN'« «c¼ w …œułu …eO

u¹bOH«DVD VIDEOdþUMLK ”UOI® q¼ô« qH Èu² W½—UI WDÝ«uÐ ZU½d³ UbI ◊u³CË ©WOLOKFð dE½ WNłË s ä« ÜNO »užd*« dOž

ZU½dÐ qH Èu² ÊU «–« ÆqLF²*« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« «c¼ vKŽ W½«uDÝô«qOGAð r²¹ ·uÝ ¨qLF²*« ‡ j³ Èu² s bOOIð q« W½«uDÝô«

ÆW½«uDÝô«

W½«uDÝô« WLzUN− WýUA« vKŽ ÷dŽÒs¹ËUMF« ¨ «uô« ¨—uB« —UO²š« sJ1 v²Š e

u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« ä« ¨…œbF²*« U¹«Ëe« ¨WOŽdH«DVD VIDEOÆ

…—uB« ”UI W³½W³½ ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WËdF*« …—uB« ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ ”UI W³½

w¼ W¹œUO²Žô« U½u¹eHK²« …—u ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ4:3‡ ÷dF« U½u¹eHKðË w¼ lÝ«u«16:9Æ

pÐUA²*« `*« ÂUE½÷dF« V«d vKŽ …—uB« ÷dŽ r²¹ ¨W¹œUO²Žô« u¹bOH« WLE½« vKŽ

5Ð …—uB« s w½U¦« nBM« ◊uDš pÐUA²*« `*« ÂUE½ lC¹ Æ5HBMÐÆ…—uB« s ‰Ëô« nBM« ◊uDš

ÂUE½JPEG

WŽuL− s Õd²I W²ÐUŁ ‡ …—u UuKF jG ÂUE½Joint Photographic Expert Group…œuł w nOHš iHÐ eOL²¹Ë ¨

ÆÂUEM« «cN wUF« jGC« W³½ s rždUÐ …—uB«

ÂUE½PCM® wD)« PCM©i³½ …dHý 5LCð ∫w WUF qł« s WOL— …—Uý« v« dþUM²*« uB« «—Uý« q¹u×² ÂUE½

Æq¹u×²UÐ WKLF² UuKF jG ÊËbÐ ¨q³I²*«

ÂUE½MP3

Æ u UuKF jG ÂUEMÐ nK U—u u¼“MP3”…—U³F —UB²š« u¼ Audio Layer 3 Ë«®MPEG1 ©Motion Picture Experts Group 1Æ

U—u ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐMP3 W½«uDÝ« l²ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨CD-RË« CD-RWW½«uDÝô« UNFð Ê« sJ1 w²« UuKF*« r−Š ·UF« ±∞ W−b*«CDÆW¹œUF«

w−¹—b²« `*« ÂUE½—UÞU ¨bŠ«Ë XuÐ …—uBK WOIô« ◊uD)« q w−¹—b²« `*« ÂUE½ ÷dF¹

W½«uDÝ« s WJÐUA²*« u¹bOH« —u q¹u% ÂUEM« «c¼ lOD²¹ ÆbŠ«Ë u¹bOH«DVD VIDEOWýUý l qOu²K w−¹—bð ` ÂUE½ U—u v«

ÆW¹UGK ÿu×K qJAÐ …—uBK wIô« qOK×²« ÂUEM« «c¼ b¹e¹ Æw−¹—bð ÷dŽ

qIM« W³½o³D¹ ÆWO½U¦UÐ œuÐ …bŠuÐ ÊuJ¹ ”UOI« …œUŽ ÆWOLd« UuKF*« qI½ W³½

W½«uDÝ« ÂUE½DVDOG² qI½ ÂUE½ ÒÆwUŽ WOUF vKŽ ‰uB×K d

qOGA²« j³ WHOþË(PBC)

U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« …—Uýô« v« qOGA²« j³ WHOþË dOAðVCD/SVCD UýUý ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ Æ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ qOGAð j³C

U½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−*« rz«uI«VCD/SVCDj³ WHOþË rŽbð w²« qOGA²«PBCZ«d³« pcË qFH« wœU³ð ‡ Ÿu½ ZU½d³Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨

ÆY×Ð WHOþË pK²9 w²«

AR47-56RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2356

µ∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

RX-DV3SL

RX-DV3SL

J1Ò bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ pMAV COMPU LINK u¹bOH« XOÝU q−Ë Êu¹eHKð® u¹bOH« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOGAð s VCRWŽUM s ©JVCÆ“UN'« «c¼ ‰öš s

Ëe “UN'« «c¼Ò ÂUEMÐ œAV COMPU LINK-III WŽUM s u¹bOH« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOGA² WHOþË nOC¹ YOŠ ¨JVC…eNł« qOuð ·«dÞ« ‰öš s w WMO³*« WO×Ou²« UuÝd« ŸU³ð« WDÝ«uÐ ÜNKOGAð b¹dð w²« u¹bOH« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOu² ÃU²% ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ýô Æu¹bOH« X½U½u³L

Æµ∏ W×H vKŽ WŠËdA*« «¡«dłô«Ë qHÝô«•Æu¹bOH« X½U½u³L …eNł« l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«

∫tO³MðsŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ l Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bMŽ

bFÐAV COMPU LINK“UN'« qË« ¨ ·dÞ lAV COMPU LINK IIIË«

·dÞAV COMPU LINK EXÆuð ôÒ ·dD« l “UN'« qAV

COMPU LINK RECEIVER/AMPÆ

qOuð ∫± öOu²«AV COMPU LINK

± WU(« ·«dÞ« ‰öš s “UN'« l —bB*« “UNł qOuð bMŽS-videoÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« ± u¹bOH« ·dÞ qšœ l “UN'« «c¼ qË« ¨ „öÝ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐS-videoÆ

≤ WU(«u¹bO qšœ® ≤ u¹bOH« ·dÞ qšœ l “UN'« «c¼ qË« ü¹bOH« X½U½u³L ·«dÞ« ‰öš s “UN'« l —bB*« “UNł qOuð bMŽÆVd u¹bO „öÝ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« ©Vd

≥ WU(«GA* u¹bOH« qšœ lË j³ bMŽÒ qDVD X½U½u³L lË vKŽ wKš«b« “component”u¹bOH« ·dÞ qšœ l “UN'« «c¼ qË« ¨Æu¹bO X½U½u³L „öÝ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« ©X½U½u³L u¹bO qšœ® ≤

∫ UEŠö• qOu²« ·dDÐ Êu¹eHK²« l “UN'« qOuð bMŽAV COMPU LINK EXqšœ lu wJOðUuðËô« —UO²šô« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô ¨X½U½u³L u¹bO q³ ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ

Æ©µ∏ W×H dE½«® Êu¹eHK²«• u¹bO XOÝU q− jI qOuð bMŽVCRÆ uB« W¹œUŠ« wMO ‡ fÐ«u l „öÝ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'« l …dýU³ u¹bO XOÝU q− qË« ¨“UN'« «c¼ l

u¹bOH« q³ qOuð ∫≤ öOu²«Ëe “UN'« «c¼Ò ¨Vd u¹bO ≠ u¹bOH« qOuð ·«dÞ« s Ÿ«u½« WŁö¦Ð œS-video“UN'« «c¼ s WœUI« «—Uýô« Ã«dš« jI sJ1 YOŠ ¨X½U½u³L u¹bOË ¨

u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOu² ÃU²% «cN ÆŸuM« fH½ qOuð ·dÞ ‰öš s u¹bOH« ·«dÞ« bŠ« d³ŽVCRÈbŠ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'« «c¼ l Êu¹eHK²«Ë ∫≤ Ë« ± WU(« ≠ 5²OU²« 5²I¹dD«

• bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽAV COMPU LINKW×O× …—uBÐ u¹bOH« X½U½u³L qšœ j³« ¨ r dE½«® ”u¹bOH« Ãdš lË“ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “UN'« «cN Ò×B« qšb« —UO²š« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨p– ·öÐ Æ©≤≤ W×H vKŽ œułu*«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½AV COMPU LINK

AVCOMPU LINK III

AVCOMPU LINK

AVCOMPU LINK EX

AV COMPU LINK-

XOÝU q− u¹bOVCR

Êu¹eHKð

“UNł—bB*« q³S-video q³S-video

Êu¹eHKð

± u¹bOH« qšœ v«

“UNł—bB*«u¹bO q³

Vdu¹bO q³

Vd

Êu¹eHKð

≤ u¹bOH« qšœ v«

RX-DV3SLu¹bO q³Vd

Êu¹eHKð

≤ u¹bOH« qšœ v«

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2457

µ∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Æ± u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOuð WUŠ wVCR¨WUD« U×² l “UN'« «c¼Ë ¨Êu¹eHK²«Ë

WOzUÐdNJ«ACŸe½« ôË« ¨—«b'« vKŽ …œułu*« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐ«uACÆ…eNłô« ÁcN

Æ≤ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qË«VCR¨Êu¹eHK²«Ë ¨ ŸU³ðUÐ “UN'« «c¼Ë”± öOu²«“vKŽ œułu*«

wMO ‡ fÐ«u l ö³ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ ¨WIÐU« W×HB«Æ©“UN'« l WId dOž® uB« W¹œUŠ«

Æ≥vKŽ …œułu*« uB« ÃdšØqšœ fÐUI qË« u¹bOH« XOÝU q−VCR«c¼Ë ¨Êu¹eHK²«Ë ¨

Æ u „öÝ« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ “UN'«•Æπ v?« ∑ U?×HB« dE½«

Æ¥vKŽ …œułu*« u¹bOH« ÃdšØqšœ fÐUI qË« u¹bOH« XOÝU q−VCR«c¼Ë ¨Êu¹eHK²«Ë ¨

ŸU³ðUÐ “UN'«”≤ öOu²«“W×HB« vKŽ œułu*« fÐU l ¨X½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ ¨WIÐU«

S-videoÆX½U½u³L u¹bO fÐ«u Ë«

Æµ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐ«u qË«AC…eNłô WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« U×² l X½U½u³LJ«ACÆ

Æ∂ÂUE½ qOuð bFÐ vËô« …dLK Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð bMŽAV COMPU LINK u …u Èu² jÐU l ¨

…u Èu² jÐU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ bŠ q« vKŽ Êu¹eHK²«ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« uB«

Æ∑GýÒbFÐË ¨Wuu*« Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« ôË« qGý p–ÒÆ“UN'« «c¼ q

• u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð bMŽVCR…bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ ¨—e« jG« ≠ “UN'« «c¼ l WId*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²«

STANDBY/ON VCR Æ

J1Ò bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ pMAV COMPU LINKnzUþu« ‰ULF²Ý« s ÆqHÝô« w Wł—b*« fL)« WOOzd«

u¹bOH« XOÝU q−Ë Êu¹eHK²UÐ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²«VCRbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

Æ∂∞ W×H dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s•łËÒ vKŽ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË tbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ

X½U½u³L “UNł q vKŽ œułu*«Æ

…bŠ«Ë ‡ WLKÐ u¹bOH« qOGAðqš«œ qO−²« W¹ULŠ WM« tM ŸËeM u¹bO XOÝU ‰Ušœ« bMŽ WÞU³Ð

u¹bOH« XOÝU q−VCRj³ ÊËbÐ u¹bOH« qOGA²Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ÖG¹Ë UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« qG²A¹ ÆU¹Ëb¹ Èdšô« ÒðUH*«Ò—bB v« —bB*« d

u¹bOH« XOÝU q−VCRÆOG¹Ë UOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« qG²A¹ÒYOŠ rzö*« lu« v« qšb« lË d

Æ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA pMJ1—“ jG« ¨qO−²« W¹ULŠ WM« tM ŸËeM dOž u¹bO XOÝU ‰Ušœ« bMŽ

qOGA²«(3) u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽ œułu*« VCRvKŽ œułu*« Ë« ÆW−O²M« fH½ vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1 ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË

W½«uDÝ« qOGAðDVD…bŠ«Ë ‡ WLKÐ GA vKŽ qOGA²« ¡bÐ bMŽ WÞU³ÐÒ qDVDŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨wKš«b«

UOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« qG²A¹ ÆU¹Ëb¹ Èdšô« ÒðUH*« j³ ÊËœ qOGA²UÐOG¹ËÒÆ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA pMJ1 YOŠ rzö*« lu« v« qšb« lË d

Êu¹eHK²« qšœ lu wJOðUuðËô« —UO²šô«•OG¹ ¨“UN'« «c¼ vKŽ qOGA²K —bBL Êu¹eHK²« —UO²š« bMŽÒÊu¹eHK²« d

…b¼UA pMJ1 YOŠ Êu¹eHK²« n«u vKŽ qšb« lË UOJOðUuðË«ÆÊu¹eHK²«

• —UO²š« bMŽDVD Ë« ¨VCR Ë« DBS¨“UN'« «c¼ vKŽ qOGA²K —bBL OG¹ÒpMJ1 YOŠ rzö*« lu« vKŽ qšb« lË UOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« d

ÆqOGA²« …—u …b¼UA

∫ UEŠö• ·dÞ WDÝ«uÐ Êu¹eHK²« qOuð bMŽAV COMPU LINK EXô ¨“UN'« «c¼ l

W×HB« vKŽ …œułu*« ≥ WU(« w UL® X½U½u³L u¹bOH« q³ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1Æ©WIÐU«

•vKŽ WLzUI« …b¼UA pMJ1 ô ¨“UN'« «c¼ vKŽ —bBL Êu¹eHK²« —UO²š« bMŽ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ÂUE½ Ê« V³Ð p–Ë Êu¹eHK²« WýUýAV COMPU LINKOG¹ Òd

pUL²¼« ÂbŽ WUŠ w ÆÊu¹eHK²« n«u vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« qšœ lË UOJOðUuðË«÷dF« WLzU …b¼UA p– bMŽ pMJ1 ¨Êu¹eHK²« «u« v« ŸUL²Ýô« ·UI¹UÐl ‰uu*« rzö*« lu« v« Êu¹eHK²« qšœ lË dOOGð bFÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ

Æ“UN'«

UOJOðUuðË« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qBØqOuð u¹bOH« XOÝU q−Ë Êu¹eHK²« ·UI¹«Ë qOGAð r²¹VCRÆ“UN'« «c¼ l

ª“UN'« qOGAð bMŽ•u¹bOH« XOÝU q− u¼ oÐU« w —U²<« —bB*« ÊU «–«VCR·uÝ ¨

u¹bOH« XOÝU q−Ë Êu¹eHK²« qG²A¹VCRÆUOJOðUuðË« •GA Ë« Êu¹eHK²« u¼ oÐU« w —U²<« —bB*« ÊU «–«Ò qDVD·uÝ ¨

ÆUOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« jI qG²A¹

“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« bMŽq−Ë Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð nu²¹ ·uÝ ¨ u¹bOH« XOÝUVCRÆ

∫WEŠö• u¹bO XOÝU q− vKŽ qO−²« ¡UMŁ« “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« WUŠ wVCR¨

u¹bO XOÝU q− qOGAð nu²¹ ô ·uÝVCRÆqO−²« dL²¹ YOŠ ¨


AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2458

µπ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

WŽUM u¹bOH«Ø uB« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOGAðJVC

WŽUM u¹bOH«Ë «uB« X½U½u³L …eNł« qOGAð pMJ1JVCX½U½u³LJ« …eNłUÐ rJ×²« «—Uý« Ê« V³Ð p–Ë ¨“UN'« «cN bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË WDÝ«uÐ WŽUMJVCÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qš«œ UI³ WÞu³C

7−Ò qCD

—“ jG bFÐCDRGA vKŽ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨Ò qCDq−Ë CD∫

3∫ÆqOGA²« ¡b³4∫Æ©oÐU« Ë«® wU(« —U*« W¹«bÐ v« ŸułdK¢∫ÆwU²« —U*« W¹«bÐ v« wD²K

7∫ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹ô8∫¨XR*« ·UI¹ô« d¹d×² ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô

qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ1 – 10, +10∫Æ…dýU³ —U*« r— —UO²šô

jG« ¨µ —U*« r— —UO²šô5Æ jG« ¨±µ —U*« r— —UO²šô+10 jG« p– bFÐË ¨5Æ

ôš²OU— —r «*U— ∞≤¨ «Gj +10¨ ËÐFb –p «Gj 10Æ jG« ¨≥∞ —U*« r— —UO²šô+10 ¨+10p– bFÐË

jG«10Æ∫WEŠö

• q− vKŽ qO−²« ¡bÐ bMŽCDq− vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« fH½ qLF²Ý« ¨CDÆtF tId*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« Ë«

7n«u*«∫WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dš« ULz«œ sJ1

FM/AM∫∫∫∫∫ WD× dš« vKŽ nOu²KFM Ë« AMÆ…—U² •OG²ð ¨—e« UNÐ jGCð …d q wÒ Włu 5Ð Włu*« dFM Ë AMÆ‰œU³²UÐ

Włu —“ jG bFÐFM/AM∫n«u*« vKŽ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨1 – 10, +10∫Æ…dýU³ o³*« j³C« …UM r— UO²šô

jG« ¨µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô5Æ jG« ¨±µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô+10p– bFÐË ¨

jG«5Æ jG« ¨≤∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô+10p– bFÐË ¨

jG«10Æ( Ë« 9 TUNING∫Æ UD;« vKŽ nOu²K

FM MODE∫ Włu ‰U³I²Ý« lË dOOG²FMÆ

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE

uB« U²½U½u³L qOGAð

WŽUM uB« U²½U½u³L qOGA²JVCrJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ bFÐ sŽ

•łËÒœułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ vKŽ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË tÆ“UN'« «c¼ vKŽ

•—bB*« —UO²š« V−¹ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ —bB qOGA²ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« —bB*« —UO²š« —«“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

•ÆX½U½u³LJ« …eNł« l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«

7©rC*«® uB« j³ r uB« —“ jG bFÐSOUND∫WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨

SURR ON/OFF∫≠ jO;« uB« ŸUË« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA² wLd« jO;« uB« ¨wLd« w³ËœDTS¨

pOłu ËdÐ w³ËœËIIÆSURR MODE∫ÆjO;« uB« ŸUË« —UO²šô

TEST∫Æh×H« WLG½ Ãdš ·UI¹«Ë qOGA²≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ CENTER∫Æed*« WŽULÝ …UM Ãdš Èu² q¹bF²≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ REAR•L∫WOHK)« WŽUL« …UM Ãdš Èu² q¹bF²

ÆÈdO«≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ REAR•R∫WOHK)« WŽUL« …UM Ãdš Èu² q¹bF²

ÆvMLO«≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ SUBWOOFER∫ÆWOŽdH« dH¹u« WŽULÝ …UM Ãdš Èu² q¹bF²

EFFECT∫ÆWOUFH« Èu² —UO²šô

∫WEŠö•WDÝ«uÐ »uKD*« —bB*« qOGA² —bB*« —UO²š« —“ jG« ¨ «uô« q¹bFð bFÐ

qOGA² ÂU—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô ¨p– ·öÐ ÆÂU—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²Ý«Æ»uKD*« —bB*«

2 31

5 64

8 97


EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2459

∂∞

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

u¹bOH« U²½U½u³L qOGAð

WŽUM u¹bOH« U²½U½u³L qOGA²JVCrJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ bFÐ sŽ

• WŽUM u¹bO U²½U½u³L qOu² ÃU²%JVCfÐUI ‰öš s AV COMPU LINK-III öOuð v« WUôUÐ ©µ∑ W×H dE½«®

Æ©±∞ v« ∑ W×H dE½«® u¹bOH«Ø uB«• XOÝU u¹bOH« ö− iFÐ q³Ið Ê« sJ1VCRs WŽUM JVC5Žu½

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« «dHý ≠ j³C« «—Uý« s“A” Ë “B”‰ULF²Ý« q³ Æq−* bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË …dHý Ê« s bQð ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË

u¹bOH« XOÝUVCR…dHý lË vKŽ ◊u³C “UN'« «c¼ l ‰uu*« “A”Æ

•¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ u¹bOH« © U²½U½u³L® X½U½u³L qOGA²łËÒœułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ vKŽ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË t

«c¼ vKŽ œułu*« rJ×²« ”UŠ vKŽ fOË ¨X½U½u³L “UNł q vKŽÆ“UN'«

7Êu¹eHK²«∫ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« ULz«œ pMJ1

STANDBY/ON TV ∫ÆÊu¹eHK²« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA²≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ TV VOL∫Æ uB« …u Èu² q¹bF²

TV/VIDEO∫ Êu¹eHKð U«® qšb« lË j³CTVË« u¹bOVIDEOÆ©

Êu¹eHK²« —“ jG bFÐTV∫Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ WOU²« öOGA²« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ TV/DBS CH∫Æ «uMI« dOOG²

1 – 9, 0, 100+∫Æ «uMI« —UO²šô jG« ¨µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô5Æ

jG« ¨±∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô1p– bFÐË ¨ jG«0Æ

jG« ¨≤≥ …UMI« r— —UO²šô2p– bFÐË ¨ jG«3Æ

jG« ¨±≥µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô100+ rŁ ¨3 jG« p– bFÐË5Æ

TV RETURN∫ÆWOU(« …UMI« l WIÐU« …UMI« ‰œU³²

+

–

+

–

2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

ANGLE

ZOOM

SURR ON/OFF

SURR MODE

DIMMER


– SUBWOOFER +

SOUND

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

PROGRESSIVE


2 31

5 64

8 97


VCRDBS DVD


REPEAT SLEEP

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

FM MODE STROBE

EFFECT

– TV/DBS CH +

ANALOG/DIGITAL TEST

AUDIO

INPUT

SUBTITLE

SURR ON/OFF


SOUND

STANDBY/ON

CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

7 u¹bO XOÝU q−VCR

∫ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« ULz«œ pMJ1

STANDBY/ON VCR ∫²AGOq «Ë «¹IU· −q UÝOX «HOb¹u VCRÆ

u¹bOH« XOÝU q− —“ jG bFÐVCRWOU²« öOGA²« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽVCR∫

1 – 9, 0∫ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« «uM —UO²šôVCRÆ jG« ¨µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô5Æ

jG« ¨±∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô1jG« p– bFÐË ¨ 0Æ jG« ¨≤≥ …UMI« r— —UO²šô2 jG« p– bFÐË ¨3Æ

3∫ÆqOGA²« ¡b³REW∫Æj¹dA« lOłd²

FF∫ÆWŽdÐ ‡ j¹dA« .bI²7∫ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹ô8∫¨XR*« ·UI¹ô« d¹d×² ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô

qOGA²« —“ jG«3Æ

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2460

∂±

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s …eNłô« qOGAð

UH«uË ¨ U½u¹eHKð …eNłô rJ% «—Uý« “UN'« l WId*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qÝdð Ê« sJ1DBS u¹bOH« XOÝU ö−Ë ¨VCRsWŽUM s ÆÈdšô« UdA«

UðU½u³L …eNł« qOGAð pMJ1 t½U ¨Èdšô« WF½UB« UdA« «dHý v« UI³ WÞu³C*« rJ×²« «—Uý« s ‰UÝ—ö WKÐUI« «dHA« dOOGð WDÝ«uÐÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ Èdšô« WF½UB« UdA«

∫ UEŠö•ÆÊu¹eHK²« l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«•OFð ô Ê« sJ1ÒiFÐ —«—“« vKŽ 5LO« WNł vKŽ Wł—b*« nzUþu« q s

Æ U½u¹eHK²«•—«—“« jG WDÝ«uÐ U½u¹eHK²« iF³ «uMI« dOOGð …—bI ÂbŽ WUŠ w

´ Ë« ≠ —e« jG« ¨ÂU—ô«TV/DBS CHÆ «uMI« dOOG²

ÆµqOGAð —“ jG WDÝ«uÐ p½u¹eHKð qOGAð ‰ËUŠ Êu¹eHK²«STANDBY/ON TV Æ

r— XKšœ« p½« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð nu²¹ Ë« qG²A¹ UbMŽÆ`O×B« …dHOA«

¨p½u¹eHK² …bŠ«Ë …dHý s d¦« œułu ÊU «–«…dHý q ‰ËUŠ ÆW×O×B« …dHA« ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š

WF½UB« WdA« «dHA«JVC00*, 02, 13, 14, 47, 74Akai01, 02

Blaupunkt03, 04Fisher01, 05

Grundig03, 06, 07Hitachi08 – 10, 49Iraddio02

Itt/Nokia11, 12Loewe06, 15, 16

Magnavox08, 17, 49Mets50 – 53

Mitsubishi08, 18 – 20Mivar21

Nordmende22, 23Okano15

Panasonic24 – 27, 76Philips15, 17, 28, 75Quelle52 – 67

RCA/PROSC08, 24, 29 – 31, 48SABA32, 33, 68 – 70

Samsung06, 08, 16, 34, 35, 49Sanyo01, 05

Schneider02, 15, 36Sharp37, 38, 77Sony39

Telefunken40 – 42, 69Thomson71, 72

Toshiba37, 43, 44Zenith45, 46

Êu¹eHK²K WF½UB« UdA« «dHý

∫WEŠö•WUŠ w Æo³ —UFý« ÊËbÐ dOOG²K WdF WF½UB« UdA« «dHý

Æ“UN'« qOGAð Ác¼ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË lOD²ð ô ¨ «dHA« dOOGð

“00”* …dHA wËô« j³C« u¼ JVCÆ

UI³ WÞu³C*« …—Uýô« «dHý dOOGð

WŽUMB¹dšô« UdA« WŽUM …eNł« qOGA²JVC‰ULF²ÝUÐ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË

•łËÒœułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ vKŽ …dýU³ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË tÆ“UNł q vKŽ

•—bB*« —UO²š« V−¹ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË WDÝ«uÐ —bB*« qOGA²ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ

•Æ“UN'« l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«

7Wdý WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð qOGA² ‰UÝ—ô« «—Uý« dOOG²Èdš«

Æ±—“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð

STANDBY/ON TV Æ

Æ≤ Êu¹eHK²« —“ jG«TVÆ

Æ≥WF½UB« WdA« …dHý qšœ« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ(1–9, 0)Æ

Æ…dHA« œU−¹ô ÈdO« WN'« vKŽ dE½«

Æ¥ Êu¹eHK²« qOGAð —“ —dŠSTANDBY/ON TV Æ

∫Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ WOU²« UOKLF« ¡«dł« pMJ1STANDBY/ON TV ∫ÆÊu¹eHK²« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA²

≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ TV VOL∫Æ uB« …u Èu² q¹bF²TV/VIDEO∫qšb« lË j³C

Êu¹eHKð U«®TV u¹bO Ë« VIDEOÆ©

ÐFb Gj “— «²KHe¹uÊ TV¨ 1JMp «łd«¡ «²AGOö «²UOW ŽKv «²KHe¹uÊ∫≠≠≠≠≠ Ë« ´ TV/DBS CH∫Æ «uMI« dOOG²


jG« ¨±∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô1bFÐË ¨ jG« p–0Æ

jG« ¨≤≥ …UMI« r— —UO²šô2bFÐË ¨ jG« p–3Æ

jG« ¨±≥µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô100+rŁ ¨3 jG« p– bFÐË 5Æ

—e« qG²A¹ ·uÝTV RETURN—e ‰ušœENTERÃU²×¹ „“UNł ÊU «–«

‰ušb« —“ jGCENTER—UO²š« bFÐ Æ…UMI« r—

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2461

∂≤

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ


n«u* WF½UB« UdA« «dHýDBS

«dHA« WF½UB« WdA«JVC56, 57*, 67

Amstrad43 – 49Blaupunkt30Echostar50, 51, 67

General Instrument29Goldstar31Grundig32, 33

Hamlin/Re01 – 05Hirshmann48, 52 – 55Instrument68

Itt/Nokia34Jerrold/G06 – 14Kathrein52, 58 – 63

NEC35, 36Oak15 – 17

Orbitech48Panasonic18 – 20

Philips37, 38Pioneer21, 22

RCA65Samsung39, 40

Schwaiger61, 64Scientiff23 – 25

Siemens41, 42Sony66

Technisat48Tocom26Zenith27, 28




7 n«u qOGA² ‰UÝ—ô« «—Uý« dOOG²DBSWŽUM s Èdš« Wdý

Æ±—“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«n«u*« qOGAð

STANDBY/ON DBS Æ

Æ≤ n«u —“ jG«DBSÆ



Æ¥ n«u qOGAð —“ —dŠSTANDBY/ON DBS Æ

n«u ·UI¹«Ë qOGAð pMJ1DBS∫STANDBY/ON DBS n«u ·UI¹« Ë« qOGA² ∫DBSÆ

ÐFb Gj “— u«n DBS¨ 1JMp «łd«¡ «²AGOö «²UOW ŽKv u«n DBS∫´ Ë« ≠ TV/DBS CH∫Æ «uMI« dOOG²


jG« ¨±∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô1bFÐË ¨ jG« p–0Æ

jG« ¨≤≥ …UMI« r— —UO²šô2bFÐË ¨ jG« p–3Æ

jG« ¨±≥µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô100+rŁ ¨3 jG« p– bFÐË 5Æ

—e« qG²A¹ ·uÝTV RETURN—e ‰ušœENTERÃU²×¹ „“UNł ÊU «–«

‰ušb« —“ jGCENTER—UO²š« bFÐ Æ…UMI« r—

∫WEŠö• n«u l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«DBSÆ

ÆµqOGAð —“ jG WDÝ«uÐ p½u¹eHKð qOGAð ‰ËUŠ n«u*«STANDBY/ON DBS Æ

n«u qOGAð nu²¹ Ë« qG²A¹ UbMŽDBSr— XKšœ« p½« wMF¹ «c¼ ¨Æ`O×B« …dHOA«

n«u* …bŠ«Ë …dHý s d¦« œułu ÊU «–«DBSq ‰ËUŠ ¨ÆW×O×B« …dHA« ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š …dHý

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2462

∂≥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Èdšô« UdA« WŽUM s …eNłô« qOGAð

u¹bOH« XOÝU q−* WF½UB« UdA« «dHýVCR «dHA« WF½UB« WdA«

JVC00*, 26 – 29, 58Aiwa01, 02

Bell & Howell03Blaupunkt04, 05

CGM06, 07Emerson08, 10 – 12, 64, 65

Fisher03, 14 – 17Funai01

GE18 – 20Goldstar07

Goodmans13, 21Grundig06, 22Hitachi18, 23 – 25, 66Loewe07, 21

Magnavox04, 19, 24Mitsubishi30 – 35

NEC26, 27Nokia03, 36

Nordmende38Orion09

Panasonic19, 24, 39, 40Philips04, 19, 21, 24, 41, 42

Phonola21RCA/PROSC04, 18, 19, 23, 24, 43 – 45

SABA38, 46Samsung45, 47, 59, 61 – 63

Sanyo03, 48, 49Sharp37, 50

Siemens03, 51Sony52 – 54

Telefunken55, 60Toshiba43, 44

Zenith56, 57




7u¹bO XOÝU q− qOGA² ‰UÝ—ô« «—Uý« dOOG²VCRÈdš« Wdý WŽUM s

Æ±—“ vKŽ jGC« lÐUðË jG«u¹bO XOÝU q− qOGAð

STANDBY/ON VCR Æ

Æ≤u¹bO XOÝU q− —“ jG«VCRÆ



Æ¥u¹bO XOÝU q− qOGAð —“ —dŠSTANDBY/ON VCR Æ

u¹bO XOÝU q− ·UI¹«Ë qOGAð pMJ1VCR∫STANDBY/ON VCR ∫ ²AGOq «Ë «¹IU· −q UÝOX «HOb¹u VCRÆ

u¹bOH« XOÝU q− —“ jG bFÐVCR öOGA²« ¡«dł« pMJ1 ¨ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽ WOU²«VCR∫

1 – 9, 0∫ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− vKŽ Êu¹eHK²« «uM —UO²šôVCRÆ jG« ¨µ …UMI« r— —UO²šô5Æ

jG« ¨±∞ …UMI« r— —UO²šô1 jG« p– bFÐË ¨0Æ jG« ¨≤≥ …UMI« r— —UO²šô2 jG« p– bFÐË ¨3Æ

—e« qG²A¹ ·uÝTV RETURN ‰ušœ —e ENTER«–« ‰ušb« —“ jGC ÃU²×¹ „“UNł ÊUENTER—UO²š« bFÐ

Æ…UMI« r—3∫ÆqOGA²« ¡b³

REW∫Æj¹dA« lOłd² FF∫ÆWŽdÐ ‡ j¹dA« .bI² 7∫ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹ô 8∫jG« ¨XR*« ·UI¹ô« d¹d×² ÆXR qJAÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô

qOGA²« —“3Æ

∫WEŠö• u¹bOH« XOÝU q− l …œËe*« qOGA²« ULOKFð v« UC¹« lł—«VCRÆ

Æµ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð ‰ËUŠVCRWDÝ«uÐ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð —“ jG

STANDBY/ON VCR Æ u¹bOH« XOÝU q− qOGAð nu²¹ Ë« qG²A¹ UbMŽVCRwMF¹ «c¼ ¨

Æ`O×B« …dHOA« r— XKšœ« p½«u¹bOH« XOÝU q−* …bŠ«Ë …dHý s d¦« œułu ÊU «–«

VCRÆW×O×B« …dHA« ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š …dHý q ‰ËUŠ ¨

VCRDBS TV AUDIO

STANDBY/ON

2 31

5 64

8 97

10/0 +10100+

EFFECT

TEST

SURR ON/OFF


CENTER

REAR·L

REAR·R

VCRDBS DVD

TAPETV CDR FM/AM

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2463

∂¥

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

O¬Ë XOÝUJ« WÞdý«Ë W−b*« U½«uDÝô« kHŠ« ¨“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×KÒÆWHOE½ …—uBÐ ULz«œ qOGA²« W

U½«uDÝô« nOEM²UN²UŠ v« W½«uDÝô« ed s rOI² jÐ WLŽU½ ‘UL WFDIÐ UN×«

ÆWOł—U)«

”Ëƒ— UHEM q¦ ‡‡‡‡ W³¹c*« UHEM*« s U¹« qLF²ð ô‡‡‡‡ s¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« Ë« ‘Uýd« Ë« W¹œUO²Žô« qO−²«

ÆW−b*« U½«uDÝô« nOEM²

“UN'« nOEMð•“UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« lI³«

lI³« X½U «–« ÆWLŽU½ ‘UL WFD ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ lI³« W«“« V−¹WKK³ ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ UN×« ¨W«“ô« W³F “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«

E½Ë `« p– bFÐË ¨¡U*UÐ nHË ‰œUF² nEM0ÒWFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« nÆWUł ‘UL

•Ë« “UN−K —d ‰uBŠË ¨Ã—U)« s “UN'« …œuł dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1 t½« U0∫WOU²« —uö ÁU³²½ô« vłd¹ ¨tMŽ ÊuK« ‰«Ë“

≠ÆWMAš ‘UL WFDIÐ “UN'« `9 ô≠Æ…uIÐ “UN'« `9 ô≠Æs¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« `9 ô≠ÆW¹dA(« «bO³*« q¦ …d¹UD² œ«u Í« “UN'« vKŽ lCð ô≠ÆWK¹uÞ …b* “UN−K Wö WOJO²ÝöÐ Ë« WOÞUD œ«u Í« ¡UI³Ð `Lð ô

W½UOB«

WUŽ UEŠöWEU;« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« «c¼ s W¹œQð qC« vKŽ qB% ·uÝ ¨ÂUŽ qJAÐ

O¬Ë W−b*« U½«uDÝô« vKŽÒÆnOE½ qJAÐ qOGA²« W•sz«eš w rN½eš«Ë UN WBB<« k«u(« w W−b*« U½«uDÝô« l

Æ÷dG« «cN WBB ·d— vKŽ Ë«

W−b*« U½«uDÝôUÐ W¹UMF«•vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« ·«u(« s UNJ WDÝ«uÐ WEU(« s W½«uDÝô« Ÿe½«

ÆnOHš qJAÐ Íed*« VI¦«•ÆW½«uDÝô« wMŁ ‰ËU% ôË W½«uDÝô« s lö« `D« fLKð ô•W½«uDÝô« ŸbBðË ¡«u²« lM* ‰ULF²Ýô« bFÐ UN²EUŠ v« W½«uDÝô« bŽ«

ÆW−b*«

•ÆUN²EUŠ v« UNðœUŽ« bMŽ W½«uDÝô« `DÝ ‘bš ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½«•dFð ôÒ Uł—œ v« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA« WFý« v« W−b*« U½«uDÝô« ÷

ÆWOUF« WÐuÞd« v« Ë« WOUF« …—«d(«

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2464

∂µ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y×³« qOœ

ÆpKOLŽ l qBð« ÜNKŠ pMJ1 ô WKJA W¹« œułË WUŠ w ÆWOuO« qOGA²« qUA qŠ vKŽ …bŽU*« qł« s ‰Ëb'« «c¼ qLF²Ý«

WKJA*«ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð r²¹ ô

Æ UŽUL« s u błu¹ ô

Æ…bŠ«Ë WŽULÝ s jI uB«

bz«e« qOL×²« …—Uý« √b³ð“OVERLOAD”

Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ iuUÐ

qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« W³* ¡wCðSTANDBY

ôUŠ sJË ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð bFÐœ«bF²Ýô« lË vKŽ® “UN'« nu²¹

Æ©qOGA²KÆb¹dð UL bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qG²Að ô

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË qG²Að ô

Õöô«Ãd W×² l WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qË«

WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«ACÆÊU «–« UNKOuð bŽ«Ë WŽUL« „öÝ« h×«

ÆU¹—ËdW×O× …—uBÐ pK« qË«

Æ©±∞ v« ∑ U×HB« dE½«®ÆÒ×B« —bB*« d²š« uB« r² —“ jG«MUTINGr² ¡UGô

Æ uB«Æ©wL— Ë« dþUM²® Ò×B« qšb« lË d²š«

Æ öOu²« h×«Ò× qJAÐ ‰œUF²« j³«

Æ©µ∞ v« ≤¥ U×HB« dE½«®Æ± —e« jG« STANDBY/ON œułu*«

Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô WOUô« WŠuK« vKŽÆ≤Æ—bB*« qOGAð nË«Æ≥GýÒ…u Èu² j³«Ë ¨WO½UŁ …d “UN'« q

Æ uB« —e« jG« STANDBY/ON vKŽ œułu*«

p– bFÐË ¨“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô WOUô« WŠuK«ÆWŽUL« „öÝ« h×«

bz«e« qOL×²« …—Uý« —uNþ ÂbŽ WUŠ w“OVERLOAD”WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qB« ¨

ACÆWO½UŁ …d tKOuð bŽ« p– bFÐË ¨¨WŽUL« „öÝ« w föð ‡ qDŽ œułË WUŠ w

ÆpKOLFÐ qBð« —e« jG« STANDBY/ONvKŽ œułu*«

Ÿe½ bFÐË Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô WOUô« WŠuK«ÆpKOLŽ dA²Ý« ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ

dB« —“ jG«SOUND©≤¥ W×H dE½«® jG« p– bFÐË ¨ôË« —bB*« —UO²š« —“ Ë«

ÆUNULF²Ý« b¹dð w²« —«—“ô«Gý Æ“UN'« s »d²«ÒbFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË q

Æ“UN'« s —U²« ∑ WU ‰öšÆoz«uF« ‰“«

łËÒrJ×²« ”UŠ ÁU&UÐ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË tb¹dð X½U½u³L “UNł q vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ

ÆtKOGAðÆÒ× qJAÐ U¹—UD³« qšœ«

bÐÒÆ U¹—UD³« ‰ U×HB« dE½«® WF½UB« WdA« …dHý qšœ«

ÆW×O×B« ©∂≥ v« ∂±

qL²;« V³«Æ‰uu dOž WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ

ÆWuu dOž WŽUL« …—Uý« „öÝ«

ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ‰uu dOž uB« pKÝ

ÆÒ× dOž —bB —UO²š« -ÆqOGAð WUŠ w uB« r² WHOþË

dOž ©wL— Ë« dþUM²® qšœ lË —UO²š« -ÆÒ×

ÆW×O× dOž öOu²«ÆvB« bŠ lË vKŽ ◊u³C ‰œUF²«

Èu² V³Ð bz«“ qJAÐ WKL× UŽUL«ÆwUF« uB«

‡ qDŽ V³Ð bz«“ qJAÐ WKL× UŽUL«Æ UŽUL« qOuð ·«dÞ« w föð

WODuH« V³Ð bz«“ qJAÐ qL× “UN'«ÆWOUF«

qOGA²K …e¼Uł dOž bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠËÆ»uKD*«

¨“UN'« sŽ «bł …bOFÐ bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠËÆ“UN−K WNł«u dOž Ë«

bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ ÂU« ozUŽ błu¹Æ“UN'« vKŽ œułu*«

ÁU&UÐ WNłu dOž bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« …bŠË“UN'« vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« ”UŠ

ÆX½U½u³LJ« …eNł« vKŽ œułu*« Ë«- ðdOV «DU» «³DU—¹W Ðul šUÞv¡ )≠(+/Æ

ÆWHOF U¹—UD³«qJAÐ WÞu³C dOž bFÐ sŽ rJ×²« «—Uý«

ÆÒ×

7ÂUŽ

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2465

∂∂

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

qL²;« V³«ÆÒ× qJAÐ ‰uu dOž u¹bOH« pKÝ

ÆÒ× dOž Êu¹eHK²« qšœ —UO²š«ÆqOGA²K WKÐU dOž W½«uDÝô«

w−¹—bð lË vKŽ ◊u³C `*« lË“PROGRESSIVE”‰uu “UN'« Ê« l

u¹bOH« qšœ rŽb¹ ô Íc« Êu¹eHK²« lÆÍœUO²Žô« Êu¹eHK²« q¦ ¨w−¹—b²«

ÆW×O× …—uBÐ ◊u³C dOž ÊuK« ÂUE½dOž WIDM*« …dHOý r—Ë “UN'« …dHOý r—

ÆWI«u²Æ‰ULF²Ý« lË w q¼ô« qH WHOþË

qJAÐ “UN'« qš«œ WKšb W½«uDÝô«Æ»uKI

w qOGA²K WKÐU dOž W½«uDÝ ‰Ušœ« -Æ“UN'«

ÆW² Ë« WýËb W½«uDÝô« u¹bO XOÝU q− qOuð -VCR5Ð

ÆÊu¹eHK²«Ë “UN'«aDK²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ lw−¹—b²« lu« j³ bMŽ …—uB«

“PROGRESSIVE MODE”lË vKŽ rK“FILM” wzUIKð Ë« “AUTO”Æ

V«d*« Ÿu½“MONITOR TYPE”◊u³C ÆÒ× dOž qJAÐ

ÆÒ× qJAÐ ◊u³C dOž Êu¹eHK²«ÆÒ× dOž u¹bOH« Ãdš lË j³

WKJA*«ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ WËdF …—u błu¹ ô

WýUý vKŽ WËdF …—u błu¹ ô…—uB« Ë« ¨WDK …—uB« Ë« ¨Êu¹eHK²«

IÒÆ5L v« WL

ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô

÷dŽ r²¹Ë W½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô …—Uýô«“0:00”Æ÷dF« …cU½ vKŽ

Æ uB«Ë …—uB« w t¹uAð błu¹

ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý …—uB« ¡ö9 ô

W½«uDÝ« qOGAð qLF¹ ôDVD‡ WLKÐ pKÝ XKË« p½« lË …bŠ«Ë

AV COMPU LINKÆW×O× …—uBÐ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ dNEð ôÆWOËô« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d²š« p½« lË

UNðd²š« w²« WGK« sŽ WHK² uB« WGÆWOË« u WGK

Õöô«Æ©∏ W×H dE½«® ÆÒ× qJAÐ pK« qË«

ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ Ò×B« qšb« d²š«bÐÒÆ©≤π W×H dE½«® ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰OžÒpÐUA²*« `*« lË vKŽ `*« lË d

“INTERLACE”Æ©±¥ W×H dE½«®

OžÒÆ©∑ W×H dE½«® ÊuK« ÂUE½ dbÐÒÆ©≤π W×H dE½«® W½«uDÝô« ‰

d« rd« qšœ«Òq¼ô« qH Èu² dOOG² ÍÆ©µ¥ Ë µ≥ U×HB« dE½«®

Ò× qJAÐ W½«uDÝô« qšœ«Æ©±µ W×H dE½«®

bÐÒÆ©≤π W×H dE½«® W½«uDÝô« ‰

bÐÒE½ Ë« ‰ÒÆ©∂¥ W×H dE½«® W½«uDÝô« nÆ…dýU³ Êu¹eHK²« l “UN'« qË«

w−¹—b²« lu« j³«“PROGRESSIVE MODE”u¹bO lË vKŽ

“VIDEO”Æ©¥π W×H dE½«®

Ò× qJAÐ V«d*« Ÿu½ j³«Æ©¥π W×H dE½«®

ÆÒ× qJAÐ Êu¹eHK²« j³«VŠ W×O× …—uBÐ u¹bOH« Ãdš lË j³«

“UN'«Ë Êu¹eHK²« 5Ð u¹bOH« qOuðÆ©≤≤ W×H dE½«®

ÊËbÐ ÷dFK ULz«œ W−d³ U½«uDÝ« iFÐ—“ jG« ¨p– qBŠ «–« ÆwË« wŽd Ê«uMŽ

wŽdH« Ê«uMF«SUBTITLE…bŠË vKŽ œułu*« ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ ¨bFÐ sŽ rJ×²«

Æ©≥µ W×H dE½«®WGK« ‰ULF²Ýô ULz«œ W−d³ U½«uDÝ« iFÐ—“ jG« ¨p– qBŠ «–« ÆWOË« WGK WOKô«

uB«AUDIOsŽ rJ×²« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« Æ©≥µ W×H dE½«® qOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ ¨bFÐ

7GA*Ò qDVD

Troubleshooting

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2466

∂∑

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

7n«uLK

Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y×³« qOœ

7 W½«uDÝôMP3

7 W½«uDÝôJPEG

WKJA*«ÆZO−C« V³Ð Y³« v« ŸUL²Ýô« VF

Włu YÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« q«u² 5MÞ Ë« e¹“«FMÆ

YÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« «d² vKŽ WIDIÞ ZO− WłuFMÆ

WKJA*«ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô

UHK qG²Að ôMP3 UHK qG²Að sJË JPEGÆ

WKJA*«ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô

UHK qG²Að ôJPEG UHK qG²Að sJË MP3Æ

qL²;« V³« Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN«AMs «bł V¹d

ÆWOOzd« …bŠu« Włu wz«u¼FMdOž “UN'« l od*« łuË œb2ÒÆW×O× …—uBÐ t

Æ«bł WHOG WœUI« …—Uýô«

Æ«bł …bOFÐ WD;«ÆÒ× dOž wz«u¼ ‰ULF²Ý« -

ÆÒ× qJAÐ Wuu dOž UOz«uN«Æ «—UO« qOGAð ZO−

qL²;« V³« UHK błu¹ ôMP3ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK−

qOGA²K WKÐU dOž W½«uDÝô« W½«uDÝ« q¦®CD-ROMÆ©

UHK Íu²% ôMP3nK*« lÝu vKŽ ≠ Ò×B«.mp3 Ë« ¨.Mp3 Ë« ¨.mP3Ë« ¨

.MP3Æ UHK*« Ác¼ ¡ULÝ« qš«œ UHKMP3∂¥ s q« XÐ W³MÐ W−K

ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO UHKMP3l o«u² U—uHÐ W−K dOž

ISO 9660Æ≤ Ë« ± Èu² j³MP3/JPEGlË vKŽ ◊u³C

“JPEG”Æ

qL²;« V³« UHK błu¹ ôJPEGvKŽ WK−

ÆW½«uDÝô«qOGA²K WKÐU dOž W½«uDÝô«

W½«uDÝ« q¦®CD-ROMÆ© UHK Íu²% ôJPEGnK*« lÝu vKŽ

Æ UHK*« Ác¼ ¡ULÝ« qš«œ Ò×B«

UHKJPEG U—uHÐ W−K JPEGjš ÆÍbŽU UHKJPEGo«u² U—uHÐ W−K dOž

lISO 9660Æ≤ Ë« ±Èu² j³MP3/JPEGlË vKŽ ◊u³C

“MP3”Æ

Õöô«OžÒ Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« ÁU&«Ë ÊUJ dAMÆ

Włu wz«u¼ œbFMÆlË qC« vKŽ

Włu* wł—Uš wz«u¼ qË«FMË« ¨wł—Uš ÆwK;« pKOLFÐ qBð«

Æ…b¹bł WD× d²š«wz«uN« pK²9 p½« s bQ²K pKOLŽ l qBð«

ÆÒ×B«Æ öOu²« h×«

Æ «—UO« —Ëd WdŠ sŽ wz«uN« bFÐ«

Õöô«bÐÒÆW½«uDÝô« ‰

≠ nK*« lÝu n«.mp3 Ë« ¨.Mp3 Ë« ¨.mP3¨ Ë«.MP3 UHK*« Ác¼ ¡ULÝ« v«

Æ©¥≥ W×H dE½«®Æ UHK*« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð “UN'« lOD²¹ ô

bÐÒÆW½«uDÝô« ‰bÐÒ−Ý® ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰Ò UHK qMP3‰ULF²ÝUÐ

©Æo«u² ZU½dÐ UHK s ö ÊuJð UbMŽMP3 UHKË JPEG

UHK qOGA² ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK−MP3¨ j³ lMP3/JPEG lË vKŽ “MP3”

Æ©µ∞ W×H dE½«®

Õöô«bÐÒÆW½«uDÝô« ‰

≠ nK*« lÝu n«.jpg Ë« ¨.jpeg Ë« ¨.JPG¨ Ë«.JPEG…dOG Ë« …dO³ ·ËdŠ WŽuL− Í« Ë«

q¦®“.Jpg” UHK*« Ác¼ ¡ULÝ« v« ≠ ©Æ©¥µ W×H dE½«®

Æ UHK*« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð “UN'« lOD²¹ ôbÐÒÆW½«uDÝô« ‰bÐÒ−Ý® ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰Ò UHK qJPEG‰ULF²ÝUÐ

©Æo«u² ZU½dÐ UHK s ö ÊuJð UbMŽMP3 UHKË JPEG

UHK qOGA² ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK−JPEG¨ j³ lMP3/JPEG lË vKŽ “JPEG”

Æ©µ∞ W×H dE½«®

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2467

∂∏

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

wÐdŽ

UH«u*«

uB« rCÃd)« WUÞ∫u¹dO²« qOGAð bMŽ

∫WOUô« «uMI« bŠ q« ¨…UM qJ ◊«Ë ∏∞RMSvKŽ 5ðUMI« ö qOGAð ¨b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð g¹uAð l ëðd¼ uKO ± œœd²Ð ÂË« ∏

• ∞[π sŽ(IEC268-3/DIN)Æ∫ ‡DO;« uB« qOGAð bMŽ

∫WOUô« «uMI« bŠ q« ¨…UM qJ ◊«Ë ∏∞RMSuKO ± œœd²Ð ÂË« ∏ vKŽ ¨Æ• ∞[∏ sŽ b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð g¹uAð l ëðd¼

∫ed*« …UM bŠ q« ¨…UM qJ ◊«Ë ∏∞RMSœœd²Ð ÂË« ∏ vKŽ qOGAð ¨Æ• ∞[∏ sŽ b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð g¹uAð l ëðd¼ uKO ±

∫WOHK)« «uMI« bŠ q« ¨…UM qJ ◊«Ë ∏∞RMSvKŽ 5ðUMI« ö qOGAð ¨b¹e¹ ô wK wI«uð g¹uAð l ëðd¼ uKO ± œœd²Ð ÂË« ∏

Æ• ∞[∏ sŽ uB«® Ô œœd² —UOð vKŽ ”UIAC©Xu ≤¥∞ØXu ≤≤∞ØXu ±≤∑ØXu ±±∞

∫©eðd¼ uKO ± vKŽ® WF½UL*«Ø uB« qšœ WOÝUŠTV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR∫ÆÂË« uKO ¥∑ØXu wKO ≤¥∞ uB« qšœ(DIGITAL IN)*∫∫—u;« b×²DIGITAL 1 (DBS)∫ V(p-p)µ[∞ÂË« ∑µØ

∫ÍdBÐDIGITAL 2 (TV)∫≠±≤ œ¹³q «v ≠µ± œ¹³?q ®∞∂∂ ½U½u²d ± ∞≥ ½U½u²d©* l oÐUD²PCM wLd« jO;« uB« ¨wLd« w³Ëœ ¨wD)« DTS

Æ©eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ ëðd¼ uKO ¥¥[± ëðd¼ dKO ≥≤ ≠ WMOŽ œœdð l®

ZO−C« ‡ v« ‡ …—Uýô« W³½(‘66 IHF/‘78 IHF)∫TV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR∫q³¹œ ∂∑Øq³¹œ ∏∑∫©ÂË« ∏® œœd²« WÐU−²Ý«TV, TAPE/CDR, DBS, VCR∫®eðd¼ uKO ≤∞ v« eðd¼ ≤∞±©q³¹œ ± ∫WLGM« j³∫©eðd¼ ±∞∞® ’U³«± q³¹œ ±∞ ±q³¹œ ≤

qÐd²« ∫©eðd¼ uKO ±∞®± q³¹œ ±∞ ±q³¹œ ≤ u¹bOH«® Ô œœd² —UOð vKŽ ”UIAC©Xu ≤¥∞ØXu ≤≤∞ØXu ±≤∑ØXu ±±∞

∫©eðd¼ uKO ± vKŽ® WF½UL*«Øu¹bOH« qšœ WOÝUŠ∫Vd u¹bODBS IN, VCR IN∫ V(p-p)±ÂË« ∑µØS-VIDEO∫DBS IN, VCR IN∫®Y∫©‚«dý« ∫ V(p-p)±ÂË« ∑µØ

®C∫©w½u l³Að ∫ V(p-p)ÂË« ∑µØ∞[≤∏∂

∫©eðd¼ uKO ± vKŽ® WF½UL*«Øu¹bOH« qšœ Èu²∫Vd u¹bOVCR OUT, MONITOR OUT∫

V(p-p)±ÂË« ∑µØS-VIDEO∫VCR OUT, MONITOR OUT∫

®Y∫©‚«dý« ∫ V(p-p)±ÂË« ∑µØ®C∫©w½u l³Að ∫ V(p-p)ÂË« ∑µØ∞[≤∏∂

∫X½U½u³L u¹bODVD COMPONENT VIDEO OUT∫ ≠ W³d®Y∫© V (p-p)±[∞ÂË« ∑µØ ≠ W³d®PB/PR∫© V (p-p)∞[∑ÂË« ∑µØ

∫ÊuK« ÂUE½NTSC/PAL∫wIô« qOK×²«jš µ∞∞

ZO−C« v« …—Uýô« W³½(S/N)∫q³¹œ ∂≥∫s«e²«w³KÝ

n«uFM (IHF)

∫nOu²« Èbeðd¼ U−O ±∞∏[∞∞ v« eðd¼ U−O ∏∑[µ n«uAM

∫nOu²« Èb©eðd¼ uKO π …UM qU vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞≤ v« eðd¼ uKO µ≥±©eðd¼ uKO ±∞ …UM qU vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞∞ v« eðd¼ uKO µ≥∞

ÂUŽ∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« U³KD² œœd² —UOðAC Xu ≤¥∞≠≤≥∞ØXu ≤≤∞ØXu ±≤∑ØXu ±±∞ ~q¹bF²K qÐU ¨

eðd¼ ∂∞Øµ∞ ¨WODuH« V²M WDÝ«uÐ∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« „öN²Ý«©qOGA²« luÐ® ◊«Ë ±∏∞

©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« luÐ® ◊«Ë ≤∫©oLŽ ™ ŸUHð—« ™ ÷dŽ® œUFÐô«3 ¥∞≥[µ ™ 3 ±∞∞ ™ 3 ¥≥µ∫WK²J«r− ∑[π

Æo³ —UFý« ÊËbÐ dOOG²K WdF UH«u*«Ë rOLB²«

AR57-68RX-DV3SL[UG].pm65 08/08/2002, 15:2468

0802NHMMDWJEMJVC

VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

Mains (AC) Line Instruction (not applicable for Europe, U.S.A., Canada,Australia and U.K.)

AM LOOP

FM 75COAXIAL

AM EXT

SUB-WOOFEROUT

VIDEO OUT SELECT

DIGITAL 1(DBS)

DIGITAL 2(TV)

PCM/STREAM

FRONTSPEAKERS


SPEAKERS

PAL NTSC

CENTERSPEAKER

DIGITAL IN



AUDIO

S-VIDEO VIDEO

Y PB PR

DBSIN

DBSIN

MONITOROUT

MONITOROUT


RIGHT LEFT

AV COMPU LINK-

RIGHT

LEFT

IN INOUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

OUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

DIGITAL OUT

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

VCROUT(REC)

IN(PLAY)

RIGHT LEFT110V

127V

230-240V

220V

VOLTAGESELECTOR110V

127V

230-240V

220V

CAUTION for mains (AC) lineBEFORE PLUGGING IN, do check that your mains (AC) linevoltage corresponds with the position of the voltage selectorswitch provided on the outside of this equipment and, ifdifferent, reset the voltage selector switch, to prevent from adamage or risk of fire/electric shock.

EN, AR

© 2002 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED

RX-DV3SL[UG]cover_2.pm5 02.8.8, 2:40 PM2

home cinema dvd/cd control center · 2013-05-21 · resume spk. khz mhz tuned stereo auto muting...

Documents